diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-alarm.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-alarm.xml index f7ab83a15d..d2d3cc6c09 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-alarm.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-alarm.xml @@ -18,47 +18,47 @@ [alarm] - evaluation_interval = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Period of evaluation cycle, should be >= than configured pipeline interval for collection of underlying metrics. - evaluation_service = default + = default (StrOpt) Driver to use for alarm evaluation service. DEPRECATED: "singleton" and "partitioned" alarm evaluator services will be removed in Kilo in favour of the default alarm evaluation service using tooz for partitioning. - notifier_rpc_topic = alarm_notifier + = alarm_notifier (StrOpt) The topic that ceilometer uses for alarm notifier messages. - partition_rpc_topic = alarm_partition_coordination + = alarm_partition_coordination (StrOpt) The topic that ceilometer uses for alarm partition coordination messages. DEPRECATED: RPC-based partitionedalarm evaluation service will be removed in Kilo in favour of the default alarm evaluation service using tooz for partitioning. - project_alarm_quota = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of alarms defined for a project. - record_history = True + = True (BoolOpt) Record alarm change events. - rest_notifier_certificate_file = + = (StrOpt) SSL Client certificate for REST notifier. - rest_notifier_certificate_key = + = (StrOpt) SSL Client private key for REST notifier. - rest_notifier_max_retries = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Number of retries for REST notifier - rest_notifier_ssl_verify = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to verify the SSL Server certificate when calling alarm action. - user_alarm_quota = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of alarms defined for a user. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-amqp.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-amqp.xml index 0055e3f8ed..ba92bb6c31 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-amqp.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-amqp.xml @@ -18,27 +18,27 @@ [DEFAULT] - amqp_auto_delete = False - (BoolOpt) Auto-delete queues in amqp. + = False + (BoolOpt) Auto-delete queues in AMQP. - amqp_durable_queues = False - (BoolOpt) Use durable queues in amqp. + = False + (BoolOpt) Use durable queues in AMQP. - control_exchange = openstack + = openstack (StrOpt) The default exchange under which topics are scoped. May be overridden by an exchange name specified in the transport_url option. - notification_driver = [] + = [] (MultiStrOpt) Driver or drivers to handle sending notifications. - notification_topics = notifications + = notifications (ListOpt) AMQP topic used for OpenStack notifications. - transport_url = None + = None (StrOpt) A URL representing the messaging driver to use and its full configuration. If not set, we fall back to the rpc_backend option and driver specific configuration. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-api.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-api.xml index e4edb80a03..57b2c95184 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-api.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-api.xml @@ -18,50 +18,50 @@ [DEFAULT] - api_paste_config = api_paste.ini + = api_paste.ini (StrOpt) Configuration file for WSGI definition of API. - pipeline_cfg_file = pipeline.yaml + = pipeline.yaml (StrOpt) Configuration file for pipeline definition. - policy_default_rule = default + = default (StrOpt) Default rule. Enforced when a requested rule is not found. - policy_dirs = ['policy.d'] + = ['policy.d'] (MultiStrOpt) Directories where policy configuration files are stored. They can be relative to any directory in the search path defined by the config_dir option, or absolute paths. The file defined by policy_file must exist for these directories to be searched. - policy_file = policy.json + = policy.json (StrOpt) The JSON file that defines policies. - reserved_metadata_length = 256 + = 256 (IntOpt) Limit on length of reserved metadata values. - reserved_metadata_namespace = metering. + = metering. (ListOpt) List of metadata prefixes reserved for metering use. [api] - enable_reverse_dns_lookup = False + = False (BoolOpt) Set it to False if your environment does not need or have a DNS server, otherwise it will delay the response from the API. - host = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) The listen IP for the ceilometer API server. - pecan_debug = False + = False (BoolOpt) Toggle Pecan Debug Middleware. Defaults to global debug value. - port = 8777 + = 8777 (IntOpt) The port for the ceilometer API server. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-auth.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-auth.xml index dedb18ea7a..fbd6fdbbdd 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-auth.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-auth.xml @@ -18,39 +18,39 @@ [service_credentials] - insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Disables X.509 certificate validation when an SSL connection to Identity Service is established. - os_auth_url = http://localhost:5000/v2.0 + = http://localhost:5000/v2.0 (StrOpt) Auth URL to use for OpenStack service access. - os_cacert = None + = None (StrOpt) Certificate chain for SSL validation. - os_endpoint_type = publicURL + = publicURL (StrOpt) Type of endpoint in Identity service catalog to use for communication with OpenStack services. - os_password = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Password to use for OpenStack service access. - os_region_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Region name to use for OpenStack service endpoints. - os_tenant_id = + = (StrOpt) Tenant ID to use for OpenStack service access. - os_tenant_name = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Tenant name to use for OpenStack service access. - os_username = ceilometer + = ceilometer (StrOpt) User name to use for OpenStack service access. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-auth_token.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-auth_token.xml index 2ebbdde1d6..bd1fd00cda 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-auth_token.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-auth_token.xml @@ -18,115 +18,115 @@ [keystone_authtoken] - admin_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone account password - admin_tenant_name = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Keystone service account tenant name to validate user tokens - admin_token = None + = None (StrOpt) This option is deprecated and may be removed in a future release. Single shared secret with the Keystone configuration used for bootstrapping a Keystone installation, or otherwise bypassing the normal authentication process. This option should not be used, use `admin_user` and `admin_password` instead. - admin_user = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone account username - auth_admin_prefix = + = (StrOpt) Prefix to prepend at the beginning of the path. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_host = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Host providing the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_port = 35357 + = 35357 (IntOpt) Port of the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_protocol = https + = https (StrOpt) Protocol of the admin Identity API endpoint (http or https). Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Complete public Identity API endpoint - auth_version = None + = None (StrOpt) API version of the admin Identity API endpoint - cache = None + = None (StrOpt) Env key for the swift cache - cafile = None + = None (StrOpt) A PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections. Defaults to system CAs. - certfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Required if Keystone server requires client certificate - check_revocations_for_cached = False + = False (BoolOpt) If true, the revocation list will be checked for cached tokens. This requires that PKI tokens are configured on the Keystone server. - delay_auth_decision = False + = False (BoolOpt) Do not handle authorization requests within the middleware, but delegate the authorization decision to downstream WSGI components - enforce_token_bind = permissive + = permissive (StrOpt) Used to control the use and type of token binding. Can be set to: "disabled" to not check token binding. "permissive" (default) to validate binding information if the bind type is of a form known to the server and ignore it if not. "strict" like "permissive" but if the bind type is unknown the token will be rejected. "required" any form of token binding is needed to be allowed. Finally the name of a binding method that must be present in tokens. - hash_algorithms = md5 + = md5 (ListOpt) Hash algorithms to use for hashing PKI tokens. This may be a single algorithm or multiple. The algorithms are those supported by Python standard hashlib.new(). The hashes will be tried in the order given, so put the preferred one first for performance. The result of the first hash will be stored in the cache. This will typically be set to multiple values only while migrating from a less secure algorithm to a more secure one. Once all the old tokens are expired this option should be set to a single value for better performance. - http_connect_timeout = None + = None (BoolOpt) Request timeout value for communicating with Identity API server. - http_request_max_retries = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) How many times are we trying to reconnect when communicating with Identity API Server. - identity_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Complete admin Identity API endpoint. This should specify the unversioned root endpoint e.g. https://localhost:35357/ - include_service_catalog = True + = True (BoolOpt) (optional) indicate whether to set the X-Service-Catalog header. If False, middleware will not ask for service catalog on token validation and will not set the X-Service-Catalog header. - insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Verify HTTPS connections. - keyfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Required if Keystone server requires client certificate - memcache_secret_key = None + = None (StrOpt) (optional, mandatory if memcache_security_strategy is defined) this string is used for key derivation. - memcache_security_strategy = None + = None (StrOpt) (optional) if defined, indicate whether token data should be authenticated or authenticated and encrypted. Acceptable values are MAC or ENCRYPT. If MAC, token data is authenticated (with HMAC) in the cache. If ENCRYPT, token data is encrypted and authenticated in the cache. If the value is not one of these options or empty, auth_token will raise an exception on initialization. - revocation_cache_time = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Determines the frequency at which the list of revoked tokens is retrieved from the Identity service (in seconds). A high number of revocation events combined with a low cache duration may significantly reduce performance. - signing_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) Directory used to cache files related to PKI tokens - token_cache_time = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) In order to prevent excessive effort spent validating tokens, the middleware caches previously-seen tokens for a configurable duration (in seconds). Set to -1 to disable caching completely. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-cells.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-cells.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d8b0e3010d --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-cells.xml @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Description of Nova-cells configuration options
Configuration option = Default valueDescription
[cells]
= 600(IntOpt) Seconds between bandwidth updates for cells.
= 60(IntOpt) Seconds to wait for response from a call to a cell.
= hypervisor=xenserver;kvm, os=linux;windows(ListOpt) Key/Multi-value list with the capabilities of the cell
= compute(StrOpt) Type of cell: api or compute
= False(BoolOpt) Enable cell functionality
= nova.cells.manager.CellsManager(StrOpt) Manager for cells
= 300(IntOpt) Number of seconds after which a lack of capability and capacity updates signals the child cell is to be treated as a mute.
= nova(StrOpt) Name of this cell
= 10.0(FloatOpt) Percentage of cell capacity to hold in reserve. Affects both memory and disk utilization
= cells(StrOpt) The topic cells nodes listen on
+
diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-collector.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-collector.xml index 927184eacb..fbacfc4abd 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-collector.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-collector.xml @@ -18,37 +18,37 @@ [DEFAULT] - collector_workers = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Number of workers for collector service. A single collector is enabled by default. [collector] - requeue_sample_on_dispatcher_error = False + = False (BoolOpt) Requeue the sample on the collector sample queue when the collector fails to dispatch it. This is only valid if the sample come from the notifier publisher. - udp_address = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) Address to which the UDP socket is bound. Set to an empty string to disable. - udp_port = 4952 + = 4952 (IntOpt) Port to which the UDP socket is bound. [dispatcher_file] - backup_count = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) The max number of the files to keep. - file_path = None + = None (StrOpt) Name and the location of the file to record meters. - max_bytes = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) The max size of the file. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-common.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-common.xml index 785c2e665a..b62f4f2c4e 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-common.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-common.xml @@ -18,57 +18,69 @@ [DEFAULT] - host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Name of this node, which must be valid in an AMQP key. Can be an opaque identifier. For ZeroMQ only, must be a valid host name, FQDN, or IP address. - http_timeout = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Timeout seconds for HTTP requests. Set it to None to disable timeout. - memcached_servers = None + = None (ListOpt) Memcached servers or None for in process cache. - notification_workers = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Number of workers for notification service. A single notification agent is enabled by default. - rootwrap_config = /etc/ceilometer/rootwrap.conf + = ['compute', 'central'] + (MultiChoicesOpt) Polling namespace(s) to be used while resource polling + + + = [] + (MultiChoicesOpt) List of pollsters (or wildcard templates) to be used while polling + + + = /etc/ceilometer/rootwrap.conf (StrOpt) Path to the rootwrap configuration file touse for running commands as root - - [central] - - - partitioning_group_prefix = None - (StrOpt) Work-load partitioning group prefix. Use only if you want to run multiple central agents with different config files. For each sub-group of the central agent pool with the same partitioning_group_prefix a disjoint subset of pollsters should be loaded. - [compute] - workload_partitioning = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable work-load partitioning, allowing multiple compute agents to be run simultaneously. [coordination] - backend_url = None + = None (StrOpt) The backend URL to use for distributed coordination. If left empty, per-deployment central agent and per-host compute agent won't do workload partitioning and will only function correctly if a single instance of that service is running. - heartbeat = 1.0 + = 10.0 + (FloatOpt) Number of seconds between checks to see if group membership has changed + + + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) Number of seconds between heartbeats for distributed coordination. [keystone_authtoken] - memcached_servers = None + = None (ListOpt) Optionally specify a list of memcached server(s) to use for caching. If left undefined, tokens will instead be cached in-process. + + [polling] + + + = None + (StrOpt) Work-load partitioning group prefix. Use only if you want to run multiple polling agents with different config files. For each sub-group of the agent pool with the same partitioning_group_prefix a disjoint subset of pollsters should be loaded. + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-compute.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-compute.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d12740bbe6 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-compute.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Description of Compute configuration options
Configuration option = Default valueDescription
[DEFAULT]
= month(StrOpt) Time period to generate instance usages for. Time period must be hour, day, month or year
= 12(IntOpt) Length of generated instance admin passwords
+
diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-database.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-database.xml index 2d00388fff..0cf3f1b591 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-database.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-database.xml @@ -18,114 +18,114 @@ [DEFAULT] - database_connection = None + = None (StrOpt) DEPRECATED - Database connection string. [database] - alarm_connection = None + = None (StrOpt) The connection string used to connect to the alarm database. (if unset, connection is used) - backend = sqlalchemy + = sqlalchemy (StrOpt) The back end to use for the database. - connection = None + = None (StrOpt) The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the database. - connection_debug = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything. - connection_trace = False + = False (BoolOpt) Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings. - db2nosql_resource_id_maxlen = 512 + = 512 (IntOpt) The max length of resources id in DB2 nosql, the value should be larger than len(hostname) * 2 as compute node's resource id is <hostname>_<nodename>. - db_inc_retry_interval = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, increases the interval between database connection retries up to db_max_retry_interval. - db_max_retries = 20 + = 20 (IntOpt) Maximum database connection retries before error is raised. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. - db_max_retry_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) If db_inc_retry_interval is set, the maximum seconds between database connection retries. - db_retry_interval = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Seconds between database connection retries. - event_connection = None + = None (StrOpt) The connection string used to connect to the event database. (if unset, connection is used) - idle_timeout = 3600 + = 3600 (IntOpt) Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped. - max_overflow = None + = None (IntOpt) If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy. - max_pool_size = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. - max_retries = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. - metering_connection = None + = None (StrOpt) The connection string used to connect to the metering database. (if unset, connection is used) - min_pool_size = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Minimum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. - mongodb_replica_set = + = (StrOpt) The name of the replica set which is used to connect to MongoDB database. If it is set, MongoReplicaSetClient will be used instead of MongoClient. - mysql_sql_mode = TRADITIONAL + = TRADITIONAL (StrOpt) The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including the default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL mode is set by the server configuration, set this to no value. Example: mysql_sql_mode= - pool_timeout = None + = None (IntOpt) If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy. - retry_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection. - slave_connection = None + = None (StrOpt) The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave database. - sqlite_db = oslo.sqlite + = oslo.sqlite (StrOpt) The file name to use with SQLite. - sqlite_synchronous = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode. - time_to_live = -1 + = -1 (IntOpt) Number of seconds that samples are kept in the database for (<= 0 means forever). - use_db_reconnect = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable the experimental use of database reconnect on connection lost. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-debug.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-debug.xml index 5a16c8605f..a6846c5546 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-debug.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-debug.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [DEFAULT] - backdoor_port = None + = None (StrOpt) Enable eventlet backdoor. Acceptable values are 0, <port>, and <start>:<end>, where 0 results in listening on a random tcp port number; <port> results in listening on the specified port number (and not enabling backdoor if that port is in use); and <start>:<end> results in listening on the smallest unused port number within the specified range of port numbers. The chosen port is displayed in the service's log file. - nova_http_log_debug = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow novaclient's debug log output. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-dispatcher_http.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-dispatcher_http.xml index a6bf65915b..bb44bdb848 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-dispatcher_http.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-dispatcher_http.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [dispatcher_http] - cadf_only = False + = False (BoolOpt) The flag which indicates if only cadf message should be posted. If false, all meters will be posted. - target = + = (StrOpt) The target where the http request will be sent to. If this is not set, no data will be posted. For example: target = http://hostname:1234/path - timeout = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) The max time in second to wait for a request to timeout. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-events.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-events.xml index f381d00a4b..3a2da68c8c 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-events.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-events.xml @@ -18,24 +18,28 @@ [event] - definitions_cfg_file = event_definitions.yaml + = event_definitions.yaml (StrOpt) Configuration file for event definitions. - drop_unmatched_notifications = False + = False (BoolOpt) Drop notifications if no event definition matches. (Otherwise, we convert them with just the default traits) [notification] - ack_on_event_error = True + = True (BoolOpt) Acknowledge message when event persistence fails. - store_events = False + = False (BoolOpt) Save event details. + + = False + (BoolOpt) Enable workload partitioning, allowing multiple notification agents to be run simultaneously. + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-exchange.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-exchange.xml index 98d33e7945..bced9a6c46 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-exchange.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-exchange.xml @@ -18,47 +18,47 @@ [DEFAULT] - cinder_control_exchange = cinder + = cinder (StrOpt) Exchange name for Cinder notifications. - glance_control_exchange = glance + = glance (StrOpt) Exchange name for Glance notifications. - heat_control_exchange = heat + = heat (StrOpt) Exchange name for Heat notifications - http_control_exchanges = ['nova', 'glance', 'neutron', 'cinder'] + = ['nova', 'glance', 'neutron', 'cinder'] (MultiStrOpt) Exchanges name to listen for notifications. - ironic_exchange = ironic + = ironic (StrOpt) Exchange name for Ironic notifications. - keystone_control_exchange = keystone + = keystone (StrOpt) Exchange name for Keystone notifications. - neutron_control_exchange = neutron + = neutron (StrOpt) Exchange name for Neutron notifications. - nova_control_exchange = nova + = nova (StrOpt) Exchange name for Nova notifications. - sahara_control_exchange = sahara + = sahara (StrOpt) Exchange name for Data Processing notifications. - sample_source = openstack + = openstack (StrOpt) Source for samples emitted on this instance. - trove_control_exchange = trove + = trove (StrOpt) Exchange name for DBaaS notifications. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-glance.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-glance.xml index e24b1d2c16..5b84b89cc5 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-glance.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-glance.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - glance_page_size = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Number of items to request in each paginated Glance API request (parameter used by glancecelient). If this is less than or equal to 0, page size is not specified (default value in glanceclient is used). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-inspector.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-inspector.xml index f96cd86312..b5ca3a7af3 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-inspector.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-inspector.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [DEFAULT] - hypervisor_inspector = libvirt + = libvirt (StrOpt) Inspector to use for inspecting the hypervisor layer. - libvirt_type = kvm + = kvm (StrOpt) Libvirt domain type (valid options are: kvm, lxc, qemu, uml, xen). - libvirt_uri = + = (StrOpt) Override the default libvirt URI (which is dependent on libvirt_type). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-ipmi.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-ipmi.xml index 2a0e324e61..3f72d84874 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-ipmi.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-ipmi.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [ipmi] - node_manager_init_retry = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Number of retries upon Intel Node Manager initialization failure diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-logging.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-logging.xml index 247b0fada5..eb1343696d 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-logging.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-logging.xml @@ -18,83 +18,87 @@ [DEFAULT] - debug = False + = False (BoolOpt) Print debugging output (set logging level to DEBUG instead of default WARNING level). - default_log_levels = amqp=WARN, amqplib=WARN, boto=WARN, qpid=WARN, sqlalchemy=WARN, suds=INFO, oslo.messaging=INFO, iso8601=WARN, requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, websocket=WARN, keystonemiddleware=WARN, routes.middleware=WARN, stevedore=WARN + = amqp=WARN, amqplib=WARN, boto=WARN, qpid=WARN, sqlalchemy=WARN, suds=INFO, oslo.messaging=INFO, iso8601=WARN, requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, websocket=WARN, keystonemiddleware=WARN, routes.middleware=WARN, stevedore=WARN (ListOpt) List of logger=LEVEL pairs. - fatal_deprecations = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables fatal status of deprecations. - instance_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " + = False + (BoolOpt) Make exception message format errors fatal + + + = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " (StrOpt) The format for an instance that is passed with the log message. - instance_uuid_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " + = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " (StrOpt) The format for an instance UUID that is passed with the log message. - log_config_append = None + = None (StrOpt) The name of a logging configuration file. This file is appended to any existing logging configuration files. For details about logging configuration files, see the Python logging module documentation. - log_date_format = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S + = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S (StrOpt) Format string for %%(asctime)s in log records. Default: %(default)s . - log_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) (Optional) The base directory used for relative --log-file paths. - log_file = None + = None (StrOpt) (Optional) Name of log file to output to. If no default is set, logging will go to stdout. - log_format = None + = None (StrOpt) DEPRECATED. A logging.Formatter log message format string which may use any of the available logging.LogRecord attributes. This option is deprecated. Please use logging_context_format_string and logging_default_format_string instead. - logging_context_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s (StrOpt) Format string to use for log messages with context. - logging_debug_format_suffix = %(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d + = %(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d (StrOpt) Data to append to log format when level is DEBUG. - logging_default_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s (StrOpt) Format string to use for log messages without context. - logging_exception_prefix = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d TRACE %(name)s %(instance)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d TRACE %(name)s %(instance)s (StrOpt) Prefix each line of exception output with this format. - publish_errors = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables publication of error events. - syslog_log_facility = LOG_USER + = LOG_USER (StrOpt) Syslog facility to receive log lines. - use_stderr = True + = True (BoolOpt) Log output to standard error. - use_syslog = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use syslog for logging. Existing syslog format is DEPRECATED during I, and will change in J to honor RFC5424. - use_syslog_rfc_format = False + = False (BoolOpt) (Optional) Enables or disables syslog rfc5424 format for logging. If enabled, prefixes the MSG part of the syslog message with APP-NAME (RFC5424). The format without the APP-NAME is deprecated in I, and will be removed in J. - verbose = False + = False (BoolOpt) Print more verbose output (set logging level to INFO instead of default WARNING level). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-qpid.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-qpid.xml index dac0f8f7b3..e833cbde67 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-qpid.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-qpid.xml @@ -18,47 +18,47 @@ [DEFAULT] - qpid_heartbeat = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds between connection keepalive heartbeats. - qpid_hostname = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Qpid broker hostname. - qpid_hosts = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port + = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port (ListOpt) Qpid HA cluster host:port pairs. - qpid_password = + = (StrOpt) Password for Qpid connection. - qpid_port = 5672 + = 5672 (IntOpt) Qpid broker port. - qpid_protocol = tcp + = tcp (StrOpt) Transport to use, either 'tcp' or 'ssl'. - qpid_receiver_capacity = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) The number of prefetched messages held by receiver. - qpid_sasl_mechanisms = + = (StrOpt) Space separated list of SASL mechanisms to use for auth. - qpid_tcp_nodelay = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to disable the Nagle algorithm. - qpid_topology_version = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) The qpid topology version to use. Version 1 is what was originally used by impl_qpid. Version 2 includes some backwards-incompatible changes that allow broker federation to work. Users should update to version 2 when they are able to take everything down, as it requires a clean break. - qpid_username = + = (StrOpt) Username for Qpid connection. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-rabbitmq.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-rabbitmq.xml index 68b856f52f..54abb969d9 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-rabbitmq.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-rabbitmq.xml @@ -18,71 +18,71 @@ [DEFAULT] - kombu_reconnect_delay = 1.0 + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) How long to wait before reconnecting in response to an AMQP consumer cancel notification. - kombu_ssl_ca_certs = + = (StrOpt) SSL certification authority file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_certfile = + = (StrOpt) SSL cert file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_keyfile = + = (StrOpt) SSL key file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_version = - (StrOpt) SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). valid values are TLSv1, SSLv23 and SSLv3. SSLv2 may be available on some distributions. + = + (StrOpt) SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). valid values are TLSv1 and SSLv23. SSLv2 and SSLv3 may be available on some distributions. - rabbit_ha_queues = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use HA queues in RabbitMQ (x-ha-policy: all). If you change this option, you must wipe the RabbitMQ database. - rabbit_host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ broker address where a single node is used. - rabbit_hosts = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port + = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port (ListOpt) RabbitMQ HA cluster host:port pairs. - rabbit_login_method = AMQPLAIN - (StrOpt) the RabbitMQ login method + = AMQPLAIN + (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ login method. - rabbit_max_retries = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Maximum number of RabbitMQ connection retries. Default is 0 (infinite retry count). - rabbit_password = guest + = guest (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ password. - rabbit_port = 5672 + = 5672 (IntOpt) The RabbitMQ broker port where a single node is used. - rabbit_retry_backoff = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) How long to backoff for between retries when connecting to RabbitMQ. - rabbit_retry_interval = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) How frequently to retry connecting with RabbitMQ. - rabbit_use_ssl = False + = False (BoolOpt) Connect over SSL for RabbitMQ. - rabbit_userid = guest + = guest (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ userid. - rabbit_virtual_host = / + = / (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ virtual host. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-redis.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-redis.xml index fb917250c9..ce7343952a 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-redis.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-redis.xml @@ -18,22 +18,22 @@ [matchmaker_redis] - host = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Host to locate redis. - password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for Redis server (optional). - port = 6379 + = 6379 (IntOpt) Use this port to connect to redis host. [matchmaker_ring] - ringfile = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json + = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json (StrOpt) Matchmaker ring file (JSON). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-rootwrap.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-rootwrap.xml index df11669580..f6956ea30f 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-rootwrap.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-rootwrap.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [DEFAULT] - filters_path = /etc/ceilometer/rootwrap.d,/usr/share/ceilometer/rootwrap + = /etc/ceilometer/rootwrap.d,/usr/share/ceilometer/rootwrap List of directories to load filter definitions from (separated by ','). These directories MUST all be only writeable by root ! - exec_dirs = /sbin,/usr/sbin,/bin,/usr/bin + = /sbin,/usr/sbin,/bin,/usr/bin List of directories to search executables in, in case filters do not explicitely specify a full path (separated by ',') If not specified, defaults to system PATH environment variable. These directories MUST all be only writeable by root ! - use_syslog = False + = False Enable logging to syslog Default value is False - syslog_log_facility = syslog + = syslog Which syslog facility to use. Valid values include auth, authpriv, syslog, user0, user1... Default value is 'syslog' - syslog_log_level = ERROR + = ERROR Which messages to log. INFO means log all usage ERROR means only log unsuccessful attempts diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-rpc.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-rpc.xml index cef4465b0a..cc59814de7 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-rpc.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-rpc.xml @@ -18,67 +18,114 @@ [DEFAULT] - dispatcher = ['database'] + = ['database'] (MultiStrOpt) Dispatcher to process data. - matchmaker_heartbeat_freq = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) Heartbeat frequency. - matchmaker_heartbeat_ttl = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Heartbeat time-to-live. - rpc_backend = rabbit + = rabbit (StrOpt) The messaging driver to use, defaults to rabbit. Other drivers include qpid and zmq. - rpc_cast_timeout = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Seconds to wait before a cast expires (TTL). Only supported by impl_zmq. - rpc_conn_pool_size = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Size of RPC connection pool. - rpc_response_timeout = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds to wait for a response from a call. - rpc_thread_pool_size = 64 + = 64 (IntOpt) Size of RPC greenthread pool. [notification] - messaging_urls = [] + = [] (MultiStrOpt) Messaging URLs to listen for notifications. Example: transport://user:pass@host1:port[,hostN:portN]/virtual_host (DEFAULT/transport_url is used if empty) + + [oslo_messaging_amqp] + + + = False + (BoolOpt) Accept clients using either SSL or plain TCP + + + = broadcast + (StrOpt) address prefix used when broadcasting to all servers + + + = None + (StrOpt) Name for the AMQP container + + + = unicast + (StrOpt) address prefix when sending to any server in group + + + = 0 + (IntOpt) Timeout for inactive connections (in seconds) + + + = exclusive + (StrOpt) address prefix used when sending to a specific server + + + = + (StrOpt) CA certificate PEM file for verifing server certificate + + + = + (StrOpt) Identifying certificate PEM file to present to clients + + + = + (StrOpt) Private key PEM file used to sign cert_file certificate + + + = None + (StrOpt) Password for decrypting ssl_key_file (if encrypted) + + + = False + (BoolOpt) Debug: dump AMQP frames to stdout + [publisher] - metering_secret = change this or be hacked + = change this or be hacked (StrOpt) Secret value for signing metering messages. [publisher_notifier] - metering_driver = messagingv2 + = messagingv2 (StrOpt) The driver that ceilometer uses for metering notifications. - metering_topic = metering + = metering (StrOpt) The topic that ceilometer uses for metering notifications. [publisher_rpc] - metering_topic = metering + = metering (StrOpt) The topic that ceilometer uses for metering messages. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-service_types.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-service_types.xml index 2776cbbeb2..ba07cf8534 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-service_types.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-service_types.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [service_types] - glance = image + = image (StrOpt) Glance service type. - kwapi = energy + = energy (StrOpt) Kwapi service type. - neutron = network + = network (StrOpt) Neutron service type. - nova = compute + = compute (StrOpt) Nova service type. - swift = object-store + = object-store (StrOpt) Swift service type. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-swift.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-swift.xml index d43fb3b5da..eaededc1be 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-swift.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-swift.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - reseller_prefix = AUTH_ + = AUTH_ (StrOpt) Swift reseller prefix. Must be on par with reseller_prefix in proxy-server.conf. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-testing.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-testing.xml index e40899e130..67d8e9165c 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-testing.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-testing.xml @@ -18,8 +18,16 @@ [DEFAULT] - fake_rabbit = False - (BoolOpt) If passed, use a fake RabbitMQ provider. + = False + (BoolOpt) Deprecated, use rpc_backend=kombu+memory or rpc_backend=fake + + + = False + (BoolOpt) Whether to log monkey patching + + + = nova.api.ec2.cloud:nova.notifications.notify_decorator, nova.compute.api:nova.notifications.notify_decorator + (ListOpt) List of modules/decorators to monkey patch diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-tripleo.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-tripleo.xml index cf023fec40..840c6199e0 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-tripleo.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-tripleo.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [hardware] - readonly_user_name = ro_snmp_user + = ro_snmp_user (StrOpt) SNMPd user name of all nodes running in the cloud. - readonly_user_password = password + = password (StrOpt) SNMPd password of all the nodes running in the cloud. - url_scheme = snmp:// + = snmp:// (StrOpt) URL scheme to use for hardware nodes. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-vmware.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-vmware.xml index 3042a4ae28..dd727fb48a 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-vmware.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-vmware.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [vmware] - api_retry_count = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of times a VMware Vsphere API may be retried. - host_ip = + = (StrOpt) IP address of the VMware Vsphere host. - host_password = + = (StrOpt) Password of VMware Vsphere. - host_port = 443 + = 443 (IntOpt) Port of the VMware Vsphere host. - host_username = + = (StrOpt) Username of VMware Vsphere. - task_poll_interval = 0.5 + = 0.5 (FloatOpt) Sleep time in seconds for polling an ongoing async task. - wsdl_location = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional vim service WSDL location e.g http://<server>/vimService.wsdl. Optional over-ride to default location for bug work-arounds. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-xenapi.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-xenapi.xml index 539937836e..62da5721e5 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-xenapi.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-xenapi.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [xenapi] - connection_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for connection to XenServer/Xen Cloud Platform. - connection_url = None + = None (StrOpt) URL for connection to XenServer/Xen Cloud Platform. - connection_username = root + = root (StrOpt) Username for connection to XenServer/Xen Cloud Platform. - login_timeout = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Timeout in seconds for XenAPI login. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-zeromq.xml b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-zeromq.xml index 3d07710664..47cf123f57 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-zeromq.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/ceilometer-zeromq.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - rpc_zmq_bind_address = * + = * (StrOpt) ZeroMQ bind address. Should be a wildcard (*), an ethernet interface, or IP. The "host" option should point or resolve to this address. - rpc_zmq_contexts = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Number of ZeroMQ contexts, defaults to 1. - rpc_zmq_host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Name of this node. Must be a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address. Must match "host" option, if running Nova. - rpc_zmq_ipc_dir = /var/run/openstack + = /var/run/openstack (StrOpt) Directory for holding IPC sockets. - rpc_zmq_matchmaker = oslo.messaging._drivers.matchmaker.MatchMakerLocalhost + = oslo.messaging._drivers.matchmaker.MatchMakerLocalhost (StrOpt) MatchMaker driver. - rpc_zmq_port = 9501 + = 9501 (IntOpt) ZeroMQ receiver listening port. - rpc_zmq_topic_backlog = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of ingress messages to locally buffer per topic. Default is unlimited. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-amqp.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-amqp.xml index b4a6a899ce..26df6a7403 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-amqp.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-amqp.xml @@ -18,27 +18,27 @@ [DEFAULT] - amqp_auto_delete = False - (BoolOpt) Auto-delete queues in amqp. + = False + (BoolOpt) Auto-delete queues in AMQP. - amqp_durable_queues = False - (BoolOpt) Use durable queues in amqp. + = False + (BoolOpt) Use durable queues in AMQP. - control_exchange = openstack + = openstack (StrOpt) The default exchange under which topics are scoped. May be overridden by an exchange name specified in the transport_url option. - notification_driver = [] + = [] (MultiStrOpt) Driver or drivers to handle sending notifications. - notification_topics = notifications + = notifications (ListOpt) AMQP topic used for OpenStack notifications. - transport_url = None + = None (StrOpt) A URL representing the messaging driver to use and its full configuration. If not set, we fall back to the rpc_backend option and driver specific configuration. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-api.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-api.xml index c2ac993a76..807181ab01 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-api.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-api.xml @@ -18,91 +18,91 @@ [DEFAULT] - api_paste_config = api-paste.ini + = api-paste.ini (StrOpt) File name for the paste.deploy config for cinder-api - api_rate_limit = True + = True (BoolOpt) Enables or disables rate limit of the API. - az_cache_duration = 3600 + = 3600 (IntOpt) Cache volume availability zones in memory for the provided duration in seconds - default_timeout = 525600 + = 525600 (IntOpt) Default timeout for CLI operations in minutes. For example, LUN migration is a typical long running operation, which depends on the LUN size and the load of the array. An upper bound in the specific deployment can be set to avoid unnecessary long wait. By default, it is 365 days long. - enable_v1_api = True + = True (BoolOpt) DEPRECATED: Deploy v1 of the Cinder API. - enable_v2_api = True + = True (BoolOpt) Deploy v2 of the Cinder API. - extra_capabilities = {} - (StrOpt) User defined capabilities, a JSON formatted string specifying key/value pairs. + = {} + (StrOpt) User defined capabilities, a JSON formatted string specifying key/value pairs. The key/value pairs can be used by the CapabilitiesFilter to select between backends when requests specify volume types. For example, specifying a service level or the geographical location of a backend, then creating a volume type to allow the user to select by these different properties. - max_header_line = 16384 + = 16384 (IntOpt) Maximum line size of message headers to be accepted. max_header_line may need to be increased when using large tokens (typically those generated by the Keystone v3 API with big service catalogs). - osapi_max_limit = 1000 + = 1000 (IntOpt) The maximum number of items that a collection resource returns in a single response - osapi_max_request_body_size = 114688 + = 114688 (IntOpt) Max size for body of a request - osapi_volume_base_URL = None + = None (StrOpt) Base URL that will be presented to users in links to the OpenStack Volume API - osapi_volume_ext_list = + = (ListOpt) Specify list of extensions to load when using osapi_volume_extension option with cinder.api.contrib.select_extensions - osapi_volume_extension = ['cinder.api.contrib.standard_extensions'] + = ['cinder.api.contrib.standard_extensions'] (MultiStrOpt) osapi volume extension to load - osapi_volume_listen = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) IP address on which OpenStack Volume API listens - osapi_volume_listen_port = 8776 + = 8776 (IntOpt) Port on which OpenStack Volume API listens - osapi_volume_workers = None + = None (IntOpt) Number of workers for OpenStack Volume API service. The default is equal to the number of CPUs available. - transfer_api_class = cinder.transfer.api.API + = cinder.transfer.api.API (StrOpt) The full class name of the volume transfer API class - volume_api_class = cinder.volume.api.API + = cinder.volume.api.API (StrOpt) The full class name of the volume API class to use - volume_name_template = volume-%s + = volume-%s (StrOpt) Template string to be used to generate volume names - volume_number_multiplier = -1.0 + = -1.0 (FloatOpt) Multiplier used for weighing volume number. Negative numbers mean to spread vs stack. - volume_transfer_key_length = 16 + = 16 (IntOpt) The number of characters in the autogenerated auth key. - volume_transfer_salt_length = 8 + = 8 (IntOpt) The number of characters in the salt. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-auth.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-auth.xml index eb3916c447..b3bddff414 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-auth.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-auth.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - auth_strategy = noauth + = noauth (StrOpt) The strategy to use for auth. Supports noauth, keystone, and deprecated. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-auth_token.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-auth_token.xml index ad663e396e..5cac46a39e 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-auth_token.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-auth_token.xml @@ -18,115 +18,115 @@ [keystone_authtoken] - admin_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone account password - admin_tenant_name = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Keystone service account tenant name to validate user tokens - admin_token = None + = None (StrOpt) This option is deprecated and may be removed in a future release. Single shared secret with the Keystone configuration used for bootstrapping a Keystone installation, or otherwise bypassing the normal authentication process. This option should not be used, use `admin_user` and `admin_password` instead. - admin_user = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone account username - auth_admin_prefix = + = (StrOpt) Prefix to prepend at the beginning of the path. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_host = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Host providing the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_port = 35357 + = 35357 (IntOpt) Port of the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_protocol = https + = https (StrOpt) Protocol of the admin Identity API endpoint (http or https). Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Complete public Identity API endpoint - auth_version = None + = None (StrOpt) API version of the admin Identity API endpoint - cache = None + = None (StrOpt) Env key for the swift cache - cafile = None + = None (StrOpt) A PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections. Defaults to system CAs. - certfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Required if Keystone server requires client certificate - check_revocations_for_cached = False + = False (BoolOpt) If true, the revocation list will be checked for cached tokens. This requires that PKI tokens are configured on the Keystone server. - delay_auth_decision = False + = False (BoolOpt) Do not handle authorization requests within the middleware, but delegate the authorization decision to downstream WSGI components - enforce_token_bind = permissive + = permissive (StrOpt) Used to control the use and type of token binding. Can be set to: "disabled" to not check token binding. "permissive" (default) to validate binding information if the bind type is of a form known to the server and ignore it if not. "strict" like "permissive" but if the bind type is unknown the token will be rejected. "required" any form of token binding is needed to be allowed. Finally the name of a binding method that must be present in tokens. - hash_algorithms = md5 + = md5 (ListOpt) Hash algorithms to use for hashing PKI tokens. This may be a single algorithm or multiple. The algorithms are those supported by Python standard hashlib.new(). The hashes will be tried in the order given, so put the preferred one first for performance. The result of the first hash will be stored in the cache. This will typically be set to multiple values only while migrating from a less secure algorithm to a more secure one. Once all the old tokens are expired this option should be set to a single value for better performance. - http_connect_timeout = None + = None (BoolOpt) Request timeout value for communicating with Identity API server. - http_request_max_retries = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) How many times are we trying to reconnect when communicating with Identity API Server. - identity_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Complete admin Identity API endpoint. This should specify the unversioned root endpoint e.g. https://localhost:35357/ - include_service_catalog = True + = True (BoolOpt) (optional) indicate whether to set the X-Service-Catalog header. If False, middleware will not ask for service catalog on token validation and will not set the X-Service-Catalog header. - insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Verify HTTPS connections. - keyfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Required if Keystone server requires client certificate - memcache_secret_key = None + = None (StrOpt) (optional, mandatory if memcache_security_strategy is defined) this string is used for key derivation. - memcache_security_strategy = None + = None (StrOpt) (optional) if defined, indicate whether token data should be authenticated or authenticated and encrypted. Acceptable values are MAC or ENCRYPT. If MAC, token data is authenticated (with HMAC) in the cache. If ENCRYPT, token data is encrypted and authenticated in the cache. If the value is not one of these options or empty, auth_token will raise an exception on initialization. - revocation_cache_time = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Determines the frequency at which the list of revoked tokens is retrieved from the Identity service (in seconds). A high number of revocation events combined with a low cache duration may significantly reduce performance. - signing_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) Directory used to cache files related to PKI tokens - token_cache_time = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) In order to prevent excessive effort spent validating tokens, the middleware caches previously-seen tokens for a configurable duration (in seconds). Set to -1 to disable caching completely. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups.xml index 42cb01a8d0..cd3366be6f 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups.xml @@ -18,39 +18,47 @@ [DEFAULT] - backup_api_class = cinder.backup.api.API + = cinder.backup.api.API (StrOpt) The full class name of the volume backup API class - backup_compression_algorithm = zlib + = zlib (StrOpt) Compression algorithm (None to disable) - backup_driver = cinder.backup.drivers.swift + = cinder.backup.drivers.swift (StrOpt) Driver to use for backups. - backup_manager = cinder.backup.manager.BackupManager + = cinder.backup.manager.BackupManager (StrOpt) Full class name for the Manager for volume backup - backup_metadata_version = 1 + = 2 (IntOpt) Backup metadata version to be used when backing up volume metadata. If this number is bumped, make sure the service doing the restore supports the new version. - backup_name_template = backup-%s + = backup-%s (StrOpt) Template string to be used to generate backup names - backup_topic = cinder-backup + = 10 + (IntOpt) The number of chunks or objects, for which one Ceilometer notification will be sent + + + = 120 + (IntOpt) Interval, in seconds, between two progress notifications reporting the backup status + + + = cinder-backup (StrOpt) The topic that volume backup nodes listen on - snapshot_name_template = snapshot-%s + = snapshot-%s (StrOpt) Template string to be used to generate snapshot names - snapshot_same_host = True + = True (BoolOpt) Create volume from snapshot at the host where snapshot resides diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups_ceph.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups_ceph.xml index 65b28a197e..1f092e70e3 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups_ceph.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups_ceph.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - backup_ceph_chunk_size = 134217728 + = 134217728 (IntOpt) The chunk size, in bytes, that a backup is broken into before transfer to the Ceph object store. - backup_ceph_conf = /etc/ceph/ceph.conf + = /etc/ceph/ceph.conf (StrOpt) Ceph configuration file to use. - backup_ceph_pool = backups + = backups (StrOpt) The Ceph pool where volume backups are stored. - backup_ceph_stripe_count = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) RBD stripe count to use when creating a backup image. - backup_ceph_stripe_unit = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) RBD stripe unit to use when creating a backup image. - backup_ceph_user = cinder + = cinder (StrOpt) The Ceph user to connect with. Default here is to use the same user as for Cinder volumes. If not using cephx this should be set to None. - restore_discard_excess_bytes = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, always discard excess bytes when restoring volumes i.e. pad with zeroes. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups_swift.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups_swift.xml index a4cb46ab37..21e393df8e 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups_swift.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups_swift.xml @@ -18,39 +18,43 @@ [DEFAULT] - backup_swift_auth = per_user + = per_user (StrOpt) Swift authentication mechanism - backup_swift_container = volumebackups + = volumebackups (StrOpt) The default Swift container to use - backup_swift_key = None + = True + (BoolOpt) Enable or Disable the timer to send the periodic progress notifications to Ceilometer when backing up the volume to the Swift backend storage. The default value is True to enable the timer. + + + = None (StrOpt) Swift key for authentication - backup_swift_object_size = 52428800 + = 52428800 (IntOpt) The size in bytes of Swift backup objects - backup_swift_retry_attempts = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) The number of retries to make for Swift operations - backup_swift_retry_backoff = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) The backoff time in seconds between Swift retries - backup_swift_url = None + = None (StrOpt) The URL of the Swift endpoint - backup_swift_user = None + = None (StrOpt) Swift user name - swift_catalog_info = object-store:swift:publicURL + = object-store:swift:publicURL (StrOpt) Info to match when looking for swift in the service catalog. Format is: separated values of the form: <service_type>:<service_name>:<endpoint_type> - Only used if backup_swift_url is unset diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups_tsm.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups_tsm.xml index eba19a239a..cf52483f3b 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups_tsm.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-backups_tsm.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [DEFAULT] - backup_tsm_compression = True + = True (BoolOpt) Enable or Disable compression for backups - backup_tsm_password = password + = password (StrOpt) TSM password for the running username - backup_tsm_volume_prefix = backup + = backup (StrOpt) Volume prefix for the backup id when backing up to TSM diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-block-device.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-block-device.xml index e574dfed27..420eeb2257 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-block-device.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-block-device.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - available_devices = + = (ListOpt) List of all available devices diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-ca.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-ca.xml index d4c177ca62..195b0af4f4 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-ca.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-ca.xml @@ -18,30 +18,15 @@ [DEFAULT] - ssl_ca_file = None + = None (StrOpt) CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients - ssl_cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Certificate file to use when starting the server securely - ssl_key_file = None - (StrOpt) Private key file to use when starting the server securely - - - [ssl] - - - ca_file = None - (StrOpt) CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients - - - cert_file = None - (StrOpt) Certificate file to use when starting the server securely - - - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Private key file to use when starting the server securely diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-common.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-common.xml index 6e3ec9ef18..66720d4e82 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-common.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-common.xml @@ -18,150 +18,174 @@ [DEFAULT] - compute_api_class = cinder.compute.nova.API + = 900 + (IntOpt) Timeout for client connections' socket operations. If an incoming connection is idle for this number of seconds it will be closed. A value of '0' means wait forever. + + + = cinder.compute.nova.API (StrOpt) The full class name of the compute API class to use - consistencygroup_api_class = cinder.consistencygroup.api.API + = cinder.consistencygroup.api.API (StrOpt) The full class name of the consistencygroup API class - default_availability_zone = None + = None (StrOpt) Default availability zone for new volumes. If not set, the storage_availability_zone option value is used as the default for new volumes. - default_volume_type = None + = None (StrOpt) Default volume type to use - enable_new_services = True + = True (BoolOpt) Services to be added to the available pool on create - host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Name of this node. This can be an opaque identifier. It is not necessarily a host name, FQDN, or IP address. - iet_conf = /etc/iet/ietd.conf + = /etc/iet/ietd.conf (StrOpt) IET configuration file - lio_initiator_iqns = - (StrOpt) Comma-separated list of initiator IQNs allowed to connect to the iSCSI target. (From Nova compute nodes.) + = + (StrOpt) This option is deprecated and unused. It will be removed in the next release. - lock_path = None - (StrOpt) Directory to use for lock files. Default to a temp directory - - - memcached_servers = None + = None (ListOpt) Memcached servers or None for in process cache. - monkey_patch = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable monkey patching - monkey_patch_modules = + = (ListOpt) List of modules/decorators to monkey patch - my_ip = 10.0.0.1 + = 10.0.0.1 (StrOpt) IP address of this host - no_snapshot_gb_quota = False + = False (BoolOpt) Whether snapshots count against GigaByte quota - num_shell_tries = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Number of times to attempt to run flakey shell commands - periodic_fuzzy_delay = 60 + = None + (StrOpt) OpenStack privileged account username. Used for requests to other services (such as Nova) that require an account with special rights. + + + = None + (StrOpt) Password associated with the OpenStack privileged account. + + + = None + (StrOpt) Tenant name associated with the OpenStack privileged account. + + + = 60 (IntOpt) Range, in seconds, to randomly delay when starting the periodic task scheduler to reduce stampeding. (Disable by setting to 0) - periodic_interval = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Interval, in seconds, between running periodic tasks - policy_default_rule = default + = default (StrOpt) Default rule. Enforced when a requested rule is not found. - policy_file = policy.json + = ['policy.d'] + (MultiStrOpt) Directories where policy configuration files are stored. They can be relative to any directory in the search path defined by the config_dir option, or absolute paths. The file defined by policy_file must exist for these directories to be searched. + + + = policy.json (StrOpt) The JSON file that defines policies. - replication_api_class = cinder.replication.api.API + = cinder.replication.api.API (StrOpt) The full class name of the volume replication API class - report_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Interval, in seconds, between nodes reporting state to datastore - reserved_percentage = 0 + = 300 + (IntOpt) Global backend request timeout, in seconds + + + = 0 (IntOpt) The percentage of backend capacity is reserved - rootwrap_config = /etc/cinder/rootwrap.conf + = /etc/cinder/rootwrap.conf (StrOpt) Path to the rootwrap configuration file to use for running commands as root - run_external_periodic_tasks = True + = True (BoolOpt) Some periodic tasks can be run in a separate process. Should we run them here? - service_down_time = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Maximum time since last check-in for a service to be considered up - ssh_hosts_key_file = $state_path/ssh_known_hosts + = $state_path/ssh_known_hosts (StrOpt) File containing SSH host keys for the systems with which Cinder needs to communicate. OPTIONAL: Default=$state_path/ssh_known_hosts - state_path = /var/lib/cinder + = /var/lib/cinder (StrOpt) Top-level directory for maintaining cinder's state - storage_availability_zone = nova + = nova (StrOpt) Availability zone of this node - strict_ssh_host_key_policy = False + = False (BoolOpt) Option to enable strict host key checking. When set to "True" Cinder will only connect to systems with a host key present in the configured "ssh_hosts_key_file". When set to "False" the host key will be saved upon first connection and used for subsequent connections. Default=False - tcp_keepalive = True + = True (BoolOpt) Sets the value of TCP_KEEPALIVE (True/False) for each server socket. - tcp_keepalive_count = None + = None (IntOpt) Sets the value of TCP_KEEPCNT for each server socket. Not supported on OS X. - tcp_keepalive_interval = None + = None (IntOpt) Sets the value of TCP_KEEPINTVL in seconds for each server socket. Not supported on OS X. - tcp_keepidle = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Sets the value of TCP_KEEPIDLE in seconds for each server socket. Not supported on OS X. - until_refresh = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Count of reservations until usage is refreshed - use_forwarded_for = False + = False (BoolOpt) Treat X-Forwarded-For as the canonical remote address. Only enable this if you have a sanitizing proxy. + + = True + (BoolOpt) If False, closes the client socket connection explicitly. Setting it to True to maintain backward compatibility. Recommended setting is set it to False. + [keystone_authtoken] - memcached_servers = None + = None (ListOpt) Optionally specify a list of memcached server(s) to use for caching. If left undefined, tokens will instead be cached in-process. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-compute.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-compute.xml index eee5f60465..fcac5b2925 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-compute.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-compute.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - nova_api_insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow to perform insecure SSL requests to nova - nova_ca_certificates_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Location of ca certificates file to use for nova client requests. - nova_catalog_admin_info = compute:nova:adminURL + = compute:Compute Service:adminURL (StrOpt) Same as nova_catalog_info, but for admin endpoint. - nova_catalog_info = compute:nova:publicURL + = compute:Compute Service:publicURL (StrOpt) Match this value when searching for nova in the service catalog. Format is: separated values of the form: <service_type>:<service_name>:<endpoint_type> - nova_endpoint_admin_template = None + = None (StrOpt) Same as nova_endpoint_template, but for admin endpoint. - nova_endpoint_template = None + = None (StrOpt) Override service catalog lookup with template for nova endpoint e.g. http://localhost:8774/v2/%(project_id)s - os_region_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Region name of this node diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-coraid.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-coraid.xml index 8e9381a03c..0766a13053 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-coraid.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-coraid.xml @@ -18,23 +18,27 @@ [DEFAULT] - coraid_esm_address = + = None + (StrOpt) ESM Repository Name to use if not specified in Volume Type keys + + + = (StrOpt) IP address of Coraid ESM - coraid_group = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Name of group on Coraid ESM to which coraid_user belongs (must have admin privilege) - coraid_password = password + = password (StrOpt) Password to connect to Coraid ESM - coraid_repository_key = coraid_repository + = coraid_repository (StrOpt) Volume Type key name to store ESM Repository Name - coraid_user = admin + = admin (StrOpt) User name to connect to Coraid ESM diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-database.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-database.xml index 7022bd1c4d..8dd56bdc70 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-database.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-database.xml @@ -18,98 +18,98 @@ [DEFAULT] - db_backend = sqlalchemy + = sqlalchemy (StrOpt) The backend to use for db - db_driver = cinder.db + = cinder.db (StrOpt) Driver to use for database access [database] - backend = sqlalchemy + = sqlalchemy (StrOpt) The back end to use for the database. - connection = None + = None (StrOpt) The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the database. - connection_debug = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything. - connection_trace = False + = False (BoolOpt) Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings. - db_inc_retry_interval = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, increases the interval between database connection retries up to db_max_retry_interval. - db_max_retries = 20 + = 20 (IntOpt) Maximum database connection retries before error is raised. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. - db_max_retry_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) If db_inc_retry_interval is set, the maximum seconds between database connection retries. - db_retry_interval = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Seconds between database connection retries. - idle_timeout = 3600 + = 3600 (IntOpt) Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped. - max_overflow = None + = None (IntOpt) If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy. - max_pool_size = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. - max_retries = 10 - (IntOpt) Maximum db connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. + = 10 + (IntOpt) Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. - min_pool_size = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Minimum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. - mysql_sql_mode = TRADITIONAL + = TRADITIONAL (StrOpt) The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including the default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL mode is set by the server configuration, set this to no value. Example: mysql_sql_mode= - pool_timeout = None + = None (IntOpt) If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy. - retry_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection. - slave_connection = None + = None (StrOpt) The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave database. - sqlite_db = oslo.sqlite + = oslo.sqlite (StrOpt) The file name to use with SQLite. - sqlite_synchronous = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode. - use_db_reconnect = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable the experimental use of database reconnect on connection lost. - use_tpool = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable the experimental use of thread pooling for all DB API calls diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-datera.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-datera.xml index 382a36c4c8..4b842505e2 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-datera.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-datera.xml @@ -18,27 +18,27 @@ [DEFAULT] - datera_api_port = 7717 + = 7717 (StrOpt) Datera API port. - datera_api_token = None + = None (StrOpt) Datera API token. - datera_api_version = 1 + = 1 (StrOpt) Datera API version. - datera_num_replicas = 3 + = 3 (StrOpt) Number of replicas to create of an inode. - driver_client_cert = None + = None (StrOpt) The path to the client certificate for verification, if the driver supports it. - driver_client_cert_key = None + = None (StrOpt) The path to the client certificate key for verification, if the driver supports it. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-debug.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-debug.xml index 2a329eedb1..2a9f6d04dc 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-debug.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-debug.xml @@ -18,13 +18,9 @@ [DEFAULT] - backdoor_port = None + = None (StrOpt) Enable eventlet backdoor. Acceptable values are 0, <port>, and <start>:<end>, where 0 results in listening on a random tcp port number; <port> results in listening on the specified port number (and not enabling backdoor if that port is in use); and <start>:<end> results in listening on the smallest unused port number within the specified range of port numbers. The chosen port is displayed in the service's log file. - - disable_process_locking = False - (BoolOpt) Whether to disable inter-process locks - diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-dellsc.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-dellsc.xml index bedde4d7b1..5a77b6820b 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-dellsc.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-dellsc.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [DEFAULT] - dell_sc_api_port = 3033 + = 3033 (IntOpt) Dell API port - dell_sc_server_folder = openstack + = openstack (StrOpt) Name of the server folder to use on the Storage Center - dell_sc_ssn = 64702 + = 64702 (IntOpt) Storage Center System Serial Number - dell_sc_volume_folder = openstack + = openstack (StrOpt) Name of the volume folder to use on the Storage Center diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-emc.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-emc.xml index 1f5de00060..1c35638cec 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-emc.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-emc.xml @@ -18,39 +18,39 @@ [DEFAULT] - cinder_emc_config_file = /etc/cinder/cinder_emc_config.xml + = /etc/cinder/cinder_emc_config.xml (StrOpt) use this file for cinder emc plugin config data - destroy_empty_storage_group = False + = False (BoolOpt) To destroy storage group when the last LUN is removed from it. By default, the value is False. - initiator_auto_registration = False + = False (BoolOpt) Automatically register initiators. By default, the value is False. - iscsi_initiators = + = (StrOpt) Mapping between hostname and its iSCSI initiator IP addresses. - max_luns_per_storage_group = 255 + = 255 (IntOpt) Default max number of LUNs in a storage group. By default, the value is 255. - naviseccli_path = + = (StrOpt) Naviseccli Path. - storage_vnx_authentication_type = global + = global (StrOpt) VNX authentication scope type. - storage_vnx_pool_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Storage pool name. - storage_vnx_security_file_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) Directory path that contains the VNX security file. Make sure the security file is generated first. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-eqlx.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-eqlx.xml index 7a02e9971a..f4666e7625 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-eqlx.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-eqlx.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - eqlx_chap_login = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Existing CHAP account name - eqlx_chap_password = password + = password (StrOpt) Password for specified CHAP account name - eqlx_cli_max_retries = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Maximum retry count for reconnection - eqlx_cli_timeout = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Timeout for the Group Manager cli command execution - eqlx_group_name = group-0 + = group-0 (StrOpt) Group name to use for creating volumes - eqlx_pool = default + = default (StrOpt) Pool in which volumes will be created - eqlx_use_chap = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use CHAP authentication for targets? diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-flashsystem.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-flashsystem.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f6e60613dd --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-flashsystem.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Description of IBM FlashSystem volume river configuration options
Configuration option = Default valueDescription
[DEFAULT]
= FC(StrOpt) Connection protocol should be FC.
= True(BoolOpt) Allows vdisk to multi host mapping.
= False(BoolOpt) Connect with multipath (FC only).
+
diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-fujitsu_eternus_dx.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-fujitsu_eternus_dx.xml index e2e224047b..091ea8c73b 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-fujitsu_eternus_dx.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-fujitsu_eternus_dx.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - cinder_smis_config_file = /etc/cinder/cinder_fujitsu_eternus_dx.xml + = /etc/cinder/cinder_fujitsu_eternus_dx.xml (StrOpt) The configuration file for the Cinder SMI-S driver diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-fusionio.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-fusionio.xml index 9f125d8bfd..787893b4d1 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-fusionio.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-fusionio.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [DEFAULT] - fusionio_iocontrol_retry = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) number of retries for GET operations - fusionio_iocontrol_targetdelay = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) amount of time wait for iSCSI target to come online - fusionio_iocontrol_verify_cert = True + = True (BoolOpt) verify the array certificate on each transaction diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-hds-hnas.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-hds-hnas.xml index 8c6c7c116f..e32784ebc0 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-hds-hnas.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-hds-hnas.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [DEFAULT] - hds_hnas_iscsi_config_file = /opt/hds/hnas/cinder_iscsi_conf.xml + = /opt/hds/hnas/cinder_iscsi_conf.xml (StrOpt) Configuration file for HDS iSCSI cinder plugin - hds_hnas_nfs_config_file = /opt/hds/hnas/cinder_nfs_conf.xml + = /opt/hds/hnas/cinder_nfs_conf.xml (StrOpt) Configuration file for HDS NFS cinder plugin diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-hds-hus.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-hds-hus.xml index c72dab0b8f..b014020d55 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-hds-hus.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-hds-hus.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - hds_cinder_config_file = /opt/hds/hus/cinder_hus_conf.xml + = /opt/hds/hus/cinder_hus_conf.xml (StrOpt) The configuration file for the Cinder HDS driver for HUS diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-hitachi-hbsd.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-hitachi-hbsd.xml index ffff74ed75..1c91dc00ee 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-hitachi-hbsd.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-hitachi-hbsd.xml @@ -18,87 +18,87 @@ [DEFAULT] - hitachi_add_chap_user = False + = False (BoolOpt) Add CHAP user - hitachi_async_copy_check_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Interval to check copy asynchronously - hitachi_auth_method = None + = None (StrOpt) iSCSI authentication method - hitachi_auth_password = HBSD-CHAP-password + = HBSD-CHAP-password (StrOpt) iSCSI authentication password - hitachi_auth_user = HBSD-CHAP-user + = HBSD-CHAP-user (StrOpt) iSCSI authentication username - hitachi_copy_check_interval = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Interval to check copy - hitachi_copy_speed = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Copy speed of storage system - hitachi_default_copy_method = FULL + = FULL (StrOpt) Default copy method of storage system - hitachi_group_range = None + = None (StrOpt) Range of group number - hitachi_group_request = False + = False (BoolOpt) Request for creating HostGroup or iSCSI Target - hitachi_horcm_add_conf = True + = True (BoolOpt) Add to HORCM configuration - hitachi_horcm_numbers = 200,201 + = 200,201 (StrOpt) Instance numbers for HORCM - hitachi_horcm_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password of storage system for HORCM - hitachi_horcm_user = None + = None (StrOpt) Username of storage system for HORCM - hitachi_ldev_range = None + = None (StrOpt) Range of logical device of storage system - hitachi_pool_id = None + = None (IntOpt) Pool ID of storage system - hitachi_serial_number = None + = None (StrOpt) Serial number of storage system - hitachi_target_ports = None + = None (StrOpt) Control port names for HostGroup or iSCSI Target - hitachi_thin_pool_id = None + = None (IntOpt) Thin pool ID of storage system - hitachi_unit_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Name of an array unit - hitachi_zoning_request = False + = False (BoolOpt) Request for FC Zone creating HostGroup diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-hp3par.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-hp3par.xml index eedfae2f5b..4d72851af3 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-hp3par.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-hp3par.xml @@ -18,43 +18,43 @@ [DEFAULT] - hp3par_api_url = + = (StrOpt) 3PAR WSAPI Server Url like https://<3par ip>:8080/api/v1 - hp3par_cpg = OpenStack - (StrOpt) The CPG to use for volume creation + = OpenStack + (ListOpt) List of the CPG(s) to use for volume creation - hp3par_cpg_snap = - (StrOpt) The CPG to use for Snapshots for volumes. If empty hp3par_cpg will be used + = + (StrOpt) The CPG to use for Snapshots for volumes. If empty the userCPG will be used. - hp3par_debug = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable HTTP debugging to 3PAR - hp3par_iscsi_chap_enabled = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable CHAP authentication for iSCSI connections. - hp3par_iscsi_ips = + = (ListOpt) List of target iSCSI addresses to use. - hp3par_password = + = (StrOpt) 3PAR Super user password - hp3par_snapshot_expiration = + = (StrOpt) The time in hours when a snapshot expires and is deleted. This must be larger than expiration - hp3par_snapshot_retention = + = (StrOpt) The time in hours to retain a snapshot. You can't delete it before this expires. - hp3par_username = + = (StrOpt) 3PAR Super user username diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-hplefthand.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-hplefthand.xml index d558b36377..1098b38cc1 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-hplefthand.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-hplefthand.xml @@ -18,27 +18,27 @@ [DEFAULT] - hplefthand_api_url = None + = None (StrOpt) HP LeftHand WSAPI Server Url like https://<LeftHand ip>:8081/lhos - hplefthand_clustername = None + = None (StrOpt) HP LeftHand cluster name - hplefthand_debug = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable HTTP debugging to LeftHand - hplefthand_iscsi_chap_enabled = False + = False (BoolOpt) Configure CHAP authentication for iSCSI connections (Default: Disabled) - hplefthand_password = None + = None (StrOpt) HP LeftHand Super user password - hplefthand_username = None + = None (StrOpt) HP LeftHand Super user username diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-hpmsa.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-hpmsa.xml index fdc50ccca1..bcc44bcfd8 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-hpmsa.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-hpmsa.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - msa_vdisk = OpenStack + = OpenStack (StrOpt) The VDisk to use for volume creation. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-huawei.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-huawei.xml index 614c5d0b3a..756c272ee8 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-huawei.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-huawei.xml @@ -18,9 +18,13 @@ [DEFAULT] - cinder_huawei_conf_file = /etc/cinder/cinder_huawei_conf.xml + = /etc/cinder/cinder_huawei_conf.xml (StrOpt) The configuration file for the Cinder Huawei driver + + = /etc/cinder/cinder_huawei_storac_conf.xml + (StrOpt) huawei storagehyper driver config file path + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-ibmnas.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-ibmnas.xml index 32ef28dedb..e3d9c4b15a 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-ibmnas.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-ibmnas.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - ibmnas_platform_type = v7ku + = v7ku (StrOpt) IBMNAS platform type to be used as backend storage; valid values are - v7ku : for using IBM Storwize V7000 Unified, sonas : for using IBM Scale Out NAS, gpfs-nas : for using NFS based IBM GPFS deployments. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-images.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-images.xml index 39efc74632..9c0011f722 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-images.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-images.xml @@ -18,55 +18,55 @@ [DEFAULT] - allowed_direct_url_schemes = + = (ListOpt) A list of url schemes that can be downloaded directly via the direct_url. Currently supported schemes: [file]. - glance_api_insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow to perform insecure SSL (https) requests to glance - glance_api_servers = $glance_host:$glance_port + = $glance_host:$glance_port (ListOpt) A list of the glance API servers available to cinder ([hostname|ip]:port) - glance_api_ssl_compression = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables negotiation of SSL layer compression. In some cases disabling compression can improve data throughput, such as when high network bandwidth is available and you use compressed image formats like qcow2. - glance_api_version = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Version of the glance API to use - glance_ca_certificates_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Location of ca certificates file to use for glance client requests. - glance_core_properties = checksum, container_format, disk_format, image_name, image_id, min_disk, min_ram, name, size + = checksum, container_format, disk_format, image_name, image_id, min_disk, min_ram, name, size (ListOpt) Default core properties of image - glance_host = $my_ip + = $my_ip (StrOpt) Default glance host name or IP - glance_num_retries = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Number retries when downloading an image from glance - glance_port = 9292 + = 9292 (IntOpt) Default glance port - glance_request_timeout = None + = None (IntOpt) http/https timeout value for glance operations. If no value (None) is supplied here, the glanceclient default value is used. - image_conversion_dir = $state_path/conversion + = $state_path/conversion (StrOpt) Directory used for temporary storage during image conversion - use_multipath_for_image_xfer = False + = False (BoolOpt) Do we attach/detach volumes in cinder using multipath for volume to image and image to volume transfers? diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-keymgr.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-keymgr.xml index 19b825383a..b5fb47ad17 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-keymgr.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-keymgr.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [keymgr] - api_class = cinder.keymgr.conf_key_mgr.ConfKeyManager + = cinder.keymgr.conf_key_mgr.ConfKeyManager (StrOpt) The full class name of the key manager API class - encryption_api_url = http://localhost:9311/v1 + = http://localhost:9311/v1 (StrOpt) Url for encryption service. - encryption_auth_url = http://localhost:5000/v2.0 + = http://localhost:5000/v3 (StrOpt) Authentication url for encryption service. - fixed_key = None + = None (StrOpt) Fixed key returned by key manager, specified in hex diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-logging.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-logging.xml index 205dd64c54..90a5ad1428 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-logging.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-logging.xml @@ -18,87 +18,87 @@ [DEFAULT] - debug = False + = False (BoolOpt) Print debugging output (set logging level to DEBUG instead of default WARNING level). - default_log_levels = amqp=WARN, amqplib=WARN, boto=WARN, qpid=WARN, sqlalchemy=WARN, suds=INFO, oslo.messaging=INFO, iso8601=WARN, requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, websocket=WARN, keystonemiddleware=WARN, routes.middleware=WARN, stevedore=WARN + = amqp=WARN, amqplib=WARN, boto=WARN, qpid=WARN, sqlalchemy=WARN, suds=INFO, oslo.messaging=INFO, iso8601=WARN, requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, websocket=WARN, keystonemiddleware=WARN, routes.middleware=WARN, stevedore=WARN (ListOpt) List of logger=LEVEL pairs. - fatal_deprecations = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables fatal status of deprecations. - fatal_exception_format_errors = False + = False (BoolOpt) Make exception message format errors fatal. - instance_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " + = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " (StrOpt) The format for an instance that is passed with the log message. - instance_uuid_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " + = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " (StrOpt) The format for an instance UUID that is passed with the log message. - log_config_append = None + = None (StrOpt) The name of a logging configuration file. This file is appended to any existing logging configuration files. For details about logging configuration files, see the Python logging module documentation. - log_date_format = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S + = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S (StrOpt) Format string for %%(asctime)s in log records. Default: %(default)s . - log_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) (Optional) The base directory used for relative --log-file paths. - log_file = None + = None (StrOpt) (Optional) Name of log file to output to. If no default is set, logging will go to stdout. - log_format = None + = None (StrOpt) DEPRECATED. A logging.Formatter log message format string which may use any of the available logging.LogRecord attributes. This option is deprecated. Please use logging_context_format_string and logging_default_format_string instead. - logging_context_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s (StrOpt) Format string to use for log messages with context. - logging_debug_format_suffix = %(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d + = %(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d (StrOpt) Data to append to log format when level is DEBUG. - logging_default_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s (StrOpt) Format string to use for log messages without context. - logging_exception_prefix = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d TRACE %(name)s %(instance)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d TRACE %(name)s %(instance)s (StrOpt) Prefix each line of exception output with this format. - publish_errors = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables publication of error events. - syslog_log_facility = LOG_USER + = LOG_USER (StrOpt) Syslog facility to receive log lines. - use_stderr = True + = True (BoolOpt) Log output to standard error. - use_syslog = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use syslog for logging. Existing syslog format is DEPRECATED during I, and will change in J to honor RFC5424. - use_syslog_rfc_format = False + = False (BoolOpt) (Optional) Enables or disables syslog rfc5424 format for logging. If enabled, prefixes the MSG part of the syslog message with APP-NAME (RFC5424). The format without the APP-NAME is deprecated in I, and will be removed in J. - verbose = False + = False (BoolOpt) Print more verbose output (set logging level to INFO instead of default WARNING level). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-lvm.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-lvm.xml index a76044f276..7c9694789a 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-lvm.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-lvm.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [DEFAULT] - lvm_mirrors = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) If >0, create LVs with multiple mirrors. Note that this requires lvm_mirrors + 2 PVs with available space - lvm_type = default + = default (StrOpt) Type of LVM volumes to deploy; (default or thin) - volume_group = cinder-volumes + = cinder-volumes (StrOpt) Name for the VG that will contain exported volumes diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-nas.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-nas.xml index e18e974cbd..858b280a7b 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-nas.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-nas.xml @@ -18,23 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - nas_ip = + = (StrOpt) IP address or Hostname of NAS system. - nas_login = admin + = admin (StrOpt) User name to connect to NAS system. - nas_password = + = (StrOpt) Password to connect to NAS system. - nas_private_key = + = (StrOpt) Filename of private key to use for SSH authentication. - nas_ssh_port = 22 + = auto + (StrOpt) Allow network-attached storage systems to operate in a secure environment where root level access is not permitted. If set to False, access is as the root user and insecure. If set to True, access is not as root. If set to auto, a check is done to determine if this is a new installation: True is used if so, otherwise False. Default is auto. + + + = auto + (StrOpt) Set more secure file permissions on network-attached storage volume files to restrict broad other/world access. If set to False, volumes are created with open permissions. If set to True, volumes are created with permissions for the cinder user and group (660). If set to auto, a check is done to determine if this is a new installation: True is used if so, otherwise False. Default is auto. + + + = 22 (IntOpt) SSH port to use to connect to NAS system. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_7mode_iscsi.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_7mode_iscsi.xml index 583efb06ce..3d98c6802b 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_7mode_iscsi.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_7mode_iscsi.xml @@ -18,44 +18,48 @@ [DEFAULT] - netapp_login = None + = None (StrOpt) Administrative user account name used to access the storage system or proxy server. - netapp_password = None + = None + (StrOpt) The name of the config.conf stanza for a Data ONTAP (7-mode) HA partner. This option is only used by the driver when connecting to an instance with a storage family of Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode, and it is required if the storage protocol selected is FC. + + + = None (StrOpt) Password for the administrative user account specified in the netapp_login option. - netapp_server_hostname = None + = None (StrOpt) The hostname (or IP address) for the storage system or proxy server. - netapp_server_port = None + = None (IntOpt) The TCP port to use for communication with the storage system or proxy server. If not specified, Data ONTAP drivers will use 80 for HTTP and 443 for HTTPS; E-Series will use 8080 for HTTP and 8443 for HTTPS. - netapp_size_multiplier = 1.2 + = 1.2 (FloatOpt) The quantity to be multiplied by the requested volume size to ensure enough space is available on the virtual storage server (Vserver) to fulfill the volume creation request. - netapp_storage_family = ontap_cluster + = ontap_cluster (StrOpt) The storage family type used on the storage system; valid values are ontap_7mode for using Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode, ontap_cluster for using clustered Data ONTAP, or eseries for using E-Series. - netapp_storage_protocol = None - (StrOpt) The storage protocol to be used on the data path with the storage system; valid values are iscsi or nfs. + = None + (StrOpt) The storage protocol to be used on the data path with the storage system; valid values are iscsi, fc, or nfs. - netapp_transport_type = http + = http (StrOpt) The transport protocol used when communicating with the storage system or proxy server. Valid values are http or https. - netapp_vfiler = None - (StrOpt) The vFiler unit on which provisioning of block storage volumes will be done. This option is only used by the driver when connecting to an instance with a storage family of Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode and the storage protocol selected is iSCSI. Only use this option when utilizing the MultiStore feature on the NetApp storage system. + = None + (StrOpt) The vFiler unit on which provisioning of block storage volumes will be done. This option is only used by the driver when connecting to an instance with a storage family of Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode. Only use this option when utilizing the MultiStore feature on the NetApp storage system. - netapp_volume_list = None - (StrOpt) This option is only utilized when the storage protocol is configured to use iSCSI. This option is used to restrict provisioning to the specified controller volumes. Specify the value of this option to be a comma separated list of NetApp controller volume names to be used for provisioning. + = None + (StrOpt) This option is only utilized when the storage protocol is configured to use iSCSI or FC. This option is used to restrict provisioning to the specified controller volumes. Specify the value of this option to be a comma separated list of NetApp controller volume names to be used for provisioning. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_7mode_nfs.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_7mode_nfs.xml index 4fdc04d3dd..ba2847b0c1 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_7mode_nfs.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_7mode_nfs.xml @@ -18,43 +18,47 @@ [DEFAULT] - expiry_thres_minutes = 720 + = 720 (IntOpt) This option specifies the threshold for last access time for images in the NFS image cache. When a cache cleaning cycle begins, images in the cache that have not been accessed in the last M minutes, where M is the value of this parameter, will be deleted from the cache to create free space on the NFS share. - netapp_login = None + = None (StrOpt) Administrative user account name used to access the storage system or proxy server. - netapp_password = None + = None + (StrOpt) The name of the config.conf stanza for a Data ONTAP (7-mode) HA partner. This option is only used by the driver when connecting to an instance with a storage family of Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode, and it is required if the storage protocol selected is FC. + + + = None (StrOpt) Password for the administrative user account specified in the netapp_login option. - netapp_server_hostname = None + = None (StrOpt) The hostname (or IP address) for the storage system or proxy server. - netapp_server_port = None + = None (IntOpt) The TCP port to use for communication with the storage system or proxy server. If not specified, Data ONTAP drivers will use 80 for HTTP and 443 for HTTPS; E-Series will use 8080 for HTTP and 8443 for HTTPS. - netapp_storage_family = ontap_cluster + = ontap_cluster (StrOpt) The storage family type used on the storage system; valid values are ontap_7mode for using Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode, ontap_cluster for using clustered Data ONTAP, or eseries for using E-Series. - netapp_storage_protocol = None - (StrOpt) The storage protocol to be used on the data path with the storage system; valid values are iscsi or nfs. + = None + (StrOpt) The storage protocol to be used on the data path with the storage system; valid values are iscsi, fc, or nfs. - netapp_transport_type = http + = http (StrOpt) The transport protocol used when communicating with the storage system or proxy server. Valid values are http or https. - thres_avl_size_perc_start = 20 + = 20 (IntOpt) If the percentage of available space for an NFS share has dropped below the value specified by this option, the NFS image cache will be cleaned. - thres_avl_size_perc_stop = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) When the percentage of available space on an NFS share has reached the percentage specified by this option, the driver will stop clearing files from the NFS image cache that have not been accessed in the last M minutes, where M is the value of the expiry_thres_minutes configuration option. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_cdot_iscsi.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_cdot_iscsi.xml index 7e53617cf3..1ac4f92c21 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_cdot_iscsi.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_cdot_iscsi.xml @@ -18,40 +18,44 @@ [DEFAULT] - netapp_login = None + = None (StrOpt) Administrative user account name used to access the storage system or proxy server. - netapp_password = None + = None + (StrOpt) The name of the config.conf stanza for a Data ONTAP (7-mode) HA partner. This option is only used by the driver when connecting to an instance with a storage family of Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode, and it is required if the storage protocol selected is FC. + + + = None (StrOpt) Password for the administrative user account specified in the netapp_login option. - netapp_server_hostname = None + = None (StrOpt) The hostname (or IP address) for the storage system or proxy server. - netapp_server_port = None + = None (IntOpt) The TCP port to use for communication with the storage system or proxy server. If not specified, Data ONTAP drivers will use 80 for HTTP and 443 for HTTPS; E-Series will use 8080 for HTTP and 8443 for HTTPS. - netapp_size_multiplier = 1.2 + = 1.2 (FloatOpt) The quantity to be multiplied by the requested volume size to ensure enough space is available on the virtual storage server (Vserver) to fulfill the volume creation request. - netapp_storage_family = ontap_cluster + = ontap_cluster (StrOpt) The storage family type used on the storage system; valid values are ontap_7mode for using Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode, ontap_cluster for using clustered Data ONTAP, or eseries for using E-Series. - netapp_storage_protocol = None - (StrOpt) The storage protocol to be used on the data path with the storage system; valid values are iscsi or nfs. + = None + (StrOpt) The storage protocol to be used on the data path with the storage system; valid values are iscsi, fc, or nfs. - netapp_transport_type = http + = http (StrOpt) The transport protocol used when communicating with the storage system or proxy server. Valid values are http or https. - netapp_vserver = None - (StrOpt) This option specifies the virtual storage server (Vserver) name on the storage cluster on which provisioning of block storage volumes should occur. If using the NFS storage protocol, this parameter is mandatory for storage service catalog support (utilized by Cinder volume type extra_specs support). If this option is specified, the exports belonging to the Vserver will only be used for provisioning in the future. Block storage volumes on exports not belonging to the Vserver specified by this option will continue to function normally. + = None + (StrOpt) This option specifies the virtual storage server (Vserver) name on the storage cluster on which provisioning of block storage volumes should occur. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_cdot_nfs.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_cdot_nfs.xml index edac093179..c7cf2c12cc 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_cdot_nfs.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_cdot_nfs.xml @@ -18,51 +18,55 @@ [DEFAULT] - expiry_thres_minutes = 720 + = 720 (IntOpt) This option specifies the threshold for last access time for images in the NFS image cache. When a cache cleaning cycle begins, images in the cache that have not been accessed in the last M minutes, where M is the value of this parameter, will be deleted from the cache to create free space on the NFS share. - netapp_copyoffload_tool_path = None + = None (StrOpt) This option specifies the path of the NetApp copy offload tool binary. Ensure that the binary has execute permissions set which allow the effective user of the cinder-volume process to execute the file. - netapp_login = None + = None (StrOpt) Administrative user account name used to access the storage system or proxy server. - netapp_password = None + = None + (StrOpt) The name of the config.conf stanza for a Data ONTAP (7-mode) HA partner. This option is only used by the driver when connecting to an instance with a storage family of Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode, and it is required if the storage protocol selected is FC. + + + = None (StrOpt) Password for the administrative user account specified in the netapp_login option. - netapp_server_hostname = None + = None (StrOpt) The hostname (or IP address) for the storage system or proxy server. - netapp_server_port = None + = None (IntOpt) The TCP port to use for communication with the storage system or proxy server. If not specified, Data ONTAP drivers will use 80 for HTTP and 443 for HTTPS; E-Series will use 8080 for HTTP and 8443 for HTTPS. - netapp_storage_family = ontap_cluster + = ontap_cluster (StrOpt) The storage family type used on the storage system; valid values are ontap_7mode for using Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode, ontap_cluster for using clustered Data ONTAP, or eseries for using E-Series. - netapp_storage_protocol = None - (StrOpt) The storage protocol to be used on the data path with the storage system; valid values are iscsi or nfs. + = None + (StrOpt) The storage protocol to be used on the data path with the storage system; valid values are iscsi, fc, or nfs. - netapp_transport_type = http + = http (StrOpt) The transport protocol used when communicating with the storage system or proxy server. Valid values are http or https. - netapp_vserver = None - (StrOpt) This option specifies the virtual storage server (Vserver) name on the storage cluster on which provisioning of block storage volumes should occur. If using the NFS storage protocol, this parameter is mandatory for storage service catalog support (utilized by Cinder volume type extra_specs support). If this option is specified, the exports belonging to the Vserver will only be used for provisioning in the future. Block storage volumes on exports not belonging to the Vserver specified by this option will continue to function normally. + = None + (StrOpt) This option specifies the virtual storage server (Vserver) name on the storage cluster on which provisioning of block storage volumes should occur. - thres_avl_size_perc_start = 20 + = 20 (IntOpt) If the percentage of available space for an NFS share has dropped below the value specified by this option, the NFS image cache will be cleaned. - thres_avl_size_perc_stop = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) When the percentage of available space on an NFS share has reached the percentage specified by this option, the driver will stop clearing files from the NFS image cache that have not been accessed in the last M minutes, where M is the value of the expiry_thres_minutes configuration option. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_eseries_iscsi.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_eseries_iscsi.xml index 3694883aa3..882e055eb9 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_eseries_iscsi.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-netapp_eseries_iscsi.xml @@ -18,47 +18,51 @@ [DEFAULT] - netapp_controller_ips = None + = None (StrOpt) This option is only utilized when the storage family is configured to eseries. This option is used to restrict provisioning to the specified controllers. Specify the value of this option to be a comma separated list of controller hostnames or IP addresses to be used for provisioning. - netapp_eseries_host_type = linux_dm_mp + = linux_dm_mp (StrOpt) This option is used to define how the controllers in the E-Series storage array will work with the particular operating system on the hosts that are connected to it. - netapp_login = None + = None (StrOpt) Administrative user account name used to access the storage system or proxy server. - netapp_password = None + = None + (StrOpt) The name of the config.conf stanza for a Data ONTAP (7-mode) HA partner. This option is only used by the driver when connecting to an instance with a storage family of Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode, and it is required if the storage protocol selected is FC. + + + = None (StrOpt) Password for the administrative user account specified in the netapp_login option. - netapp_sa_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for the NetApp E-Series storage array. - netapp_server_hostname = None + = None (StrOpt) The hostname (or IP address) for the storage system or proxy server. - netapp_server_port = None + = None (IntOpt) The TCP port to use for communication with the storage system or proxy server. If not specified, Data ONTAP drivers will use 80 for HTTP and 443 for HTTPS; E-Series will use 8080 for HTTP and 8443 for HTTPS. - netapp_storage_family = ontap_cluster + = ontap_cluster (StrOpt) The storage family type used on the storage system; valid values are ontap_7mode for using Data ONTAP operating in 7-Mode, ontap_cluster for using clustered Data ONTAP, or eseries for using E-Series. - netapp_storage_pools = None + = None (StrOpt) This option is used to restrict provisioning to the specified storage pools. Only dynamic disk pools are currently supported. Specify the value of this option to be a comma separated list of disk pool names to be used for provisioning. - netapp_transport_type = http + = http (StrOpt) The transport protocol used when communicating with the storage system or proxy server. Valid values are http or https. - netapp_webservice_path = /devmgr/v2 + = /devmgr/v2 (StrOpt) This option is used to specify the path to the E-Series proxy application on a proxy server. The value is combined with the value of the netapp_transport_type, netapp_server_hostname, and netapp_server_port options to create the URL used by the driver to connect to the proxy application. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-nexenta_iscsi.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-nexenta_iscsi.xml index d25c156e4b..52c3be6999 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-nexenta_iscsi.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-nexenta_iscsi.xml @@ -18,63 +18,63 @@ [DEFAULT] - nexenta_blocksize = + = (StrOpt) Block size for volumes (default=blank means 8KB) - nexenta_host = + = (StrOpt) IP address of Nexenta SA - nexenta_iscsi_target_portal_port = 3260 + = 3260 (IntOpt) Nexenta target portal port - nexenta_password = nexenta + = nexenta (StrOpt) Password to connect to Nexenta SA - nexenta_rest_port = 2000 + = 2000 (IntOpt) HTTP port to connect to Nexenta REST API server - nexenta_rest_protocol = auto + = auto (StrOpt) Use http or https for REST connection (default auto) - nexenta_rrmgr_compression = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Enable stream compression, level 1..9. 1 - gives best speed; 9 - gives best compression. - nexenta_rrmgr_connections = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) Number of TCP connections. - nexenta_rrmgr_tcp_buf_size = 4096 + = 4096 (IntOpt) TCP Buffer size in KiloBytes. - nexenta_sparse = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables the creation of sparse volumes - nexenta_sparsed_volumes = True + = True (BoolOpt) Enables or disables the creation of volumes as sparsed files that take no space. If disabled (False), volume is created as a regular file, which takes a long time. - nexenta_target_group_prefix = cinder/ + = cinder/ (StrOpt) Prefix for iSCSI target groups on SA - nexenta_target_prefix = iqn.1986-03.com.sun:02:cinder- + = iqn.1986-03.com.sun:02:cinder- (StrOpt) IQN prefix for iSCSI targets - nexenta_user = admin + = admin (StrOpt) User name to connect to Nexenta SA - nexenta_volume = cinder + = cinder (StrOpt) SA Pool that holds all volumes diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-nexenta_nfs.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-nexenta_nfs.xml index 58fe38512d..e632bf5ba3 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-nexenta_nfs.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-nexenta_nfs.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [DEFAULT] - nexenta_mount_point_base = $state_path/mnt + = $state_path/mnt (StrOpt) Base directory that contains NFS share mount points - nexenta_nms_cache_volroot = True + = True (BoolOpt) If set True cache NexentaStor appliance volroot option value. - nexenta_shares_config = /etc/cinder/nfs_shares + = /etc/cinder/nfs_shares (StrOpt) File with the list of available nfs shares - nexenta_volume_compression = on + = on (StrOpt) Default compression value for new ZFS folders. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-nimble.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-nimble.xml index 8894636d91..b1ff71e157 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-nimble.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-nimble.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [DEFAULT] - nimble_pool_name = default + = default (StrOpt) Nimble Controller pool name - nimble_subnet_label = * + = * (StrOpt) Nimble Subnet Label diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-profiler.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-profiler.xml index 31f94cd59f..f84bbaf9e3 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-profiler.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-profiler.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [profiler] - profiler_enabled = False + = False (BoolOpt) If False fully disable profiling feature. - trace_sqlalchemy = False + = False (BoolOpt) If False doesn't trace SQL requests. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-prophetstor_dpl.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-prophetstor_dpl.xml index a61c9f60b7..e32d7fa215 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-prophetstor_dpl.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-prophetstor_dpl.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - dpl_pool = + = (StrOpt) DPL pool uuid in which DPL volumes are stored. - dpl_port = 8357 + = 8357 (IntOpt) DPL port number. - iscsi_port = 3260 + = 3260 (IntOpt) The port that the iSCSI daemon is listening on - san_ip = + = (StrOpt) IP address of SAN controller - san_login = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Username for SAN controller - san_password = + = (StrOpt) Password for SAN controller - san_thin_provision = True + = True (BoolOpt) Use thin provisioning for SAN volumes? diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-pure.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-pure.xml index 7e826889d9..6603940924 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-pure.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-pure.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - pure_api_token = None + = None (StrOpt) REST API authorization token. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-qpid.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-qpid.xml index 5809724a22..b86467f0cc 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-qpid.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-qpid.xml @@ -18,47 +18,47 @@ [DEFAULT] - qpid_heartbeat = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds between connection keepalive heartbeats. - qpid_hostname = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Qpid broker hostname. - qpid_hosts = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port + = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port (ListOpt) Qpid HA cluster host:port pairs. - qpid_password = + = (StrOpt) Password for Qpid connection. - qpid_port = 5672 + = 5672 (IntOpt) Qpid broker port. - qpid_protocol = tcp + = tcp (StrOpt) Transport to use, either 'tcp' or 'ssl'. - qpid_receiver_capacity = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) The number of prefetched messages held by receiver. - qpid_sasl_mechanisms = + = (StrOpt) Space separated list of SASL mechanisms to use for auth. - qpid_tcp_nodelay = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to disable the Nagle algorithm. - qpid_topology_version = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) The qpid topology version to use. Version 1 is what was originally used by impl_qpid. Version 2 includes some backwards-incompatible changes that allow broker federation to work. Users should update to version 2 when they are able to take everything down, as it requires a clean break. - qpid_username = + = (StrOpt) Username for Qpid connection. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-quobyte.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-quobyte.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2528b90e52 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-quobyte.xml @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Description of quobyte configuration options
Configuration option = Default valueDescription
[DEFAULT]
= None(StrOpt) Path to a Quobyte Client configuration file.
= $state_path/mnt(StrOpt) Base dir containing the mount point for the Quobyte volume.
= True(BoolOpt) Create volumes as QCOW2 files rather than raw files.
= True(BoolOpt) Create volumes as sparse files which take no space. If set to False, volume is created as regular file.In such case volume creation takes a lot of time.
= None(StrOpt) URL to the Quobyte volume e.g., quobyte://<DIR host>/<volume name>
+
diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-quota.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-quota.xml index df49519867..7779ad4d1a 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-quota.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-quota.xml @@ -18,43 +18,43 @@ [DEFAULT] - max_age = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Number of seconds between subsequent usage refreshes - quota_backup_gigabytes = 1000 + = 1000 (IntOpt) Total amount of storage, in gigabytes, allowed for backups per project - quota_backups = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of volume backups allowed per project - quota_consistencygroups = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of consistencygroups allowed per project - quota_driver = cinder.quota.DbQuotaDriver + = cinder.quota.DbQuotaDriver (StrOpt) Default driver to use for quota checks - quota_gigabytes = 1000 + = 1000 (IntOpt) Total amount of storage, in gigabytes, allowed for volumes and snapshots per project - quota_snapshots = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of volume snapshots allowed per project - quota_volumes = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of volumes allowed per project - reservation_expire = 86400 + = 86400 (IntOpt) Number of seconds until a reservation expires - use_default_quota_class = True + = True (BoolOpt) Enables or disables use of default quota class with default quota. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-rabbitmq.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-rabbitmq.xml index 74708472e9..b016d5a8d0 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-rabbitmq.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-rabbitmq.xml @@ -18,71 +18,71 @@ [DEFAULT] - kombu_reconnect_delay = 1.0 + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) How long to wait before reconnecting in response to an AMQP consumer cancel notification. - kombu_ssl_ca_certs = + = (StrOpt) SSL certification authority file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_certfile = + = (StrOpt) SSL cert file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_keyfile = + = (StrOpt) SSL key file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_version = - (StrOpt) SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). valid values are TLSv1, SSLv23 and SSLv3. SSLv2 may be available on some distributions. + = + (StrOpt) SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). valid values are TLSv1 and SSLv23. SSLv2 and SSLv3 may be available on some distributions. - rabbit_ha_queues = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use HA queues in RabbitMQ (x-ha-policy: all). If you change this option, you must wipe the RabbitMQ database. - rabbit_host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ broker address where a single node is used. - rabbit_hosts = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port + = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port (ListOpt) RabbitMQ HA cluster host:port pairs. - rabbit_login_method = AMQPLAIN - (StrOpt) the RabbitMQ login method + = AMQPLAIN + (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ login method. - rabbit_max_retries = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Maximum number of RabbitMQ connection retries. Default is 0 (infinite retry count). - rabbit_password = guest + = guest (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ password. - rabbit_port = 5672 + = 5672 (IntOpt) The RabbitMQ broker port where a single node is used. - rabbit_retry_backoff = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) How long to backoff for between retries when connecting to RabbitMQ. - rabbit_retry_interval = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) How frequently to retry connecting with RabbitMQ. - rabbit_use_ssl = False + = False (BoolOpt) Connect over SSL for RabbitMQ. - rabbit_userid = guest + = guest (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ userid. - rabbit_virtual_host = / + = / (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ virtual host. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-redis.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-redis.xml index 30f14e9124..7f55f955bb 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-redis.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-redis.xml @@ -18,22 +18,22 @@ [matchmaker_redis] - host = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Host to locate redis. - password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for Redis server (optional). - port = 6379 + = 6379 (IntOpt) Use this port to connect to redis host. [matchmaker_ring] - ringfile = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json + = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json (StrOpt) Matchmaker ring file (JSON). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-rootwrap.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-rootwrap.xml index 1a84bc76f3..82b76d72a9 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-rootwrap.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-rootwrap.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [DEFAULT] - filters_path = /etc/cinder/rootwrap.d,/usr/share/cinder/rootwrap + = /etc/cinder/rootwrap.d,/usr/share/cinder/rootwrap List of directories to load filter definitions from (separated by ','). These directories MUST all be only writeable by root ! - exec_dirs = /sbin,/usr/sbin,/bin,/usr/bin + = /sbin,/usr/sbin,/bin,/usr/bin,/usr/local/bin List of directories to search executables in, in case filters do not explicitely specify a full path (separated by ',') If not specified, defaults to system PATH environment variable. These directories MUST all be only writeable by root ! - use_syslog = False + = False Enable logging to syslog Default value is False - syslog_log_facility = syslog + = syslog Which syslog facility to use. Valid values include auth, authpriv, syslog, local0, local1... Default value is 'syslog' - syslog_log_level = ERROR + = ERROR Which messages to log. INFO means log all usage ERROR means only log unsuccessful attempts diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-rpc.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-rpc.xml index 20e8425a60..1d625158ce 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-rpc.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-rpc.xml @@ -18,37 +18,84 @@ [DEFAULT] - matchmaker_heartbeat_freq = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) Heartbeat frequency. - matchmaker_heartbeat_ttl = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Heartbeat time-to-live. - rpc_backend = rabbit + = rabbit (StrOpt) The messaging driver to use, defaults to rabbit. Other drivers include qpid and zmq. - rpc_cast_timeout = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Seconds to wait before a cast expires (TTL). Only supported by impl_zmq. - rpc_conn_pool_size = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Size of RPC connection pool. - rpc_response_timeout = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds to wait for a response from a call. - rpc_thread_pool_size = 64 + = 64 (IntOpt) Size of RPC greenthread pool. - volume_topic = cinder-volume + = cinder-volume (StrOpt) The topic that volume nodes listen on + + [oslo_messaging_amqp] + + + = False + (BoolOpt) Accept clients using either SSL or plain TCP + + + = broadcast + (StrOpt) address prefix used when broadcasting to all servers + + + = None + (StrOpt) Name for the AMQP container + + + = unicast + (StrOpt) address prefix when sending to any server in group + + + = 0 + (IntOpt) Timeout for inactive connections (in seconds) + + + = exclusive + (StrOpt) address prefix used when sending to a specific server + + + = + (StrOpt) CA certificate PEM file for verifing server certificate + + + = + (StrOpt) Identifying certificate PEM file to present to clients + + + = + (StrOpt) Private key PEM file used to sign cert_file certificate + + + = None + (StrOpt) Password for decrypting ssl_key_file (if encrypted) + + + = False + (BoolOpt) Debug: dump AMQP frames to stdout + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-san-solaris.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-san-solaris.xml index 897d3f9888..d46779d325 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-san-solaris.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-san-solaris.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - san_zfs_volume_base = rpool/ + = rpool/ (StrOpt) The ZFS path under which to create zvols for volumes. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-san.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-san.xml index 2b3aa12c5d..fb0a08e8c1 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-san.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-san.xml @@ -18,51 +18,51 @@ [DEFAULT] - san_clustername = + = (StrOpt) Cluster name to use for creating volumes - san_ip = + = (StrOpt) IP address of SAN controller - san_is_local = False + = False (BoolOpt) Execute commands locally instead of over SSH; use if the volume service is running on the SAN device - san_login = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Username for SAN controller - san_password = + = (StrOpt) Password for SAN controller - san_private_key = + = (StrOpt) Filename of private key to use for SSH authentication - san_secondary_ip = None + = None (StrOpt) VNX secondary SP IP Address. - san_ssh_port = 22 + = 22 (IntOpt) SSH port to use with SAN - san_thin_provision = True + = True (BoolOpt) Use thin provisioning for SAN volumes? - ssh_conn_timeout = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) SSH connection timeout in seconds - ssh_max_pool_conn = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Maximum ssh connections in the pool - ssh_min_pool_conn = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Minimum ssh connections in the pool diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-scality.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-scality.xml index ff9128790b..6ee4ad8c31 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-scality.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-scality.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [DEFAULT] - scality_sofs_config = None + = None (StrOpt) Path or URL to Scality SOFS configuration file - scality_sofs_mount_point = $state_path/scality + = $state_path/scality (StrOpt) Base dir where Scality SOFS shall be mounted - scality_sofs_volume_dir = cinder/volumes + = cinder/volumes (StrOpt) Path from Scality SOFS root to volume dir diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-scheduler.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-scheduler.xml index aecafb84fe..98ab9ccd49 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-scheduler.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-scheduler.xml @@ -18,35 +18,35 @@ [DEFAULT] - scheduler_default_filters = AvailabilityZoneFilter, CapacityFilter, CapabilitiesFilter + = AvailabilityZoneFilter, CapacityFilter, CapabilitiesFilter (ListOpt) Which filter class names to use for filtering hosts when not specified in the request. - scheduler_default_weighers = CapacityWeigher + = CapacityWeigher (ListOpt) Which weigher class names to use for weighing hosts. - scheduler_driver = cinder.scheduler.filter_scheduler.FilterScheduler + = cinder.scheduler.filter_scheduler.FilterScheduler (StrOpt) Default scheduler driver to use - scheduler_host_manager = cinder.scheduler.host_manager.HostManager + = cinder.scheduler.host_manager.HostManager (StrOpt) The scheduler host manager class to use - scheduler_json_config_location = + = (StrOpt) Absolute path to scheduler configuration JSON file. - scheduler_manager = cinder.scheduler.manager.SchedulerManager + = cinder.scheduler.manager.SchedulerManager (StrOpt) Full class name for the Manager for scheduler - scheduler_max_attempts = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Maximum number of attempts to schedule an volume - scheduler_topic = cinder-scheduler + = cinder-scheduler (StrOpt) The topic that scheduler nodes listen on diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-smbfs.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-smbfs.xml index 7ff0070fee..f804ee68c3 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-smbfs.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-smbfs.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - smbfs_default_volume_format = qcow2 + = qcow2 (StrOpt) Default format that will be used when creating volumes if no volume format is specified. Can be set to: raw, qcow2, vhd or vhdx. - smbfs_mount_options = noperm,file_mode=0775,dir_mode=0775 + = noperm,file_mode=0775,dir_mode=0775 (StrOpt) Mount options passed to the smbfs client. See mount.cifs man page for details. - smbfs_mount_point_base = $state_path/mnt + = $state_path/mnt (StrOpt) Base dir containing mount points for smbfs shares. - smbfs_oversub_ratio = 1.0 + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) This will compare the allocated to available space on the volume destination. If the ratio exceeds this number, the destination will no longer be valid. - smbfs_shares_config = /etc/cinder/smbfs_shares + = /etc/cinder/smbfs_shares (StrOpt) File with the list of available smbfs shares. - smbfs_sparsed_volumes = True + = True (BoolOpt) Create volumes as sparsed files which take no space rather than regular files when using raw format, in which case volume creation takes lot of time. - smbfs_used_ratio = 0.95 + = 0.95 (FloatOpt) Percent of ACTUAL usage of the underlying volume before no new volumes can be allocated to the volume destination. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-solidfire.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-solidfire.xml index b41c3772f4..7ecd352342 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-solidfire.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-solidfire.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [DEFAULT] - sf_account_prefix = None + = None (StrOpt) Create SolidFire accounts with this prefix. Any string can be used here, but the string "hostname" is special and will create a prefix using the cinder node hostsname (previous default behavior). The default is NO prefix. - sf_allow_tenant_qos = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow tenants to specify QOS on create - sf_api_port = 443 + = 443 (IntOpt) SolidFire API port. Useful if the device api is behind a proxy on a different port. - sf_emulate_512 = True + = True (BoolOpt) Set 512 byte emulation on volume creation; diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-srb.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-srb.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d4da60daf0 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-srb.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Description of srb configuration options
Configuration option = Default valueDescription
[DEFAULT]
= None(StrOpt) Comma-separated list of REST servers to connect to
+
diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage.xml index 3355a4e2db..7ffeb4f764 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage.xml @@ -18,127 +18,127 @@ [DEFAULT] - allocated_capacity_weight_multiplier = -1.0 + = -1.0 (FloatOpt) Multiplier used for weighing volume capacity. Negative numbers mean to stack vs spread. - capacity_weight_multiplier = 1.0 + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) Multiplier used for weighing volume capacity. Negative numbers mean to stack vs spread. - enabled_backends = None + = None (ListOpt) A list of backend names to use. These backend names should be backed by a unique [CONFIG] group with its options - iscsi_helper = tgtadm + = tgtadm (StrOpt) iSCSI target user-land tool to use. tgtadm is default, use lioadm for LIO iSCSI support, iseradm for the ISER protocol, or fake for testing. - iscsi_iotype = fileio + = fileio (StrOpt) Sets the behavior of the iSCSI target to either perform blockio or fileio optionally, auto can be set and Cinder will autodetect type of backing device - iscsi_ip_address = $my_ip + = $my_ip (StrOpt) The IP address that the iSCSI daemon is listening on - iscsi_num_targets = 100 + = 100 (IntOpt) The maximum number of iSCSI target IDs per host - iscsi_port = 3260 + = 3260 (IntOpt) The port that the iSCSI daemon is listening on - iscsi_target_prefix = iqn.2010-10.org.openstack: + = iqn.2010-10.org.openstack: (StrOpt) Prefix for iSCSI volumes - iscsi_write_cache = on + = on (StrOpt) Sets the behavior of the iSCSI target to either perform write-back(on) or write-through(off). This parameter is valid if iscsi_helper is set to tgtadm or iseradm. - iser_helper = tgtadm + = tgtadm (StrOpt) The name of the iSER target user-land tool to use - iser_ip_address = $my_ip + = $my_ip (StrOpt) The IP address that the iSER daemon is listening on - iser_num_targets = 100 + = 100 (IntOpt) The maximum number of iSER target IDs per host - iser_port = 3260 + = 3260 (IntOpt) The port that the iSER daemon is listening on - iser_target_prefix = iqn.2010-10.org.iser.openstack: + = iqn.2010-10.org.iser.openstack: (StrOpt) Prefix for iSER volumes - max_gigabytes = 10000 + = 10000 (IntOpt) This configure option has been deprecated along with the SimpleScheduler. New scheduler is able to gather capacity information for each host, thus setting the maximum number of volume gigabytes for host is no longer needed. It's safe to remove this configure from cinder.conf. - migration_create_volume_timeout_secs = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) Timeout for creating the volume to migrate to when performing volume migration (seconds) - num_iser_scan_tries = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) The maximum number of times to rescan iSER targetto find volume - num_volume_device_scan_tries = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) The maximum number of times to rescan targets to find volume - volume_backend_name = None + = None (StrOpt) The backend name for a given driver implementation - volume_clear = zero + = zero (StrOpt) Method used to wipe old volumes (valid options are: none, zero, shred) - volume_clear_ionice = None + = None (StrOpt) The flag to pass to ionice to alter the i/o priority of the process used to zero a volume after deletion, for example "-c3" for idle only priority. - volume_clear_size = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Size in MiB to wipe at start of old volumes. 0 => all - volume_copy_blkio_cgroup_name = cinder-volume-copy + = cinder-volume-copy (StrOpt) The blkio cgroup name to be used to limit bandwidth of volume copy - volume_copy_bps_limit = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) The upper limit of bandwidth of volume copy. 0 => unlimited - volume_dd_blocksize = 1M + = 1M (StrOpt) The default block size used when copying/clearing volumes - volume_driver = cinder.volume.drivers.lvm.LVMISCSIDriver + = cinder.volume.drivers.lvm.LVMISCSIDriver (StrOpt) Driver to use for volume creation - volume_manager = cinder.volume.manager.VolumeManager + = cinder.volume.manager.VolumeManager (StrOpt) Full class name for the Manager for volume - volume_service_inithost_offload = False + = False (BoolOpt) Offload pending volume delete during volume service startup - volume_usage_audit_period = month + = month (StrOpt) Time period for which to generate volume usages. The options are hour, day, month, or year. - volumes_dir = $state_path/volumes + = $state_path/volumes (StrOpt) Volume configuration file storage directory diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_ceph.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_ceph.xml index efeb9cadc9..24c80ac36e 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_ceph.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_ceph.xml @@ -18,40 +18,40 @@ [DEFAULT] - rados_connect_timeout = -1 + = -1 (IntOpt) Timeout value (in seconds) used when connecting to ceph cluster. If value < 0, no timeout is set and default librados value is used. - rbd_ceph_conf = + = (StrOpt) Path to the ceph configuration file - rbd_flatten_volume_from_snapshot = False + = False (BoolOpt) Flatten volumes created from snapshots to remove dependency from volume to snapshot - rbd_max_clone_depth = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Maximum number of nested volume clones that are taken before a flatten occurs. Set to 0 to disable cloning. - rbd_pool = rbd + = rbd (StrOpt) The RADOS pool where rbd volumes are stored - rbd_secret_uuid = None + = None (StrOpt) The libvirt uuid of the secret for the rbd_user volumes - rbd_store_chunk_size = 4 + = 4 (IntOpt) Volumes will be chunked into objects of this size (in megabytes). - rbd_user = None + = None (StrOpt) The RADOS client name for accessing rbd volumes - only set when using cephx authentication - volume_tmp_dir = None - (StrOpt) Directory where temporary image files are stored when the volume driver does not write them directly to the volume. + = None + (StrOpt) Directory where temporary image files are stored when the volume driver does not write them directly to the volume. Warning: this option is now deprecated, please use image_conversion_dir instead. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_glusterfs.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_glusterfs.xml index 478b35b135..7bf2a4b08d 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_glusterfs.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_glusterfs.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [DEFAULT] - glusterfs_mount_point_base = $state_path/mnt + = $state_path/mnt (StrOpt) Base dir containing mount points for gluster shares. - glusterfs_qcow2_volumes = False + = False (BoolOpt) Create volumes as QCOW2 files rather than raw files. - glusterfs_shares_config = /etc/cinder/glusterfs_shares + = /etc/cinder/glusterfs_shares (StrOpt) File with the list of available gluster shares - glusterfs_sparsed_volumes = True + = True (BoolOpt) Create volumes as sparsed files which take no space.If set to False volume is created as regular file.In such case volume creation takes a lot of time. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_gpfs.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_gpfs.xml index 9ddb171200..314d41c8c0 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_gpfs.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_gpfs.xml @@ -18,27 +18,27 @@ [DEFAULT] - gpfs_images_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) Specifies the path of the Image service repository in GPFS. Leave undefined if not storing images in GPFS. - gpfs_images_share_mode = None + = None (StrOpt) Specifies the type of image copy to be used. Set this when the Image service repository also uses GPFS so that image files can be transferred efficiently from the Image service to the Block Storage service. There are two valid values: "copy" specifies that a full copy of the image is made; "copy_on_write" specifies that copy-on-write optimization strategy is used and unmodified blocks of the image file are shared efficiently. - gpfs_max_clone_depth = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Specifies an upper limit on the number of indirections required to reach a specific block due to snapshots or clones. A lengthy chain of copy-on-write snapshots or clones can have a negative impact on performance, but improves space utilization. 0 indicates unlimited clone depth. - gpfs_mount_point_base = None + = None (StrOpt) Specifies the path of the GPFS directory where Block Storage volume and snapshot files are stored. - gpfs_sparse_volumes = True + = True (BoolOpt) Specifies that volumes are created as sparse files which initially consume no space. If set to False, the volume is created as a fully allocated file, in which case, creation may take a significantly longer time. - gpfs_storage_pool = system + = system (StrOpt) Specifies the storage pool that volumes are assigned to. By default, the system storage pool is used. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_nfs.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_nfs.xml index ee93c7b2da..aa75a4070d 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_nfs.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-storage_nfs.xml @@ -18,27 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - nfs_mount_options = None + = 3 + (IntOpt) The number of attempts to mount nfs shares before raising an error. At least one attempt will be made to mount an nfs share, regardless of the value specified. + + + = None (StrOpt) Mount options passed to the nfs client. See section of the nfs man page for details. - nfs_mount_point_base = $state_path/mnt + = $state_path/mnt (StrOpt) Base dir containing mount points for nfs shares. - nfs_oversub_ratio = 1.0 + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) This will compare the allocated to available space on the volume destination. If the ratio exceeds this number, the destination will no longer be valid. - nfs_shares_config = /etc/cinder/nfs_shares + = /etc/cinder/nfs_shares (StrOpt) File with the list of available nfs shares - nfs_sparsed_volumes = True + = True (BoolOpt) Create volumes as sparsed files which take no space.If set to False volume is created as regular file.In such case volume creation takes a lot of time. - nfs_used_ratio = 0.95 + = 0.95 (FloatOpt) Percent of ACTUAL usage of the underlying volume before no new volumes can be allocated to the volume destination. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-storpool.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-storpool.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..f63c008527 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-storpool.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Description of storpool configuration options
Configuration option = Default valueDescription
[DEFAULT]
= 3(IntOpt) The default StorPool chain replication value. Used when creating a volume with no specified type if storpool_template is not set. Also used for calculating the apparent free space reported in the stats.
= None(StrOpt) The StorPool template for volumes with no type.
+
diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-storwize.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-storwize.xml index 698272dc4f..2aae064c15 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-storwize.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-storwize.xml @@ -18,67 +18,67 @@ [DEFAULT] - storwize_svc_allow_tenant_qos = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow tenants to specify QOS on create - storwize_svc_connection_protocol = iSCSI + = iSCSI (StrOpt) Connection protocol (iSCSI/FC) - storwize_svc_flashcopy_timeout = 120 + = 120 (IntOpt) Maximum number of seconds to wait for FlashCopy to be prepared. Maximum value is 600 seconds (10 minutes) - storwize_svc_iscsi_chap_enabled = True + = True (BoolOpt) Configure CHAP authentication for iSCSI connections (Default: Enabled) - storwize_svc_multihostmap_enabled = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allows vdisk to multi host mapping - storwize_svc_multipath_enabled = False + = False (BoolOpt) Connect with multipath (FC only; iSCSI multipath is controlled by Nova) - storwize_svc_npiv_compatibility_mode = False + = False (BoolOpt) Indicate whether svc driver is compatible for NPIV setup. If it is compatible, it will allow no wwpns being returned on get_conn_fc_wwpns during initialize_connection - storwize_svc_stretched_cluster_partner = None + = None (StrOpt) If operating in stretched cluster mode, specify the name of the pool in which mirrored copies are stored.Example: "pool2" - storwize_svc_vol_autoexpand = True + = True (BoolOpt) Storage system autoexpand parameter for volumes (True/False) - storwize_svc_vol_compression = False + = False (BoolOpt) Storage system compression option for volumes - storwize_svc_vol_easytier = True + = True (BoolOpt) Enable Easy Tier for volumes - storwize_svc_vol_grainsize = 256 + = 256 (IntOpt) Storage system grain size parameter for volumes (32/64/128/256) - storwize_svc_vol_iogrp = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) The I/O group in which to allocate volumes - storwize_svc_vol_rsize = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) Storage system space-efficiency parameter for volumes (percentage) - storwize_svc_vol_warning = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Storage system threshold for volume capacity warnings (percentage) - storwize_svc_volpool_name = volpool + = volpool (StrOpt) Storage system storage pool for volumes diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-swift.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-swift.xml index 1f3765bac7..451625839b 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-swift.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-swift.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [DEFAULT] - backup_swift_auth_version = 1 + = 1 (StrOpt) Swift authentication version. Specify "1" for auth 1.0, or "2" for auth 2.0 - backup_swift_tenant = None + = None (StrOpt) Swift tenant/account name. Required when connecting to an auth 2.0 system diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-testing.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-testing.xml index 174b5699ba..a9251589dd 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-testing.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-testing.xml @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ [DEFAULT] - fake_rabbit = False - (BoolOpt) If passed, use a fake RabbitMQ provider. + = False + (BoolOpt) Deprecated, use rpc_backend=kombu+memory or rpc_backend=fake diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-violin.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-violin.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..540ded0dc3 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-violin.xml @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Description of Violin volume driver configuration options
Configuration option = Default valueDescription
[DEFAULT]
= None(StrOpt) IP address or hostname of mg-a
= None(StrOpt) IP address or hostname of mg-b
= False(BoolOpt) Use igroups to manage targets and initiators
+
diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-vmware.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-vmware.xml index cc3be8c1dd..f4bdede6e6 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-vmware.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-vmware.xml @@ -18,47 +18,47 @@ [DEFAULT] - vmware_api_retry_count = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of times VMware ESX/VC server API must be retried upon connection related issues. - vmware_host_ip = None + = None (StrOpt) IP address for connecting to VMware ESX/VC server. - vmware_host_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for authenticating with VMware ESX/VC server. - vmware_host_username = None + = None (StrOpt) Username for authenticating with VMware ESX/VC server. - vmware_host_version = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional string specifying the VMware VC server version. The driver attempts to retrieve the version from VMware VC server. Set this configuration only if you want to override the VC server version. - vmware_image_transfer_timeout_secs = 7200 + = 7200 (IntOpt) Timeout in seconds for VMDK volume transfer between Cinder and Glance. - vmware_max_objects_retrieval = 100 + = 100 (IntOpt) Max number of objects to be retrieved per batch. Query results will be obtained in batches from the server and not in one shot. Server may still limit the count to something less than the configured value. - vmware_task_poll_interval = 0.5 + = 0.5 (FloatOpt) The interval (in seconds) for polling remote tasks invoked on VMware ESX/VC server. - vmware_tmp_dir = /tmp + = /tmp (StrOpt) Directory where virtual disks are stored during volume backup and restore. - vmware_volume_folder = cinder-volumes + = cinder-volumes (StrOpt) Name for the folder in the VC datacenter that will contain cinder volumes. - vmware_wsdl_location = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional VIM service WSDL Location e.g http://<server>/vimService.wsdl. Optional over-ride to default location for bug work-arounds. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-windows.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-windows.xml index 9c46a9c77c..253d533dc1 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-windows.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-windows.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - windows_iscsi_lun_path = C:\iSCSIVirtualDisks + = C:\iSCSIVirtualDisks (StrOpt) Path to store VHD backed volumes diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-xio.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-xio.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8fdcbacfcd --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-xio.xml @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Description of xio configuration options
Configuration option = Default valueDescription
[DEFAULT]
= False(BoolOpt) Tell driver to use SSL for connection to backend storage if the driver supports it.
= 30(IntOpt) Number on retries to get completion status after issuing a command to ISE.
= 5(IntOpt) Number of retries (per port) when establishing connection to ISE management port.
= 1(IntOpt) Raid level for ISE volumes.
= 1(IntOpt) Interval (secs) between retries.
= 1(IntOpt) Default storage pool for volumes.
+
diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-xiv.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-xiv.xml index 21099c0842..fb3a230e2a 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-xiv.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-xiv.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - san_clustername = + = (StrOpt) Cluster name to use for creating volumes - san_ip = + = (StrOpt) IP address of SAN controller - san_login = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Username for SAN controller - san_password = + = (StrOpt) Password for SAN controller - xiv_chap = disabled + = disabled (StrOpt) CHAP authentication mode, effective only for iscsi (disabled|enabled) - xiv_ds8k_connection_type = iscsi + = iscsi (StrOpt) Connection type to the IBM Storage Array (fibre_channel|iscsi) - xiv_ds8k_proxy = xiv_ds8k_openstack.nova_proxy.XIVDS8KNovaProxy + = xiv_ds8k_openstack.nova_proxy.XIVDS8KNovaProxy (StrOpt) Proxy driver that connects to the IBM Storage Array diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zadara.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zadara.xml index 20e5306eab..4ab04df892 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zadara.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zadara.xml @@ -18,47 +18,47 @@ [DEFAULT] - zadara_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for the VPSA - zadara_user = None + = None (StrOpt) User name for the VPSA - zadara_vol_encrypt = False + = False (BoolOpt) Default encryption policy for volumes - zadara_vol_name_template = OS_%s + = OS_%s (StrOpt) Default template for VPSA volume names - zadara_vol_thin = True + = True (BoolOpt) Default thin provisioning policy for volumes - zadara_vpsa_allow_nonexistent_delete = True + = True (BoolOpt) Don't halt on deletion of non-existing volumes - zadara_vpsa_auto_detach_on_delete = True + = True (BoolOpt) Automatically detach from servers on volume delete - zadara_vpsa_ip = None + = None (StrOpt) Management IP of Zadara VPSA - zadara_vpsa_poolname = None + = None (StrOpt) Name of VPSA storage pool for volumes - zadara_vpsa_port = None + = None (StrOpt) Zadara VPSA port number - zadara_vpsa_use_ssl = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use SSL connection diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zeromq.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zeromq.xml index b35b2eb3db..858fa17686 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zeromq.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zeromq.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - rpc_zmq_bind_address = * + = * (StrOpt) ZeroMQ bind address. Should be a wildcard (*), an ethernet interface, or IP. The "host" option should point or resolve to this address. - rpc_zmq_contexts = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Number of ZeroMQ contexts, defaults to 1. - rpc_zmq_host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Name of this node. Must be a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address. Must match "host" option, if running Nova. - rpc_zmq_ipc_dir = /var/run/openstack + = /var/run/openstack (StrOpt) Directory for holding IPC sockets. - rpc_zmq_matchmaker = oslo.messaging._drivers.matchmaker.MatchMakerLocalhost + = oslo.messaging._drivers.matchmaker.MatchMakerLocalhost (StrOpt) MatchMaker driver. - rpc_zmq_port = 9501 + = 9501 (IntOpt) ZeroMQ receiver listening port. - rpc_zmq_topic_backlog = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of ingress messages to locally buffer per topic. Default is unlimited. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zfssa.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zfssa.xml index 32403eab56..02949feca7 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zfssa.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zfssa.xml @@ -18,67 +18,103 @@ [DEFAULT] - zfssa_initiator = + = None + (StrOpt) Data path IP address + + + = 443 + (StrOpt) HTTPS port number + + + = (StrOpt) iSCSI initiator IQNs. (comma separated) - zfssa_initiator_group = + = + (StrOpt) iSCSI initiators configuration. + + + = (StrOpt) iSCSI initiator group. - zfssa_initiator_password = + = (StrOpt) iSCSI initiator CHAP password. - zfssa_initiator_user = + = (StrOpt) iSCSI initiator CHAP user. - zfssa_lun_compression = + = (StrOpt) Data compression-off, lzjb, gzip-2, gzip, gzip-9. - zfssa_lun_logbias = + = (StrOpt) Synchronous write bias-latency, throughput. - zfssa_lun_sparse = False + = False (BoolOpt) Flag to enable sparse (thin-provisioned): True, False. - zfssa_lun_volblocksize = 8k + = 8k (StrOpt) Block size: 512, 1k, 2k, 4k, 8k, 16k, 32k, 64k, 128k. - zfssa_pool = None + = + (StrOpt) Options to be passed while mounting share over nfs + + + = (StrOpt) Storage pool name. - zfssa_project = None + = NFSProject (StrOpt) Project name. - zfssa_rest_timeout = None + = nfs_share + (StrOpt) Share name. + + + = off + (StrOpt) Data compression-off, lzjb, gzip-2, gzip, gzip-9. + + + = latency + (StrOpt) Synchronous write bias-latency, throughput. + + + = None + (StrOpt) Storage pool name. + + + = None + (StrOpt) Project name. + + + = None (IntOpt) REST connection timeout. (seconds) - zfssa_target_group = tgt-grp + = tgt-grp (StrOpt) iSCSI target group name. - zfssa_target_interfaces = None + = None (StrOpt) Network interfaces of iSCSI targets. (comma separated) - zfssa_target_password = + = (StrOpt) iSCSI target CHAP password. - zfssa_target_portal = None + = None (StrOpt) iSCSI target portal (Data-IP:Port, w.x.y.z:3260). - zfssa_target_user = + = (StrOpt) iSCSI target CHAP user. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zones.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zones.xml index 0078a81bdf..d2d3fa70b8 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zones.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zones.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - cloned_volume_same_az = True + = True (BoolOpt) Ensure that the new volumes are the same AZ as snapshot or source volume diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning.xml index 7dfe85e585..f9e71e3d5f 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning.xml @@ -18,26 +18,26 @@ [DEFAULT] - zoning_mode = none + = none (StrOpt) FC Zoning mode configured [fc-zone-manager] - fc_fabric_names = None + = None (StrOpt) Comma separated list of fibre channel fabric names. This list of names is used to retrieve other SAN credentials for connecting to each SAN fabric - fc_san_lookup_service = cinder.zonemanager.drivers.brocade.brcd_fc_san_lookup_service.BrcdFCSanLookupService + = cinder.zonemanager.drivers.brocade.brcd_fc_san_lookup_service.BrcdFCSanLookupService (StrOpt) FC San Lookup Service - zone_driver = cinder.zonemanager.drivers.brocade.brcd_fc_zone_driver.BrcdFCZoneDriver + = cinder.zonemanager.drivers.brocade.brcd_fc_zone_driver.BrcdFCZoneDriver (StrOpt) FC Zone Driver responsible for zone management - zoning_policy = initiator-target + = initiator-target (StrOpt) Zoning policy configured by user diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_fabric.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_fabric.xml index 08cb89e870..138d720946 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_fabric.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_fabric.xml @@ -18,35 +18,35 @@ [BRCD_FABRIC_EXAMPLE] - fc_fabric_address = + = (StrOpt) Management IP of fabric - fc_fabric_password = + = (StrOpt) Password for user - fc_fabric_port = 22 + = 22 (IntOpt) Connecting port - fc_fabric_user = + = (StrOpt) Fabric user ID - principal_switch_wwn = None + = None (StrOpt) Principal switch WWN of the fabric - zone_activate = True + = True (BoolOpt) overridden zoning activation state - zone_name_prefix = None + = None (StrOpt) overridden zone name prefix - zoning_policy = initiator-target + = initiator-target (StrOpt) overridden zoning policy diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_fabric_cisco.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_fabric_cisco.xml index 13da7c7fb4..4e81be5d60 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_fabric_cisco.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_fabric_cisco.xml @@ -18,35 +18,35 @@ [CISCO_FABRIC_EXAMPLE] - cisco_fc_fabric_address = + = (StrOpt) Management IP of fabric - cisco_fc_fabric_password = + = (StrOpt) Password for user - cisco_fc_fabric_port = 22 + = 22 (IntOpt) Connecting port - cisco_fc_fabric_user = + = (StrOpt) Fabric user ID - cisco_zone_activate = True + = True (BoolOpt) overridden zoning activation state - cisco_zone_name_prefix = None + = None (StrOpt) overridden zone name prefix - cisco_zoning_policy = initiator-target + = initiator-target (StrOpt) overridden zoning policy - cisco_zoning_vsan = None + = None (StrOpt) VSAN of the Fabric diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_manager.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_manager.xml index 94f7f3a1db..f245b51811 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_manager.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_manager.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [fc-zone-manager] - brcd_sb_connector = cinder.zonemanager.drivers.brocade.brcd_fc_zone_client_cli.BrcdFCZoneClientCLI + = cinder.zonemanager.drivers.brocade.brcd_fc_zone_client_cli.BrcdFCZoneClientCLI (StrOpt) Southbound connector for zoning operation diff --git a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_manager_cisco.xml b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_manager_cisco.xml index 1dfa4c289b..48a2a15720 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_manager_cisco.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/cinder-zoning_manager_cisco.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [fc-zone-manager] - cisco_sb_connector = cinder.zonemanager.drivers.cisco.cisco_fc_zone_client_cli.CiscoFCZoneClientCLI + = cinder.zonemanager.drivers.cisco.cisco_fc_zone_client_cli.CiscoFCZoneClientCLI (StrOpt) Southbound connector for zoning operation diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-amqp.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-amqp.xml index e01f9c4724..9d9a66bf0e 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-amqp.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-amqp.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - amqp_auto_delete = False - (BoolOpt) Auto-delete queues in amqp. + = False + (BoolOpt) Auto-delete queues in AMQP. - amqp_durable_queues = False - (BoolOpt) Use durable queues in amqp. + = False + (BoolOpt) Use durable queues in AMQP. - control_exchange = openstack + = openstack (StrOpt) The default exchange under which topics are scoped. May be overridden by an exchange name specified in the transport_url option. - default_publisher_id = image.localhost + = image.localhost (StrOpt) Default publisher_id for outgoing notifications. - notification_driver = [] + = [] (MultiStrOpt) Driver or drivers to handle sending notifications. - notification_topics = notifications + = notifications (ListOpt) AMQP topic used for OpenStack notifications. - transport_url = None + = None (StrOpt) A URL representing the messaging driver to use and its full configuration. If not set, we fall back to the rpc_backend option and driver specific configuration. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-api.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-api.xml index 3db8d29217..e72a4f3a0e 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-api.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-api.xml @@ -18,92 +18,92 @@ [DEFAULT] - admin_role = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Role used to identify an authenticated user as administrator. - allow_anonymous_access = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow unauthenticated users to access the API with read-only privileges. This only applies when using ContextMiddleware. - enable_v1_api = True + = True (BoolOpt) Deploy the v1 OpenStack Images API. - enable_v1_registry = True + = True (BoolOpt) Deploy the v1 OpenStack Registry API. - enable_v2_api = True + = True (BoolOpt) Deploy the v2 OpenStack Images API. - enable_v2_registry = True + = True (BoolOpt) Deploy the v2 OpenStack Registry API. - eventlet_hub = poll - (StrOpt) Name of eventlet hub to use. Traditionally, we have only supported 'poll', however 'selects' may be appropriate for some platforms. See http://eventlet.net/doc/hubs.html for more details. - - - image_size_cap = 1099511627776 + = 1099511627776 (IntOpt) Maximum size of image a user can upload in bytes. Defaults to 1099511627776 bytes (1 TB). - location_strategy = location_order + = location_order (StrOpt) This value sets what strategy will be used to determine the image location order. Currently two strategies are packaged with Glance 'location_order' and 'store_type'. - max_header_line = 16384 + = 16384 (IntOpt) Maximum line size of message headers to be accepted. max_header_line may need to be increased when using large tokens (typically those generated by the Keystone v3 API with big service catalogs - owner_is_tenant = True + = True (BoolOpt) When true, this option sets the owner of an image to be the tenant. Otherwise, the owner of the image will be the authenticated user issuing the request. - send_identity_headers = False + = None + (StrOpt) Public url to use for versions endpoint. The default is None, which will use the request's host_url attribute to populate the URL base. If Glance is operating behind a proxy, you will want to change this to represent the proxy's URL. + + + = False (BoolOpt) Whether to pass through headers containing user and tenant information when making requests to the registry. This allows the registry to use the context middleware without keystonemiddleware's auth_token middleware, removing calls to the keystone auth service. It is recommended that when using this option, secure communication between glance api and glance registry is ensured by means other than auth_token middleware. - show_multiple_locations = False + = False (BoolOpt) Whether to include the backend image locations in image properties. Revealing storage location can be a security risk, so use this setting with caution! The overrides show_image_direct_url. - tcp_keepidle = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) The value for the socket option TCP_KEEPIDLE. This is the time in seconds that the connection must be idle before TCP starts sending keepalive probes. - use_user_token = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to pass through the user token when making requests to the registry. [glance_store] - default_store = file + = file (StrOpt) Default scheme to use to store image data. The scheme must be registered by one of the stores defined by the 'stores' config option. - stores = file, http + = file, http (ListOpt) List of stores enabled [paste_deploy] - config_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Name of the paste configuration file. - flavor = None + = None (StrOpt) Partial name of a pipeline in your paste configuration file with the service name removed. For example, if your paste section name is [pipeline:glance-api-keystone] use the value "keystone" [store_type_location_strategy] - store_type_preference = + = (ListOpt) The store names to use to get store preference order. The name must be registered by one of the stores defined by the 'known_stores' config option. This option will be applied when you using 'store_type' option as image location strategy defined by the 'location_strategy' config option. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-auth_token.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-auth_token.xml index 4b715c0d2e..29590f742d 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-auth_token.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-auth_token.xml @@ -18,115 +18,115 @@ [keystone_authtoken] - admin_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone account password - admin_tenant_name = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Keystone service account tenant name to validate user tokens - admin_token = None + = None (StrOpt) This option is deprecated and may be removed in a future release. Single shared secret with the Keystone configuration used for bootstrapping a Keystone installation, or otherwise bypassing the normal authentication process. This option should not be used, use `admin_user` and `admin_password` instead. - admin_user = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone account username - auth_admin_prefix = + = (StrOpt) Prefix to prepend at the beginning of the path. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_host = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Host providing the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_port = 35357 + = 35357 (IntOpt) Port of the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_protocol = https + = https (StrOpt) Protocol of the admin Identity API endpoint (http or https). Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Complete public Identity API endpoint - auth_version = None + = None (StrOpt) API version of the admin Identity API endpoint - cache = None + = None (StrOpt) Env key for the swift cache - cafile = None + = None (StrOpt) A PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections. Defaults to system CAs. - certfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Required if Keystone server requires client certificate - check_revocations_for_cached = False + = False (BoolOpt) If true, the revocation list will be checked for cached tokens. This requires that PKI tokens are configured on the Keystone server. - delay_auth_decision = False + = False (BoolOpt) Do not handle authorization requests within the middleware, but delegate the authorization decision to downstream WSGI components - enforce_token_bind = permissive + = permissive (StrOpt) Used to control the use and type of token binding. Can be set to: "disabled" to not check token binding. "permissive" (default) to validate binding information if the bind type is of a form known to the server and ignore it if not. "strict" like "permissive" but if the bind type is unknown the token will be rejected. "required" any form of token binding is needed to be allowed. Finally the name of a binding method that must be present in tokens. - hash_algorithms = md5 + = md5 (ListOpt) Hash algorithms to use for hashing PKI tokens. This may be a single algorithm or multiple. The algorithms are those supported by Python standard hashlib.new(). The hashes will be tried in the order given, so put the preferred one first for performance. The result of the first hash will be stored in the cache. This will typically be set to multiple values only while migrating from a less secure algorithm to a more secure one. Once all the old tokens are expired this option should be set to a single value for better performance. - http_connect_timeout = None + = None (BoolOpt) Request timeout value for communicating with Identity API server. - http_request_max_retries = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) How many times are we trying to reconnect when communicating with Identity API Server. - identity_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Complete admin Identity API endpoint. This should specify the unversioned root endpoint e.g. https://localhost:35357/ - include_service_catalog = True + = True (BoolOpt) (optional) indicate whether to set the X-Service-Catalog header. If False, middleware will not ask for service catalog on token validation and will not set the X-Service-Catalog header. - insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Verify HTTPS connections. - keyfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Required if Keystone server requires client certificate - memcache_secret_key = None + = None (StrOpt) (optional, mandatory if memcache_security_strategy is defined) this string is used for key derivation. - memcache_security_strategy = None + = None (StrOpt) (optional) if defined, indicate whether token data should be authenticated or authenticated and encrypted. Acceptable values are MAC or ENCRYPT. If MAC, token data is authenticated (with HMAC) in the cache. If ENCRYPT, token data is encrypted and authenticated in the cache. If the value is not one of these options or empty, auth_token will raise an exception on initialization. - revocation_cache_time = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Determines the frequency at which the list of revoked tokens is retrieved from the Identity service (in seconds). A high number of revocation events combined with a low cache duration may significantly reduce performance. - signing_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) Directory used to cache files related to PKI tokens - token_cache_time = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) In order to prevent excessive effort spent validating tokens, the middleware caches previously-seen tokens for a configurable duration (in seconds). Set to -1 to disable caching completely. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-ca.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-ca.xml index ed38585cbc..3cdcbceca1 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-ca.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-ca.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [DEFAULT] - ca_file = None + = None (StrOpt) CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients. - cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Certificate file to use when starting API server securely. - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Private key file to use when starting API server securely. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-cinder.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-cinder.xml index 89a00ca7e9..402f087b4c 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-cinder.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-cinder.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [glance_store] - cinder_api_insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow to perform insecure SSL requests to cinder - cinder_ca_certificates_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Location of ca certicates file to use for cinder client requests. - cinder_catalog_info = volume:cinder:publicURL + = volume:cinder:publicURL (StrOpt) Info to match when looking for cinder in the service catalog. Format is : separated values of the form: <service_type>:<service_name>:<endpoint_type> - cinder_endpoint_template = None + = None (StrOpt) Override service catalog lookup with template for cinder endpoint e.g. http://localhost:8776/v1/%(project_id)s - cinder_http_retries = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Number of cinderclient retries on failed http calls diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-common.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-common.xml index 33da2aa869..653cc10514 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-common.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-common.xml @@ -18,123 +18,119 @@ [DEFAULT] - allow_additional_image_properties = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to allow users to specify image properties beyond what the image schema provides - api_limit_max = 1000 + = 1000 (IntOpt) Maximum permissible number of items that could be returned by a request - backlog = 4096 + = 4096 (IntOpt) The backlog value that will be used when creating the TCP listener socket. - bind_host = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) Address to bind the server. Useful when selecting a particular network interface. - bind_port = None + = None (IntOpt) The port on which the server will listen. - data_api = glance.db.sqlalchemy.api + = glance.db.sqlalchemy.api (StrOpt) Python module path of data access API - image_location_quota = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Maximum number of locations allowed on an image. Negative values evaluate to unlimited. - image_member_quota = 128 + = 128 (IntOpt) Maximum number of image members per image. Negative values evaluate to unlimited. - image_property_quota = 128 + = 128 (IntOpt) Maximum number of properties allowed on an image. Negative values evaluate to unlimited. - image_tag_quota = 128 + = 128 (IntOpt) Maximum number of tags allowed on an image. Negative values evaluate to unlimited. - limit_param_default = 25 + = 25 (IntOpt) Default value for the number of items returned by a request if not specified explicitly in the request - lock_path = None - (StrOpt) Directory to use for lock files. - - - memcached_servers = None + = None (ListOpt) Memcached servers or None for in process cache. - metadata_encryption_key = None + = None (StrOpt) Key used for encrypting sensitive metadata while talking to the registry or database. - metadata_source_path = /etc/glance/metadefs/ + = /etc/glance/metadefs/ (StrOpt) Path to the directory where json metadata files are stored - property_protection_file = None + = None (StrOpt) The location of the property protection file. - property_protection_rule_format = roles + = roles (StrOpt) This config value indicates whether "roles" or "policies" are used in the property protection file. - show_image_direct_url = False + = False (BoolOpt) Whether to include the backend image storage location in image properties. Revealing storage location can be a security risk, so use this setting with caution! - user_storage_quota = 0 - (StrOpt) Set a system wide quota for every user. This value is the total capacity that a user can use across all storage systems. A value of 0 means unlimited.Optional unit can be specified for the value. Accepted units are B, KB, MB, GB and TB representing Bytes, KiloBytes, MegaBytes, GigaBytes and TeraBytesrespectively. If no unit is specified then Bytes is assumed. Note that there should not be any space between value and unit and units are case sensitive. + = 0 + (StrOpt) Set a system wide quota for every user. This value is the total capacity that a user can use across all storage systems. A value of 0 means unlimited.Optional unit can be specified for the value. Accepted units are B, KB, MB, GB and TB representing Bytes, KiloBytes, MegaBytes, GigaBytes and TeraBytes respectively. If no unit is specified then Bytes is assumed. Note that there should not be any space between value and unit and units are case sensitive. - workers = 4 + = 8 (IntOpt) The number of child process workers that will be created to service requests. The default will be equal to the number of CPUs available. [glance_store] - os_region_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Region name of this node [image_format] - container_formats = ami, ari, aki, bare, ovf, ova + = ami, ari, aki, bare, ovf, ova (ListOpt) Supported values for the 'container_format' image attribute - disk_formats = ami, ari, aki, vhd, vmdk, raw, qcow2, vdi, iso + = ami, ari, aki, vhd, vmdk, raw, qcow2, vdi, iso (ListOpt) Supported values for the 'disk_format' image attribute [keystone_authtoken] - memcached_servers = None + = None (ListOpt) Optionally specify a list of memcached server(s) to use for caching. If left undefined, tokens will instead be cached in-process. [task] - eventlet_executor_pool_size = 1000 + = 1000 (IntOpt) Specifies the maximum number of eventlet threads which can be spun up by the eventlet based task executor to perform execution of Glance tasks. - task_executor = eventlet + = eventlet (StrOpt) Specifies which task executor to be used to run the task scripts. - task_time_to_live = 48 + = 48 (IntOpt) Time in hours for which a task lives after, either succeeding or failing diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-database.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-database.xml index 0ae88d4237..326aac3a82 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-database.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-database.xml @@ -18,90 +18,90 @@ [DEFAULT] - db_enforce_mysql_charset = True + = True (BoolOpt) DEPRECATED. TO BE REMOVED IN THE JUNO RELEASE. Whether or not to enforce that all DB tables have charset utf8. If your database tables do not have charset utf8 you will need to convert before this option is removed. This option is only relevant if your database engine is MySQL. [database] - backend = sqlalchemy + = sqlalchemy (StrOpt) The back end to use for the database. - connection = None + = None (StrOpt) The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the database. - connection_debug = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything. - connection_trace = False + = False (BoolOpt) Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings. - db_inc_retry_interval = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, increases the interval between database connection retries up to db_max_retry_interval. - db_max_retries = 20 + = 20 (IntOpt) Maximum database connection retries before error is raised. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. - db_max_retry_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) If db_inc_retry_interval is set, the maximum seconds between database connection retries. - db_retry_interval = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Seconds between database connection retries. - idle_timeout = 3600 + = 3600 (IntOpt) Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped. - max_overflow = None + = None (IntOpt) If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy. - max_pool_size = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. - max_retries = 10 - (IntOpt) Maximum db connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. + = 10 + (IntOpt) Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. - min_pool_size = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Minimum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. - mysql_sql_mode = TRADITIONAL + = TRADITIONAL (StrOpt) The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including the default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL mode is set by the server configuration, set this to no value. Example: mysql_sql_mode= - pool_timeout = None + = None (IntOpt) If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy. - retry_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection. - slave_connection = None + = None (StrOpt) The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave database. - sqlite_db = oslo.sqlite + = oslo.sqlite (StrOpt) The file name to use with SQLite. - sqlite_synchronous = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode. - use_db_reconnect = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable the experimental use of database reconnect on connection lost. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-filesystem.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-filesystem.xml index de168bb773..0100c7e664 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-filesystem.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-filesystem.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [glance_store] - filesystem_store_datadir = None + = None (StrOpt) Directory to which the Filesystem backend store writes images. - filesystem_store_datadirs = None + = None (MultiStrOpt) List of directories and its priorities to which the Filesystem backend store writes images. - filesystem_store_file_perm = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) The required permission for created image file. In this way the user other service used, e.g. Nova, who consumes the image could be the exclusive member of the group that owns the files created. Assigning it less then or equal to zero means don't change the default permission of the file. This value will be decoded as an octal digit. - filesystem_store_metadata_file = None + = None (StrOpt) The path to a file which contains the metadata to be returned with any location associated with this store. The file must contain a valid JSON dict. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-gridfs.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-gridfs.xml index 5eaf7c2028..ec0a0a68d8 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-gridfs.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-gridfs.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [glance_store] - mongodb_store_db = None + = None (StrOpt) Database to use - mongodb_store_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Hostname or IP address of the instance to connect to, or a mongodb URI, or a list of hostnames / mongodb URIs. If host is an IPv6 literal it must be enclosed in '[' and ']' characters following the RFC2732 URL syntax (e.g. '[::1]' for localhost) diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-imagecache.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-imagecache.xml index 675a7e82b5..a8fbfea60f 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-imagecache.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-imagecache.xml @@ -18,43 +18,43 @@ [DEFAULT] - cleanup_scrubber = False + = False (BoolOpt) A boolean that determines if the scrubber should clean up the files it uses for taking data. Only one server in your deployment should be designated the cleanup host. - cleanup_scrubber_time = 86400 + = 86400 (IntOpt) Items must have a modified time that is older than this value in order to be candidates for cleanup. - delayed_delete = False + = False (BoolOpt) Turn on/off delayed delete. - image_cache_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) Base directory that the Image Cache uses. - image_cache_driver = sqlite + = sqlite (StrOpt) The driver to use for image cache management. - image_cache_max_size = 10737418240 + = 10737418240 (IntOpt) The maximum size in bytes that the cache can use. - image_cache_sqlite_db = cache.db + = cache.db (StrOpt) The path to the sqlite file database that will be used for image cache management. - image_cache_stall_time = 86400 + = 86400 (IntOpt) The amount of time to let an image remain in the cache without being accessed. - scrub_time = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) The amount of time in seconds to delay before performing a delete. - scrubber_datadir = /var/lib/glance/scrubber + = /var/lib/glance/scrubber (StrOpt) Directory that the scrubber will use to track information about what to delete. Make sure this is set in glance-api.conf and glance-scrubber.conf. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-logging.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-logging.xml index 1a80c32aad..0b423f83cd 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-logging.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-logging.xml @@ -18,83 +18,83 @@ [DEFAULT] - debug = False + = False (BoolOpt) Print debugging output (set logging level to DEBUG instead of default WARNING level). - default_log_levels = amqp=WARN, amqplib=WARN, boto=WARN, qpid=WARN, sqlalchemy=WARN, suds=INFO, oslo.messaging=INFO, iso8601=WARN, requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN + = amqp=WARN, amqplib=WARN, boto=WARN, qpid=WARN, sqlalchemy=WARN, suds=INFO, oslo.messaging=INFO, iso8601=WARN, requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, websocket=WARN, keystonemiddleware=WARN, routes.middleware=WARN, stevedore=WARN (ListOpt) List of logger=LEVEL pairs. - fatal_deprecations = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables fatal status of deprecations. - instance_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " + = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " (StrOpt) The format for an instance that is passed with the log message. - instance_uuid_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " + = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " (StrOpt) The format for an instance UUID that is passed with the log message. - log_config_append = None + = None (StrOpt) The name of a logging configuration file. This file is appended to any existing logging configuration files. For details about logging configuration files, see the Python logging module documentation. - log_date_format = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S + = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S (StrOpt) Format string for %%(asctime)s in log records. Default: %(default)s . - log_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) (Optional) The base directory used for relative --log-file paths. - log_file = None + = None (StrOpt) (Optional) Name of log file to output to. If no default is set, logging will go to stdout. - log_format = None + = None (StrOpt) DEPRECATED. A logging.Formatter log message format string which may use any of the available logging.LogRecord attributes. This option is deprecated. Please use logging_context_format_string and logging_default_format_string instead. - logging_context_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s (StrOpt) Format string to use for log messages with context. - logging_debug_format_suffix = %(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d + = %(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d (StrOpt) Data to append to log format when level is DEBUG. - logging_default_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s (StrOpt) Format string to use for log messages without context. - logging_exception_prefix = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d TRACE %(name)s %(instance)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d TRACE %(name)s %(instance)s (StrOpt) Prefix each line of exception output with this format. - publish_errors = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables publication of error events. - syslog_log_facility = LOG_USER + = LOG_USER (StrOpt) Syslog facility to receive log lines. - use_stderr = True + = True (BoolOpt) Log output to standard error. - use_syslog = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use syslog for logging. Existing syslog format is DEPRECATED during I, and will change in J to honor RFC5424. - use_syslog_rfc_format = False + = False (BoolOpt) (Optional) Enables or disables syslog rfc5424 format for logging. If enabled, prefixes the MSG part of the syslog message with APP-NAME (RFC5424). The format without the APP-NAME is deprecated in I, and will be removed in J. - verbose = False + = False (BoolOpt) Print more verbose output (set logging level to INFO instead of default WARNING level). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-policy.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-policy.xml index 2361c37da6..ae8c0119ff 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-policy.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-policy.xml @@ -18,12 +18,16 @@ [DEFAULT] - policy_default_rule = default - (StrOpt) The default policy to use. + = default + (StrOpt) Default rule. Enforced when a requested rule is not found. - policy_file = policy.json - (StrOpt) The location of the policy file. + = ['policy.d'] + (MultiStrOpt) Directories where policy configuration files are stored. They can be relative to any directory in the search path defined by the config_dir option, or absolute paths. The file defined by policy_file must exist for these directories to be searched. + + + = policy.json + (StrOpt) The JSON file that defines policies. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-profiler.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-profiler.xml index d89a0857df..475146cdf8 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-profiler.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-profiler.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [profiler] - enabled = True + = False (BoolOpt) If False fully disable profiling feature. - trace_sqlalchemy = True + = False (BoolOpt) If False doesn't trace SQL requests. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-qpid.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-qpid.xml index 4d6aa9a727..76a60e585c 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-qpid.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-qpid.xml @@ -18,47 +18,47 @@ [DEFAULT] - qpid_heartbeat = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds between connection keepalive heartbeats. - qpid_hostname = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Qpid broker hostname. - qpid_hosts = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port + = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port (ListOpt) Qpid HA cluster host:port pairs. - qpid_password = + = (StrOpt) Password for Qpid connection. - qpid_port = 5672 + = 5672 (IntOpt) Qpid broker port. - qpid_protocol = tcp + = tcp (StrOpt) Transport to use, either 'tcp' or 'ssl'. - qpid_receiver_capacity = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) The number of prefetched messages held by receiver. - qpid_sasl_mechanisms = + = (StrOpt) Space separated list of SASL mechanisms to use for auth. - qpid_tcp_nodelay = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to disable the Nagle algorithm. - qpid_topology_version = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) The qpid topology version to use. Version 1 is what was originally used by impl_qpid. Version 2 includes some backwards-incompatible changes that allow broker federation to work. Users should update to version 2 when they are able to take everything down, as it requires a clean break. - qpid_username = + = (StrOpt) Username for Qpid connection. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-rabbitmq.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-rabbitmq.xml index faedf4eb61..c2a6a3b6c9 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-rabbitmq.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-rabbitmq.xml @@ -18,71 +18,71 @@ [DEFAULT] - kombu_reconnect_delay = 1.0 + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) How long to wait before reconnecting in response to an AMQP consumer cancel notification. - kombu_ssl_ca_certs = + = (StrOpt) SSL certification authority file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_certfile = + = (StrOpt) SSL cert file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_keyfile = + = (StrOpt) SSL key file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_version = - (StrOpt) SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). valid values are TLSv1, SSLv23 and SSLv3. SSLv2 may be available on some distributions. + = + (StrOpt) SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). valid values are TLSv1 and SSLv23. SSLv2 and SSLv3 may be available on some distributions. - rabbit_ha_queues = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use HA queues in RabbitMQ (x-ha-policy: all). If you change this option, you must wipe the RabbitMQ database. - rabbit_host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ broker address where a single node is used. - rabbit_hosts = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port + = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port (ListOpt) RabbitMQ HA cluster host:port pairs. - rabbit_login_method = AMQPLAIN - (StrOpt) the RabbitMQ login method + = AMQPLAIN + (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ login method. - rabbit_max_retries = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Maximum number of RabbitMQ connection retries. Default is 0 (infinite retry count). - rabbit_password = guest + = guest (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ password. - rabbit_port = 5672 + = 5672 (IntOpt) The RabbitMQ broker port where a single node is used. - rabbit_retry_backoff = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) How long to backoff for between retries when connecting to RabbitMQ. - rabbit_retry_interval = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) How frequently to retry connecting with RabbitMQ. - rabbit_use_ssl = False + = False (BoolOpt) Connect over SSL for RabbitMQ. - rabbit_userid = guest + = guest (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ userid. - rabbit_virtual_host = / + = / (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ virtual host. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-rbd.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-rbd.xml index 5ef1ef9854..918b7978d2 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-rbd.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-rbd.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [glance_store] - rbd_store_ceph_conf = /etc/ceph/ceph.conf + = /etc/ceph/ceph.conf (StrOpt) Ceph configuration file path. If <None>, librados will locate the default config. If using cephx authentication, this file should include a reference to the right keyring in a client.<USER> section - rbd_store_chunk_size = 8 + = 8 (IntOpt) RADOS images will be chunked into objects of this size (in megabytes). For best performance, this should be a power of two. - rbd_store_pool = images + = images (StrOpt) RADOS pool in which images are stored. - rbd_store_user = None + = None (StrOpt) RADOS user to authenticate as (only applicable if using Cephx. If <None>, a default will be chosen based on the client. section in rbd_store_ceph_conf) diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-redis.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-redis.xml index a449c3a941..248c22484a 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-redis.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-redis.xml @@ -18,22 +18,22 @@ [matchmaker_redis] - host = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Host to locate redis. - password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for Redis server (optional). - port = 6379 + = 6379 (IntOpt) Use this port to connect to redis host. [matchmaker_ring] - ringfile = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json + = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json (StrOpt) Matchmaker ring file (JSON). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-registry.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-registry.xml index a07ef4c23a..59ad12005f 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-registry.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-registry.xml @@ -18,59 +18,59 @@ [DEFAULT] - admin_password = None + = None (StrOpt) The administrators password. If "use_user_token" is not in effect, then admin credentials can be specified. - admin_tenant_name = None + = None (StrOpt) The tenant name of the administrative user. If "use_user_token" is not in effect, then admin tenant name can be specified. - admin_user = None + = None (StrOpt) The administrators user name. If "use_user_token" is not in effect, then admin credentials can be specified. - auth_region = None + = None (StrOpt) The region for the authentication service. If "use_user_token" is not in effect and using keystone auth, then region name can be specified. - auth_strategy = noauth + = noauth (StrOpt) The strategy to use for authentication. If "use_user_token" is not in effect, then auth strategy can be specified. - auth_url = None + = None (StrOpt) The URL to the keystone service. If "use_user_token" is not in effect and using keystone auth, then URL of keystone can be specified. - registry_client_ca_file = None + = None (StrOpt) The path to the certifying authority cert file to use in SSL connections to the registry server. - registry_client_cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) The path to the cert file to use in SSL connections to the registry server. - registry_client_insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) When using SSL in connections to the registry server, do not require validation via a certifying authority. - registry_client_key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) The path to the key file to use in SSL connections to the registry server. - registry_client_protocol = http + = http (StrOpt) The protocol to use for communication with the registry server. Either http or https. - registry_client_timeout = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) The period of time, in seconds, that the API server will wait for a registry request to complete. A value of 0 implies no timeout. - registry_host = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) Address to find the registry server. - registry_port = 9191 + = 9191 (IntOpt) Port the registry server is listening on. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-rpc.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-rpc.xml index daa3760be2..c18b2d9124 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-rpc.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-rpc.xml @@ -18,37 +18,84 @@ [DEFAULT] - allowed_rpc_exception_modules = openstack.common.exception, glance.common.exception, exceptions + = openstack.common.exception, glance.common.exception, exceptions (ListOpt) Modules of exceptions that are permitted to be recreatedupon receiving exception data from an rpc call. - matchmaker_heartbeat_freq = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) Heartbeat frequency. - matchmaker_heartbeat_ttl = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Heartbeat time-to-live. - rpc_backend = rabbit + = rabbit (StrOpt) The messaging driver to use, defaults to rabbit. Other drivers include qpid and zmq. - rpc_cast_timeout = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Seconds to wait before a cast expires (TTL). Only supported by impl_zmq. - rpc_conn_pool_size = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Size of RPC connection pool. - rpc_response_timeout = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds to wait for a response from a call. - rpc_thread_pool_size = 64 + = 64 (IntOpt) Size of RPC greenthread pool. + + [oslo_messaging_amqp] + + + = False + (BoolOpt) Accept clients using either SSL or plain TCP + + + = broadcast + (StrOpt) address prefix used when broadcasting to all servers + + + = None + (StrOpt) Name for the AMQP container + + + = unicast + (StrOpt) address prefix when sending to any server in group + + + = 0 + (IntOpt) Timeout for inactive connections (in seconds) + + + = exclusive + (StrOpt) address prefix used when sending to a specific server + + + = + (StrOpt) CA certificate PEM file for verifing server certificate + + + = + (StrOpt) Identifying certificate PEM file to present to clients + + + = + (StrOpt) Private key PEM file used to sign cert_file certificate + + + = None + (StrOpt) Password for decrypting ssl_key_file (if encrypted) + + + = False + (BoolOpt) Debug: dump AMQP frames to stdout + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-s3.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-s3.xml index 4fa52e82b1..0d8a11eee5 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-s3.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-s3.xml @@ -18,33 +18,45 @@ [glance_store] - s3_store_access_key = None + = None (StrOpt) The S3 query token access key. - s3_store_bucket = None + = None (StrOpt) The S3 bucket to be used to store the Glance data. - s3_store_bucket_url_format = subdomain + = subdomain (StrOpt) The S3 calling format used to determine the bucket. Either subdomain or path can be used. - s3_store_create_bucket_on_put = False + = False (BoolOpt) A boolean to determine if the S3 bucket should be created on upload if it does not exist or if an error should be returned to the user. - s3_store_host = s3.amazonaws.com + = None (StrOpt) The host where the S3 server is listening. - s3_store_object_buffer_dir = None + = 10 + (IntOpt) What multipart upload part size, in MB, should S3 use when uploading parts. The size must be greater than or equal to 5M. + + + = 100 + (IntOpt) What size, in MB, should S3 start chunking image files and do a multipart upload in S3. + + + = None (StrOpt) The local directory where uploads will be staged before they are transferred into S3. - s3_store_secret_key = None + = None (StrOpt) The S3 query token secret key. + + = 10 + (IntOpt) The number of thread pools to perform a multipart upload in S3. + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-sheepdog.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-sheepdog.xml index e858f29918..3670342b2b 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-sheepdog.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-sheepdog.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [glance_store] - sheepdog_store_address = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) IP address of sheep daemon. - sheepdog_store_chunk_size = 64 + = 64 (IntOpt) Images will be chunked into objects of this size (in megabytes). For best performance, this should be a power of two. - sheepdog_store_port = 7000 + = 7000 (IntOpt) Port of sheep daemon. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-swift.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-swift.xml index 84c9c348df..dd9fe7a8d1 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-swift.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-swift.xml @@ -18,102 +18,102 @@ [DEFAULT] - default_swift_reference = ref1 + = ref1 (StrOpt) The reference to the default swift account/backing store parameters to use for adding new images. - swift_store_auth_address = None + = None (StrOpt) The address where the Swift authentication service is listening.(deprecated) - swift_store_config_file = None + = None (StrOpt) The config file that has the swift account(s)configs. - swift_store_key = None + = None (StrOpt) Auth key for the user authenticating against the Swift authentication service. (deprecated) - swift_store_user = None + = None (StrOpt) The user to authenticate against the Swift authentication service (deprecated) [glance_store] - default_swift_reference = ref1 + = ref1 (StrOpt) The reference to the default swift account/backing store parameters to use for adding new images. - swift_enable_snet = False + = False (BoolOpt) Whether to use ServiceNET to communicate with the Swift storage servers. - swift_store_admin_tenants = + = (ListOpt) A list of tenants that will be granted read/write access on all Swift containers created by Glance in multi-tenant mode. - swift_store_auth_address = None + = None (StrOpt) The address where the Swift authentication service is listening.(deprecated) - swift_store_auth_insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) If True, swiftclient won't check for a valid SSL certificate when authenticating. - swift_store_auth_version = 2 + = 2 (StrOpt) Version of the authentication service to use. Valid versions are 2 for keystone and 1 for swauth and rackspace. (deprecated) - swift_store_config_file = None + = None (StrOpt) The config file that has the swift account(s)configs. - swift_store_container = glance + = glance (StrOpt) Container within the account that the account should use for storing images in Swift. - swift_store_create_container_on_put = False + = False (BoolOpt) A boolean value that determines if we create the container if it does not exist. - swift_store_endpoint_type = publicURL + = publicURL (StrOpt) A string giving the endpoint type of the swift service to use (publicURL, adminURL or internalURL). This setting is only used if swift_store_auth_version is 2. - swift_store_key = None + = None (StrOpt) Auth key for the user authenticating against the Swift authentication service. (deprecated) - swift_store_large_object_chunk_size = 200 + = 200 (IntOpt) The amount of data written to a temporary disk buffer during the process of chunking the image file. - swift_store_large_object_size = 5120 + = 5120 (IntOpt) The size, in MB, that Glance will start chunking image files and do a large object manifest in Swift. - swift_store_multi_tenant = False + = False (BoolOpt) If set to True, enables multi-tenant storage mode which causes Glance images to be stored in tenant specific Swift accounts. - swift_store_region = None + = None (StrOpt) The region of the swift endpoint to be used for single tenant. This setting is only necessary if the tenant has multiple swift endpoints. - swift_store_retry_get_count = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) The number of times a Swift download will be retried before the request fails. - swift_store_service_type = object-store + = object-store (StrOpt) A string giving the service type of the swift service to use. This setting is only used if swift_store_auth_version is 2. - swift_store_ssl_compression = True + = True (BoolOpt) If set to False, disables SSL layer compression of https swift requests. Setting to False may improve performance for images which are already in a compressed format, eg qcow2. - swift_store_user = None + = None (StrOpt) The user to authenticate against the Swift authentication service (deprecated) diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-testing.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-testing.xml index 322ef01b0b..18524e3d5d 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-testing.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-testing.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [DEFAULT] - fake_rabbit = False - (BoolOpt) If passed, use a fake RabbitMQ provider. + = False + (BoolOpt) Deprecated, use rpc_backend=kombu+memory or rpc_backend=fake - pydev_worker_debug_host = None + = None (StrOpt) The hostname/IP of the pydev process listening for debug connections - pydev_worker_debug_port = 5678 + = 5678 (IntOpt) The port on which a pydev process is listening for connections. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-vmware.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-vmware.xml index 61bd9d0d66..29a10baa33 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-vmware.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-vmware.xml @@ -18,39 +18,39 @@ [glance_store] - vmware_api_insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow to perform insecure SSL requests to ESX/VC. - vmware_api_retry_count = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of times VMware ESX/VC server API must be retried upon connection related issues. - vmware_datacenter_path = ha-datacenter + = ha-datacenter (StrOpt) Inventory path to a datacenter. If the vmware_server_host specified is an ESX/ESXi, the vmware_datacenter_path is optional. If specified, it should be "ha-datacenter". - vmware_datastore_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Datastore associated with the datacenter. - vmware_server_host = None + = None (StrOpt) ESX/ESXi or vCenter Server target system. The server value can be an IP address or a DNS name. - vmware_server_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for authenticating with VMware ESX/VC server. - vmware_server_username = None + = None (StrOpt) Username for authenticating with VMware ESX/VC server. - vmware_store_image_dir = /openstack_glance + = /openstack_glance (StrOpt) The name of the directory where the glance images will be stored in the VMware datastore. - vmware_task_poll_interval = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) The interval used for polling remote tasks invoked on VMware ESX/VC server. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/glance-zeromq.xml b/doc/common/tables/glance-zeromq.xml index 5b446cf193..634e43d27f 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/glance-zeromq.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/glance-zeromq.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - rpc_zmq_bind_address = * + = * (StrOpt) ZeroMQ bind address. Should be a wildcard (*), an ethernet interface, or IP. The "host" option should point or resolve to this address. - rpc_zmq_contexts = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Number of ZeroMQ contexts, defaults to 1. - rpc_zmq_host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Name of this node. Must be a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address. Must match "host" option, if running Nova. - rpc_zmq_ipc_dir = /var/run/openstack + = /var/run/openstack (StrOpt) Directory for holding IPC sockets. - rpc_zmq_matchmaker = oslo.messaging._drivers.matchmaker.MatchMakerLocalhost + = oslo.messaging._drivers.matchmaker.MatchMakerLocalhost (StrOpt) MatchMaker driver. - rpc_zmq_port = 9501 + = 9501 (IntOpt) ZeroMQ receiver listening port. - rpc_zmq_topic_backlog = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of ingress messages to locally buffer per topic. Default is unlimited. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-amqp.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-amqp.xml index e34b81c888..b64f0e8df4 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-amqp.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-amqp.xml @@ -18,39 +18,39 @@ [DEFAULT] - amqp_auto_delete = False - (BoolOpt) Auto-delete queues in amqp. + = False + (BoolOpt) Auto-delete queues in AMQP. - amqp_durable_queues = False - (BoolOpt) Use durable queues in amqp. + = False + (BoolOpt) Use durable queues in AMQP. - control_exchange = openstack + = openstack (StrOpt) The default exchange under which topics are scoped. May be overridden by an exchange name specified in the transport_url option. - default_notification_level = INFO + = INFO (StrOpt) Default notification level for outgoing notifications. - default_publisher_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Default publisher_id for outgoing notifications. - list_notifier_drivers = None + = None (MultiStrOpt) List of drivers to send notifications (DEPRECATED). - notification_driver = [] + = [] (MultiStrOpt) Driver or drivers to handle sending notifications. - notification_topics = notifications + = notifications (ListOpt) AMQP topic used for OpenStack notifications. - transport_url = None + = None (StrOpt) A URL representing the messaging driver to use and its full configuration. If not set, we fall back to the rpc_backend option and driver specific configuration. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-api.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-api.xml index 7b5ef5af7e..37f73f4f67 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-api.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-api.xml @@ -18,160 +18,149 @@ [DEFAULT] - action_retry_limit = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Number of times to retry to bring a resource to a non-error state. Set to 0 to disable retries. - enable_stack_abandon = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable the preview Stack Abandon feature. - enable_stack_adopt = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable the preview Stack Adopt feature. - heat_metadata_server_url = + = (StrOpt) URL of the Heat metadata server. - heat_stack_user_role = heat_stack_user + = heat_stack_user (StrOpt) Keystone role for heat template-defined users. - heat_waitcondition_server_url = + = (StrOpt) URL of the Heat waitcondition server. - heat_watch_server_url = + = (StrOpt) URL of the Heat CloudWatch server. - max_json_body_size = 1048576 + = 1048576 (IntOpt) Maximum raw byte size of JSON request body. Should be larger than max_template_size. - num_engine_workers = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Number of heat-engine processes to fork and run. - policy_default_rule = default + = default (StrOpt) Default rule. Enforced when a requested rule is not found. - policy_file = policy.json + = ['policy.d'] + (MultiStrOpt) Directories where policy configuration files are stored. They can be relative to any directory in the search path defined by the config_dir option, or absolute paths. The file defined by policy_file must exist for these directories to be searched. + + + = policy.json (StrOpt) The JSON file that defines policies. - secure_proxy_ssl_header = X-Forwarded-Proto + = X-Forwarded-Proto (StrOpt) The HTTP Header that will be used to determine which the original request protocol scheme was, even if it was removed by an SSL terminator proxy. - stack_action_timeout = 3600 + = 3600 (IntOpt) Timeout in seconds for stack action (ie. create or update). - stack_domain_admin = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone username, a user with roles sufficient to manage users and projects in the stack_user_domain. - stack_domain_admin_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone password for stack_domain_admin user. - stack_user_domain_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone domain ID which contains heat template-defined users. If this option is set, stack_user_domain_name option will be ignored. - stack_user_domain_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone domain name which contains heat template-defined users. If `stack_user_domain_id` option is set, this option is ignored. - trusts_delegated_roles = heat_stack_owner - (ListOpt) Subset of trustor roles to be delegated to heat. + = + (ListOpt) Subset of trustor roles to be delegated to heat. If left unset, all roles of a user will be delegated to heat when creating a stack. [auth_password] - allowed_auth_uris = + = (ListOpt) Allowed keystone endpoints for auth_uri when multi_cloud is enabled. At least one endpoint needs to be specified. - multi_cloud = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow orchestration of multiple clouds. [ec2authtoken] - allowed_auth_uris = + = (ListOpt) Allowed keystone endpoints for auth_uri when multi_cloud is enabled. At least one endpoint needs to be specified. - auth_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Authentication Endpoint URI. - multi_cloud = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow orchestration of multiple clouds. [heat_api] - backlog = 4096 + = 4096 (IntOpt) Number of backlog requests to configure the socket with. - bind_host = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) Address to bind the server. Useful when selecting a particular network interface. - bind_port = 8004 + = 8004 (IntOpt) The port on which the server will listen. - cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Location of the SSL certificate file to use for SSL mode. - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Location of the SSL key file to use for enabling SSL mode. - max_header_line = 16384 + = 16384 (IntOpt) Maximum line size of message headers to be accepted. max_header_line may need to be increased when using large tokens (typically those generated by the Keystone v3 API with big service catalogs). - workers = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Number of workers for Heat service. [paste_deploy] - api_paste_config = api-paste.ini + = api-paste.ini (StrOpt) The API paste config file to use. - flavor = None + = None (StrOpt) The flavor to use. - - [ssl] - - - ca_file = None - (StrOpt) CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients. - - - cert_file = None - (StrOpt) Certificate file to use when starting the server securely. - - - key_file = None - (StrOpt) Private key file to use when starting the server securely. - diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-auth_token.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-auth_token.xml index e5d474292e..96eb3aedf0 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-auth_token.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-auth_token.xml @@ -18,115 +18,115 @@ [keystone_authtoken] - admin_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone account password - admin_tenant_name = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Keystone service account tenant name to validate user tokens - admin_token = None + = None (StrOpt) This option is deprecated and may be removed in a future release. Single shared secret with the Keystone configuration used for bootstrapping a Keystone installation, or otherwise bypassing the normal authentication process. This option should not be used, use `admin_user` and `admin_password` instead. - admin_user = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone account username - auth_admin_prefix = + = (StrOpt) Prefix to prepend at the beginning of the path. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_host = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Host providing the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_port = 35357 + = 35357 (IntOpt) Port of the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_protocol = https + = https (StrOpt) Protocol of the admin Identity API endpoint (http or https). Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Complete public Identity API endpoint - auth_version = None + = None (StrOpt) API version of the admin Identity API endpoint - cache = None + = None (StrOpt) Env key for the swift cache - cafile = None + = None (StrOpt) A PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections. Defaults to system CAs. - certfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Required if Keystone server requires client certificate - check_revocations_for_cached = False + = False (BoolOpt) If true, the revocation list will be checked for cached tokens. This requires that PKI tokens are configured on the Keystone server. - delay_auth_decision = False + = False (BoolOpt) Do not handle authorization requests within the middleware, but delegate the authorization decision to downstream WSGI components - enforce_token_bind = permissive + = permissive (StrOpt) Used to control the use and type of token binding. Can be set to: "disabled" to not check token binding. "permissive" (default) to validate binding information if the bind type is of a form known to the server and ignore it if not. "strict" like "permissive" but if the bind type is unknown the token will be rejected. "required" any form of token binding is needed to be allowed. Finally the name of a binding method that must be present in tokens. - hash_algorithms = md5 + = md5 (ListOpt) Hash algorithms to use for hashing PKI tokens. This may be a single algorithm or multiple. The algorithms are those supported by Python standard hashlib.new(). The hashes will be tried in the order given, so put the preferred one first for performance. The result of the first hash will be stored in the cache. This will typically be set to multiple values only while migrating from a less secure algorithm to a more secure one. Once all the old tokens are expired this option should be set to a single value for better performance. - http_connect_timeout = None + = None (BoolOpt) Request timeout value for communicating with Identity API server. - http_request_max_retries = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) How many times are we trying to reconnect when communicating with Identity API Server. - identity_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Complete admin Identity API endpoint. This should specify the unversioned root endpoint e.g. https://localhost:35357/ - include_service_catalog = True + = True (BoolOpt) (optional) indicate whether to set the X-Service-Catalog header. If False, middleware will not ask for service catalog on token validation and will not set the X-Service-Catalog header. - insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Verify HTTPS connections. - keyfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Required if Keystone server requires client certificate - memcache_secret_key = None + = None (StrOpt) (optional, mandatory if memcache_security_strategy is defined) this string is used for key derivation. - memcache_security_strategy = None + = None (StrOpt) (optional) if defined, indicate whether token data should be authenticated or authenticated and encrypted. Acceptable values are MAC or ENCRYPT. If MAC, token data is authenticated (with HMAC) in the cache. If ENCRYPT, token data is encrypted and authenticated in the cache. If the value is not one of these options or empty, auth_token will raise an exception on initialization. - revocation_cache_time = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Determines the frequency at which the list of revoked tokens is retrieved from the Identity service (in seconds). A high number of revocation events combined with a low cache duration may significantly reduce performance. - signing_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) Directory used to cache files related to PKI tokens - token_cache_time = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) In order to prevent excessive effort spent validating tokens, the middleware caches previously-seen tokens for a configurable duration (in seconds). Set to -1 to disable caching completely. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-cfn_api.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-cfn_api.xml index 2cfd8eb82f..d1fff8d9fd 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-cfn_api.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-cfn_api.xml @@ -18,59 +18,44 @@ [DEFAULT] - instance_connection_https_validate_certificates = 1 + = 1 (StrOpt) Instance connection to CFN/CW API validate certs if SSL is used. - instance_connection_is_secure = 0 + = 0 (StrOpt) Instance connection to CFN/CW API via https. [heat_api_cfn] - backlog = 4096 + = 4096 (IntOpt) Number of backlog requests to configure the socket with. - bind_host = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) Address to bind the server. Useful when selecting a particular network interface. - bind_port = 8000 + = 8000 (IntOpt) The port on which the server will listen. - cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Location of the SSL certificate file to use for SSL mode. - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Location of the SSL key file to use for enabling SSL mode. - max_header_line = 16384 + = 16384 (IntOpt) Maximum line size of message headers to be accepted. max_header_line may need to be increased when using large tokens (typically those generated by the Keystone v3 API with big service catalogs). - workers = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Number of workers for Heat service. - - [ssl] - - - ca_file = None - (StrOpt) CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients. - - - cert_file = None - (StrOpt) Certificate file to use when starting the server securely. - - - key_file = None - (StrOpt) Private key file to use when starting the server securely. - diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients.xml index 74421c5f0d..58b65b9c0a 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients.xml @@ -18,30 +18,30 @@ [DEFAULT] - region_name_for_services = None + = None (StrOpt) Default region name used to get services endpoints. [clients] - ca_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional CA cert file to use in SSL connections. - cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted certificate chain file. - endpoint_type = publicURL + = publicURL (StrOpt) Type of endpoint in Identity service catalog to use for communication with the OpenStack service. - insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) If set, then the server's certificate will not be verified. - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted file that contains the private key. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_backends.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_backends.xml index 49090ff2ce..8088aa16d5 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_backends.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_backends.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - cloud_backend = heat.engine.clients.OpenStackClients + = heat.engine.clients.OpenStackClients (StrOpt) Fully qualified class name to use as a client backend. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_ceilometer.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_ceilometer.xml index 4d04701828..34f5321f94 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_ceilometer.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_ceilometer.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [clients_ceilometer] - ca_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional CA cert file to use in SSL connections. - cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted certificate chain file. - endpoint_type = publicURL + = None (StrOpt) Type of endpoint in Identity service catalog to use for communication with the OpenStack service. - insecure = False + = None (BoolOpt) If set, then the server's certificate will not be verified. - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted file that contains the private key. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_cinder.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_cinder.xml index 958c20f27a..61352fe53c 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_cinder.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_cinder.xml @@ -18,27 +18,27 @@ [clients_cinder] - ca_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional CA cert file to use in SSL connections. - cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted certificate chain file. - endpoint_type = publicURL + = None (StrOpt) Type of endpoint in Identity service catalog to use for communication with the OpenStack service. - http_log_debug = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow client's debug log output. - insecure = False + = None (BoolOpt) If set, then the server's certificate will not be verified. - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted file that contains the private key. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_glance.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_glance.xml index 2fd7ac52aa..1360f00dc0 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_glance.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_glance.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [clients_glance] - ca_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional CA cert file to use in SSL connections. - cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted certificate chain file. - endpoint_type = publicURL + = None (StrOpt) Type of endpoint in Identity service catalog to use for communication with the OpenStack service. - insecure = False + = None (BoolOpt) If set, then the server's certificate will not be verified. - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted file that contains the private key. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_heat.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_heat.xml index 644ca6e567..265ea079e8 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_heat.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_heat.xml @@ -18,27 +18,27 @@ [clients_heat] - ca_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional CA cert file to use in SSL connections. - cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted certificate chain file. - endpoint_type = publicURL + = None (StrOpt) Type of endpoint in Identity service catalog to use for communication with the OpenStack service. - insecure = False + = None (BoolOpt) If set, then the server's certificate will not be verified. - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted file that contains the private key. - url = None + = (StrOpt) Optional heat url in format like http://0.0.0.0:8004/v1/%(tenant_id)s. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_keystone.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_keystone.xml index f5a20075e4..25e2211227 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_keystone.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_keystone.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [clients_keystone] - ca_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional CA cert file to use in SSL connections. - cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted certificate chain file. - endpoint_type = publicURL + = None (StrOpt) Type of endpoint in Identity service catalog to use for communication with the OpenStack service. - insecure = False + = None (BoolOpt) If set, then the server's certificate will not be verified. - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted file that contains the private key. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_neutron.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_neutron.xml index bfbece3979..3ad4a38154 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_neutron.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_neutron.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [clients_neutron] - ca_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional CA cert file to use in SSL connections. - cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted certificate chain file. - endpoint_type = publicURL + = None (StrOpt) Type of endpoint in Identity service catalog to use for communication with the OpenStack service. - insecure = False + = None (BoolOpt) If set, then the server's certificate will not be verified. - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted file that contains the private key. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_nova.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_nova.xml index a062a03641..72ad402689 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_nova.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_nova.xml @@ -18,27 +18,27 @@ [clients_nova] - ca_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional CA cert file to use in SSL connections. - cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted certificate chain file. - endpoint_type = publicURL + = None (StrOpt) Type of endpoint in Identity service catalog to use for communication with the OpenStack service. - http_log_debug = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow client's debug log output. - insecure = False + = None (BoolOpt) If set, then the server's certificate will not be verified. - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted file that contains the private key. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_swift.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_swift.xml index 1c57415a9b..c1b59d7852 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_swift.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_swift.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [clients_swift] - ca_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional CA cert file to use in SSL connections. - cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted certificate chain file. - endpoint_type = publicURL + = None (StrOpt) Type of endpoint in Identity service catalog to use for communication with the OpenStack service. - insecure = False + = None (BoolOpt) If set, then the server's certificate will not be verified. - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted file that contains the private key. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_trove.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_trove.xml index 0566b0065e..2fe1c1e4f0 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_trove.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-clients_trove.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [clients_trove] - ca_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional CA cert file to use in SSL connections. - cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted certificate chain file. - endpoint_type = publicURL + = None (StrOpt) Type of endpoint in Identity service catalog to use for communication with the OpenStack service. - insecure = False + = None (BoolOpt) If set, then the server's certificate will not be verified. - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional PEM-formatted file that contains the private key. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-cloudwatch_api.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-cloudwatch_api.xml index 3751299ebe..c96d1925fc 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-cloudwatch_api.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-cloudwatch_api.xml @@ -18,59 +18,44 @@ [DEFAULT] - enable_cloud_watch_lite = True + = True (BoolOpt) Enable the legacy OS::Heat::CWLiteAlarm resource. - heat_watch_server_url = + = (StrOpt) URL of the Heat CloudWatch server. [heat_api_cloudwatch] - backlog = 4096 + = 4096 (IntOpt) Number of backlog requests to configure the socket with. - bind_host = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) Address to bind the server. Useful when selecting a particular network interface. - bind_port = 8003 + = 8003 (IntOpt) The port on which the server will listen. - cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Location of the SSL certificate file to use for SSL mode. - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Location of the SSL key file to use for enabling SSL mode. - max_header_line = 16384 + = 16384 (IntOpt) Maximum line size of message headers to be accepted. max_header_line may need to be increased when using large tokens (typically those generated by the Keystone v3 API with big service catalogs.) - workers = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Number of workers for Heat service. - - [ssl] - - - ca_file = None - (StrOpt) CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients. - - - cert_file = None - (StrOpt) Certificate file to use when starting the server securely. - - - key_file = None - (StrOpt) Private key file to use when starting the server securely. - diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-common.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-common.xml index 528a98c07a..d6631b88d0 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-common.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-common.xml @@ -18,61 +18,61 @@ [DEFAULT] - deferred_auth_method = password + = password (StrOpt) Select deferred auth method, stored password or trusts. - environment_dir = /etc/heat/environment.d + = /etc/heat/environment.d (StrOpt) The directory to search for environment files. - event_purge_batch_size = 10 + = 240 + (IntOpt) Error wait time in seconds for stack action (ie. create or update). + + + = 10 (IntOpt) Controls how many events will be pruned whenever a stack's events exceed max_events_per_stack. Set this lower to keep more events at the expense of more frequent purges. - host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Name of the engine node. This can be an opaque identifier. It is not necessarily a hostname, FQDN, or IP address. - instance_driver = heat.engine.nova + = heat.engine.nova (StrOpt) Driver to use for controlling instances. - instance_user = ec2-user + = ec2-user (StrOpt) The default user for new instances. This option is deprecated and will be removed in the Juno release. If it's empty, Heat will use the default user set up with your cloud image (for OS::Nova::Server) or 'ec2-user' (for AWS::EC2::Instance). - keystone_backend = heat.common.heat_keystoneclient.KeystoneClientV3 + = heat.common.heat_keystoneclient.KeystoneClientV3 (StrOpt) Fully qualified class name to use as a keystone backend. - lock_path = None - (StrOpt) Directory to use for lock files. - - - memcached_servers = None + = None (ListOpt) Memcached servers or None for in process cache. - periodic_interval = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds between running periodic tasks. - plugin_dirs = /usr/lib64/heat, /usr/lib/heat + = /usr/lib64/heat, /usr/lib/heat (ListOpt) List of directories to search for plug-ins. [keystone_authtoken] - memcached_servers = None + = None (ListOpt) Optionally specify a list of memcached server(s) to use for caching. If left undefined, tokens will instead be cached in-process. [revision] - heat_revision = unknown + = unknown (StrOpt) Heat build revision. If you would prefer to manage your build revision separately, you can move this section to a different file and add it as another config option. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-crypt.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-crypt.xml index 3daca6df8c..3cbfd21dd7 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-crypt.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-crypt.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - auth_encryption_key = notgood but just long enough i think + = notgood but just long enough i think (StrOpt) Encryption key used for authentication info in database. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-database.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-database.xml index a187862455..daadd7c599 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-database.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-database.xml @@ -18,83 +18,83 @@ [database] - backend = sqlalchemy + = sqlalchemy (StrOpt) The back end to use for the database. - connection = None + = None (StrOpt) The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the database. - connection_debug = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything. - connection_trace = False + = False (BoolOpt) Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings. - db_inc_retry_interval = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, increases the interval between database connection retries up to db_max_retry_interval. - db_max_retries = 20 + = 20 (IntOpt) Maximum database connection retries before error is raised. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. - db_max_retry_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) If db_inc_retry_interval is set, the maximum seconds between database connection retries. - db_retry_interval = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Seconds between database connection retries. - idle_timeout = 3600 + = 3600 (IntOpt) Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped. - max_overflow = None + = None (IntOpt) If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy. - max_pool_size = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. - max_retries = 10 - (IntOpt) Maximum db connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. + = 10 + (IntOpt) Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. - min_pool_size = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Minimum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. - mysql_sql_mode = TRADITIONAL + = TRADITIONAL (StrOpt) The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including the default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL mode is set by the server configuration, set this to no value. Example: mysql_sql_mode= - pool_timeout = None + = None (IntOpt) If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy. - retry_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection. - slave_connection = None + = None (StrOpt) The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave database. - sqlite_db = oslo.sqlite + = oslo.sqlite (StrOpt) The file name to use with SQLite. - sqlite_synchronous = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode. - use_db_reconnect = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable the experimental use of database reconnect on connection lost. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-debug.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-debug.xml index 23eaf38112..f14f1ce4e5 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-debug.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-debug.xml @@ -18,13 +18,9 @@ [DEFAULT] - backdoor_port = None + = None (StrOpt) Enable eventlet backdoor. Acceptable values are 0, <port>, and <start>:<end>, where 0 results in listening on a random tcp port number; <port> results in listening on the specified port number (and not enabling backdoor if that port is in use); and <start>:<end> results in listening on the smallest unused port number within the specified range of port numbers. The chosen port is displayed in the service's log file. - - disable_process_locking = False - (BoolOpt) Enables or disables inter-process locks. - diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-loadbalancer.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-loadbalancer.xml index 08a8cd733c..5f9ce0b3c3 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-loadbalancer.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-loadbalancer.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - loadbalancer_template = None + = None (StrOpt) Custom template for the built-in loadbalancer nested stack. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-logging.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-logging.xml index 3b87ca956d..db32e3f307 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-logging.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-logging.xml @@ -18,83 +18,83 @@ [DEFAULT] - debug = False + = False (BoolOpt) Print debugging output (set logging level to DEBUG instead of default WARNING level). - default_log_levels = amqp=WARN, amqplib=WARN, boto=WARN, qpid=WARN, sqlalchemy=WARN, suds=INFO, oslo.messaging=INFO, iso8601=WARN, requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN + = amqp=WARN, amqplib=WARN, boto=WARN, qpid=WARN, sqlalchemy=WARN, suds=INFO, oslo.messaging=INFO, iso8601=WARN, requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, websocket=WARN, keystonemiddleware=WARN, routes.middleware=WARN, stevedore=WARN (ListOpt) List of logger=LEVEL pairs. - fatal_deprecations = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables fatal status of deprecations. - instance_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " + = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " (StrOpt) The format for an instance that is passed with the log message. - instance_uuid_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " + = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " (StrOpt) The format for an instance UUID that is passed with the log message. - log_config_append = None + = None (StrOpt) The name of a logging configuration file. This file is appended to any existing logging configuration files. For details about logging configuration files, see the Python logging module documentation. - log_date_format = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S + = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S (StrOpt) Format string for %%(asctime)s in log records. Default: %(default)s . - log_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) (Optional) The base directory used for relative --log-file paths. - log_file = None + = None (StrOpt) (Optional) Name of log file to output to. If no default is set, logging will go to stdout. - log_format = None + = None (StrOpt) DEPRECATED. A logging.Formatter log message format string which may use any of the available logging.LogRecord attributes. This option is deprecated. Please use logging_context_format_string and logging_default_format_string instead. - logging_context_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s (StrOpt) Format string to use for log messages with context. - logging_debug_format_suffix = %(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d + = %(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d (StrOpt) Data to append to log format when level is DEBUG. - logging_default_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s (StrOpt) Format string to use for log messages without context. - logging_exception_prefix = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d TRACE %(name)s %(instance)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d TRACE %(name)s %(instance)s (StrOpt) Prefix each line of exception output with this format. - publish_errors = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables publication of error events. - syslog_log_facility = LOG_USER + = LOG_USER (StrOpt) Syslog facility to receive log lines. - use_stderr = True + = True (BoolOpt) Log output to standard error. - use_syslog = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use syslog for logging. Existing syslog format is DEPRECATED during I, and will change in J to honor RFC5424. - use_syslog_rfc_format = False + = False (BoolOpt) (Optional) Enables or disables syslog rfc5424 format for logging. If enabled, prefixes the MSG part of the syslog message with APP-NAME (RFC5424). The format without the APP-NAME is deprecated in I, and will be removed in J. - verbose = False + = False (BoolOpt) Print more verbose output (set logging level to INFO instead of default WARNING level). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-metadata_api.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-metadata_api.xml index ed2ce1c2f0..506ff8e902 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-metadata_api.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-metadata_api.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - heat_metadata_server_url = + = (StrOpt) URL of the Heat metadata server. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-notification.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-notification.xml index c2f1ab9d1f..e0c2518f98 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-notification.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-notification.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - onready = None + = None (StrOpt) Deprecated. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-qpid.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-qpid.xml index fd085f337f..8d80368892 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-qpid.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-qpid.xml @@ -18,47 +18,47 @@ [DEFAULT] - qpid_heartbeat = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds between connection keepalive heartbeats. - qpid_hostname = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Qpid broker hostname. - qpid_hosts = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port + = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port (ListOpt) Qpid HA cluster host:port pairs. - qpid_password = + = (StrOpt) Password for Qpid connection. - qpid_port = 5672 + = 5672 (IntOpt) Qpid broker port. - qpid_protocol = tcp + = tcp (StrOpt) Transport to use, either 'tcp' or 'ssl'. - qpid_receiver_capacity = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) The number of prefetched messages held by receiver. - qpid_sasl_mechanisms = + = (StrOpt) Space separated list of SASL mechanisms to use for auth. - qpid_tcp_nodelay = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to disable the Nagle algorithm. - qpid_topology_version = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) The qpid topology version to use. Version 1 is what was originally used by impl_qpid. Version 2 includes some backwards-incompatible changes that allow broker federation to work. Users should update to version 2 when they are able to take everything down, as it requires a clean break. - qpid_username = + = (StrOpt) Username for Qpid connection. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-quota.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-quota.xml index 2a132b82a2..6e877a1fab 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-quota.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-quota.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [DEFAULT] - max_events_per_stack = 1000 + = 1000 (IntOpt) Maximum events that will be available per stack. Older events will be deleted when this is reached. Set to 0 for unlimited events per stack. - max_nested_stack_depth = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Maximum depth allowed when using nested stacks. - max_resources_per_stack = 1000 + = 1000 (IntOpt) Maximum resources allowed per top-level stack. - max_stacks_per_tenant = 100 + = 100 (IntOpt) Maximum number of stacks any one tenant may have active at one time. - max_template_size = 524288 + = 524288 (IntOpt) Maximum raw byte size of any template. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-rabbitmq.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-rabbitmq.xml index 7aca3cc82c..abb5a8d736 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-rabbitmq.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-rabbitmq.xml @@ -18,71 +18,71 @@ [DEFAULT] - kombu_reconnect_delay = 1.0 + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) How long to wait before reconnecting in response to an AMQP consumer cancel notification. - kombu_ssl_ca_certs = + = (StrOpt) SSL certification authority file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_certfile = + = (StrOpt) SSL cert file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_keyfile = + = (StrOpt) SSL key file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_version = - (StrOpt) SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). valid values are TLSv1, SSLv23 and SSLv3. SSLv2 may be available on some distributions. + = + (StrOpt) SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). valid values are TLSv1 and SSLv23. SSLv2 and SSLv3 may be available on some distributions. - rabbit_ha_queues = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use HA queues in RabbitMQ (x-ha-policy: all). If you change this option, you must wipe the RabbitMQ database. - rabbit_host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ broker address where a single node is used. - rabbit_hosts = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port + = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port (ListOpt) RabbitMQ HA cluster host:port pairs. - rabbit_login_method = AMQPLAIN - (StrOpt) the RabbitMQ login method + = AMQPLAIN + (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ login method. - rabbit_max_retries = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Maximum number of RabbitMQ connection retries. Default is 0 (infinite retry count). - rabbit_password = guest + = guest (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ password. - rabbit_port = 5672 + = 5672 (IntOpt) The RabbitMQ broker port where a single node is used. - rabbit_retry_backoff = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) How long to backoff for between retries when connecting to RabbitMQ. - rabbit_retry_interval = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) How frequently to retry connecting with RabbitMQ. - rabbit_use_ssl = False + = False (BoolOpt) Connect over SSL for RabbitMQ. - rabbit_userid = guest + = guest (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ userid. - rabbit_virtual_host = / + = / (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ virtual host. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-redis.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-redis.xml index ec5ad80e68..9c161febb6 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-redis.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-redis.xml @@ -18,22 +18,22 @@ [matchmaker_redis] - host = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Host to locate redis. - password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for Redis server (optional). - port = 6379 + = 6379 (IntOpt) Use this port to connect to redis host. [matchmaker_ring] - ringfile = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json + = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json (StrOpt) Matchmaker ring file (JSON). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-rpc.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-rpc.xml index 1c027f4022..de59bbba73 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-rpc.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-rpc.xml @@ -18,37 +18,84 @@ [DEFAULT] - engine_life_check_timeout = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) RPC timeout for the engine liveness check that is used for stack locking. - matchmaker_heartbeat_freq = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) Heartbeat frequency. - matchmaker_heartbeat_ttl = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Heartbeat time-to-live. - rpc_backend = rabbit + = rabbit (StrOpt) The messaging driver to use, defaults to rabbit. Other drivers include qpid and zmq. - rpc_cast_timeout = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Seconds to wait before a cast expires (TTL). Only supported by impl_zmq. - rpc_conn_pool_size = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Size of RPC connection pool. - rpc_response_timeout = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds to wait for a response from a call. - rpc_thread_pool_size = 64 + = 64 (IntOpt) Size of RPC greenthread pool. + + [oslo_messaging_amqp] + + + = False + (BoolOpt) Accept clients using either SSL or plain TCP + + + = broadcast + (StrOpt) address prefix used when broadcasting to all servers + + + = None + (StrOpt) Name for the AMQP container + + + = unicast + (StrOpt) address prefix when sending to any server in group + + + = 0 + (IntOpt) Timeout for inactive connections (in seconds) + + + = exclusive + (StrOpt) address prefix used when sending to a specific server + + + = + (StrOpt) CA certificate PEM file for verifing server certificate + + + = + (StrOpt) Identifying certificate PEM file to present to clients + + + = + (StrOpt) Private key PEM file used to sign cert_file certificate + + + = None + (StrOpt) Password for decrypting ssl_key_file (if encrypted) + + + = False + (BoolOpt) Debug: dump AMQP frames to stdout + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-testing.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-testing.xml index 840a422fc4..4bf31dbf04 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-testing.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-testing.xml @@ -18,8 +18,19 @@ [DEFAULT] - fake_rabbit = False - (BoolOpt) If passed, use a fake RabbitMQ provider. + = False + (BoolOpt) Deprecated, use rpc_backend=kombu+memory or rpc_backend=fake + + + [profiler] + + + = False + (BoolOpt) If False fully disable profiling feature. + + + = False + (BoolOpt) If False do not trace SQL requests. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-waitcondition_api.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-waitcondition_api.xml index c88d7c2a52..97148f8824 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-waitcondition_api.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-waitcondition_api.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - heat_waitcondition_server_url = + = (StrOpt) URL of the Heat waitcondition server. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/heat-zeromq.xml b/doc/common/tables/heat-zeromq.xml index 51582b62fc..d0804e759d 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/heat-zeromq.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/heat-zeromq.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - rpc_zmq_bind_address = * + = * (StrOpt) ZeroMQ bind address. Should be a wildcard (*), an ethernet interface, or IP. The "host" option should point or resolve to this address. - rpc_zmq_contexts = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Number of ZeroMQ contexts, defaults to 1. - rpc_zmq_host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Name of this node. Must be a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address. Must match "host" option, if running Nova. - rpc_zmq_ipc_dir = /var/run/openstack + = /var/run/openstack (StrOpt) Directory for holding IPC sockets. - rpc_zmq_matchmaker = oslo.messaging._drivers.matchmaker.MatchMakerLocalhost + = oslo.messaging._drivers.matchmaker.MatchMakerLocalhost (StrOpt) MatchMaker driver. - rpc_zmq_port = 9501 + = 9501 (IntOpt) ZeroMQ receiver listening port. - rpc_zmq_topic_backlog = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of ingress messages to locally buffer per topic. Default is unlimited. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-amqp.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-amqp.xml index 8a00657947..f2a6d160e0 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-amqp.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-amqp.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - amqp_auto_delete = False - (BoolOpt) Auto-delete queues in amqp. + = False + (BoolOpt) Auto-delete queues in AMQP. - amqp_durable_queues = False - (BoolOpt) Use durable queues in amqp. + = False + (BoolOpt) Use durable queues in AMQP. - control_exchange = keystone + = keystone (StrOpt) The default exchange under which topics are scoped. May be overridden by an exchange name specified in the transport_url option. - default_publisher_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Default publisher_id for outgoing notifications - notification_driver = [] + = [] (MultiStrOpt) Driver or drivers to handle sending notifications. - notification_topics = notifications + = notifications (ListOpt) AMQP topic used for OpenStack notifications. - transport_url = None + = None (StrOpt) A URL representing the messaging driver to use and its full configuration. If not set, we fall back to the rpc_backend option and driver specific configuration. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-api.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-api.xml index 4ad27b2dcd..51ca1faf40 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-api.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-api.xml @@ -18,108 +18,112 @@ [DEFAULT] - admin_bind_host = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) The IP address of the network interface for the admin service to listen on. - admin_endpoint = None - (StrOpt) The base admin endpoint URL for Keystone that is advertised to clients (NOTE: this does NOT affect how Keystone listens for connections). Defaults to the base host URL of the request. E.g. a request to http://server:35357/v2.0/users will default to http://server:35357. You should only need to set this value if the base URL contains a path (e.g. /prefix/v2.0) or the endpoint should be found on a different server. + = None + (StrOpt) The base admin endpoint URL for Keystone that is advertised to clients (NOTE: this does NOT affect how Keystone listens for connections). Defaults to the base host URL of the request. E.g. a request to http://server:35357/v3/users will default to http://server:35357. You should only need to set this value if the base URL contains a path (e.g. /prefix/v3) or the endpoint should be found on a different server. - admin_port = 35357 + = 35357 (IntOpt) The port number which the admin service listens on. - admin_token = ADMIN + = ADMIN (StrOpt) A "shared secret" that can be used to bootstrap Keystone. This "token" does not represent a user, and carries no explicit authorization. To disable in production (highly recommended), remove AdminTokenAuthMiddleware from your paste application pipelines (for example, in keystone-paste.ini). - admin_workers = None + = None (IntOpt) The number of worker processes to serve the admin WSGI application. Defaults to number of CPUs (minimum of 2). - compute_port = 8774 + = 8774 (IntOpt) (Deprecated) The port which the OpenStack Compute service listens on. This option was only used for string replacement in the templated catalog backend. Templated catalogs should replace the "$(compute_port)s" substitution with the static port of the compute service. As of Juno, this option is deprecated and will be removed in the L release. - domain_id_immutable = True + = True (BoolOpt) Set this to false if you want to enable the ability for user, group and project entities to be moved between domains by updating their domain_id. Allowing such movement is not recommended if the scope of a domain admin is being restricted by use of an appropriate policy file (see policy.v3cloudsample as an example). - list_limit = None + = None (IntOpt) The maximum number of entities that will be returned in a collection, with no limit set by default. This global limit may be then overridden for a specific driver, by specifying a list_limit in the appropriate section (e.g. [assignment]). - max_param_size = 64 + = 64 (IntOpt) Limit the sizes of user & project ID/names. - max_request_body_size = 114688 + = 5 + (IntOpt) Maximum depth of the project hierarchy. WARNING: setting it to a large value may adversely impact performance. + + + = 114688 (IntOpt) Enforced by optional sizelimit middleware (keystone.middleware:RequestBodySizeLimiter). - max_token_size = 8192 + = 8192 (IntOpt) Similar to max_param_size, but provides an exception for token values. - member_role_id = 9fe2ff9ee4384b1894a90878d3e92bab - (StrOpt) During a SQL upgrade member_role_id will be used to create a new role that will replace records in the assignment table with explicit role grants. After migration, the member_role_id will be used in the API add_user_to_project. + = 9fe2ff9ee4384b1894a90878d3e92bab + (StrOpt) Similar to the member_role_name option, this represents the default role ID used to associate users with their default projects in the v2 API. This will be used as the explicit role where one is not specified by the v2 API. - member_role_name = _member_ - (StrOpt) During a SQL upgrade member_role_name will be used to create a new role that will replace records in the assignment table with explicit role grants. After migration, member_role_name will be ignored. + = _member_ + (StrOpt) This is the role name used in combination with the member_role_id option; see that option for more detail. - public_bind_host = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) The IP address of the network interface for the public service to listen on. - public_endpoint = None - (StrOpt) The base public endpoint URL for Keystone that is advertised to clients (NOTE: this does NOT affect how Keystone listens for connections). Defaults to the base host URL of the request. E.g. a request to http://server:5000/v2.0/users will default to http://server:5000. You should only need to set this value if the base URL contains a path (e.g. /prefix/v2.0) or the endpoint should be found on a different server. + = None + (StrOpt) The base public endpoint URL for Keystone that is advertised to clients (NOTE: this does NOT affect how Keystone listens for connections). Defaults to the base host URL of the request. E.g. a request to http://server:5000/v3/users will default to http://server:5000. You should only need to set this value if the base URL contains a path (e.g. /prefix/v3) or the endpoint should be found on a different server. - public_port = 5000 + = 5000 (IntOpt) The port number which the public service listens on. - public_workers = None + = None (IntOpt) The number of worker processes to serve the public WSGI application. Defaults to number of CPUs (minimum of 2). - strict_password_check = False + = False (BoolOpt) If set to true, strict password length checking is performed for password manipulation. If a password exceeds the maximum length, the operation will fail with an HTTP 403 Forbidden error. If set to false, passwords are automatically truncated to the maximum length. - tcp_keepalive = False + = False (BoolOpt) Set this to true if you want to enable TCP_KEEPALIVE on server sockets, i.e. sockets used by the Keystone wsgi server for client connections. - tcp_keepidle = 600 - (IntOpt) Sets the value of TCP_KEEPIDLE in seconds for each server socket. Only applies if tcp_keepalive is true. Not supported on OS X. + = 600 + (IntOpt) Sets the value of TCP_KEEPIDLE in seconds for each server socket. Only applies if tcp_keepalive is true. [endpoint_filter] - driver = keystone.contrib.endpoint_filter.backends.sql.EndpointFilter + = keystone.contrib.endpoint_filter.backends.sql.EndpointFilter (StrOpt) Endpoint Filter backend driver - return_all_endpoints_if_no_filter = True + = True (BoolOpt) Toggle to return all active endpoints if no filter exists. [endpoint_policy] - driver = keystone.contrib.endpoint_policy.backends.sql.EndpointPolicy + = keystone.contrib.endpoint_policy.backends.sql.EndpointPolicy (StrOpt) Endpoint policy backend driver [paste_deploy] - config_file = keystone-paste.ini + = keystone-paste.ini (StrOpt) Name of the paste configuration file that defines the available pipelines. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-assignment.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-assignment.xml index 3636120e5b..007725c1a2 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-assignment.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-assignment.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [assignment] - cache_time = None + = None (IntOpt) TTL (in seconds) to cache assignment data. This has no effect unless global caching is enabled. - caching = True + = True (BoolOpt) Toggle for assignment caching. This has no effect unless global caching is enabled. - driver = None + = None (StrOpt) Assignment backend driver. - list_limit = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of entities that will be returned in an assignment collection. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-auth.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-auth.xml index c8e313d64e..f00f4d26b3 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-auth.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-auth.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [auth] - external = keystone.auth.plugins.external.DefaultDomain + = keystone.auth.plugins.external.DefaultDomain (StrOpt) The external (REMOTE_USER) auth plugin module. - methods = external, password, token + = external, password, token (ListOpt) Default auth methods. - password = keystone.auth.plugins.password.Password + = keystone.auth.plugins.password.Password (StrOpt) The password auth plugin module. - token = keystone.auth.plugins.token.Token + = keystone.auth.plugins.token.Token (StrOpt) The token auth plugin module. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-auth_token.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-auth_token.xml index 9505f29193..a3adbe0181 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-auth_token.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-auth_token.xml @@ -18,115 +18,115 @@ [keystone_authtoken] - admin_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone account password - admin_tenant_name = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Keystone service account tenant name to validate user tokens - admin_token = None + = None (StrOpt) This option is deprecated and may be removed in a future release. Single shared secret with the Keystone configuration used for bootstrapping a Keystone installation, or otherwise bypassing the normal authentication process. This option should not be used, use `admin_user` and `admin_password` instead. - admin_user = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone account username - auth_admin_prefix = + = (StrOpt) Prefix to prepend at the beginning of the path. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_host = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Host providing the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_port = 35357 + = 35357 (IntOpt) Port of the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_protocol = https + = https (StrOpt) Protocol of the admin Identity API endpoint (http or https). Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Complete public Identity API endpoint - auth_version = None + = None (StrOpt) API version of the admin Identity API endpoint - cache = None + = None (StrOpt) Env key for the swift cache - cafile = None + = None (StrOpt) A PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections. Defaults to system CAs. - certfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Required if Keystone server requires client certificate - check_revocations_for_cached = False + = False (BoolOpt) If true, the revocation list will be checked for cached tokens. This requires that PKI tokens are configured on the Keystone server. - delay_auth_decision = False + = False (BoolOpt) Do not handle authorization requests within the middleware, but delegate the authorization decision to downstream WSGI components - enforce_token_bind = permissive + = permissive (StrOpt) Used to control the use and type of token binding. Can be set to: "disabled" to not check token binding. "permissive" (default) to validate binding information if the bind type is of a form known to the server and ignore it if not. "strict" like "permissive" but if the bind type is unknown the token will be rejected. "required" any form of token binding is needed to be allowed. Finally the name of a binding method that must be present in tokens. - hash_algorithms = md5 + = md5 (ListOpt) Hash algorithms to use for hashing PKI tokens. This may be a single algorithm or multiple. The algorithms are those supported by Python standard hashlib.new(). The hashes will be tried in the order given, so put the preferred one first for performance. The result of the first hash will be stored in the cache. This will typically be set to multiple values only while migrating from a less secure algorithm to a more secure one. Once all the old tokens are expired this option should be set to a single value for better performance. - http_connect_timeout = None + = None (BoolOpt) Request timeout value for communicating with Identity API server. - http_request_max_retries = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) How many times are we trying to reconnect when communicating with Identity API Server. - identity_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Complete admin Identity API endpoint. This should specify the unversioned root endpoint e.g. https://localhost:35357/ - include_service_catalog = True + = True (BoolOpt) (optional) indicate whether to set the X-Service-Catalog header. If False, middleware will not ask for service catalog on token validation and will not set the X-Service-Catalog header. - insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Verify HTTPS connections. - keyfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Required if Keystone server requires client certificate - memcache_secret_key = None + = None (StrOpt) (optional, mandatory if memcache_security_strategy is defined) this string is used for key derivation. - memcache_security_strategy = None + = None (StrOpt) (optional) if defined, indicate whether token data should be authenticated or authenticated and encrypted. Acceptable values are MAC or ENCRYPT. If MAC, token data is authenticated (with HMAC) in the cache. If ENCRYPT, token data is encrypted and authenticated in the cache. If the value is not one of these options or empty, auth_token will raise an exception on initialization. - revocation_cache_time = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Determines the frequency at which the list of revoked tokens is retrieved from the Identity service (in seconds). A high number of revocation events combined with a low cache duration may significantly reduce performance. - signing_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) Directory used to cache files related to PKI tokens - token_cache_time = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) In order to prevent excessive effort spent validating tokens, the middleware caches previously-seen tokens for a configurable duration (in seconds). Set to -1 to disable caching completely. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-ca.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-ca.xml index ca1d75c4dd..cd69b8e976 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-ca.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-ca.xml @@ -18,74 +18,74 @@ [signing] - ca_certs = /etc/keystone/ssl/certs/ca.pem + = /etc/keystone/ssl/certs/ca.pem (StrOpt) Path of the CA for token signing. - ca_key = /etc/keystone/ssl/private/cakey.pem + = /etc/keystone/ssl/private/cakey.pem (StrOpt) Path of the CA key for token signing. - cert_subject = /C=US/ST=Unset/L=Unset/O=Unset/CN=www.example.com + = /C=US/ST=Unset/L=Unset/O=Unset/CN=www.example.com (StrOpt) Certificate subject (auto generated certificate) for token signing. - certfile = /etc/keystone/ssl/certs/signing_cert.pem + = /etc/keystone/ssl/certs/signing_cert.pem (StrOpt) Path of the certfile for token signing. For non-production environments, you may be interested in using `keystone-manage pki_setup` to generate self-signed certificates. - key_size = 2048 + = 2048 (IntOpt) Key size (in bits) for token signing cert (auto generated certificate). - keyfile = /etc/keystone/ssl/private/signing_key.pem + = /etc/keystone/ssl/private/signing_key.pem (StrOpt) Path of the keyfile for token signing. - token_format = None + = None (StrOpt) Deprecated in favor of provider in the [token] section. - valid_days = 3650 + = 3650 (IntOpt) Days the token signing cert is valid for (auto generated certificate). [ssl] - ca_certs = /etc/keystone/ssl/certs/ca.pem - (StrOpt) Path of the ca cert file for SSL. + = /etc/keystone/ssl/certs/ca.pem + (StrOpt) Path of the CA cert file for SSL. - ca_key = /etc/keystone/ssl/private/cakey.pem + = /etc/keystone/ssl/private/cakey.pem (StrOpt) Path of the CA key file for SSL. - cert_required = False + = False (BoolOpt) Require client certificate. - cert_subject = /C=US/ST=Unset/L=Unset/O=Unset/CN=localhost + = /C=US/ST=Unset/L=Unset/O=Unset/CN=localhost (StrOpt) SSL certificate subject (auto generated certificate). - certfile = /etc/keystone/ssl/certs/keystone.pem + = /etc/keystone/ssl/certs/keystone.pem (StrOpt) Path of the certfile for SSL. For non-production environments, you may be interested in using `keystone-manage ssl_setup` to generate self-signed certificates. - enable = False + = False (BoolOpt) Toggle for SSL support on the Keystone eventlet servers. - key_size = 1024 + = 1024 (IntOpt) SSL key length (in bits) (auto generated certificate). - keyfile = /etc/keystone/ssl/private/keystonekey.pem + = /etc/keystone/ssl/private/keystonekey.pem (StrOpt) Path of the keyfile for SSL. - valid_days = 3650 + = 3650 (IntOpt) Days the certificate is valid for once signed (auto generated certificate). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-cache.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-cache.xml index d91c87a57a..a80ed38ab1 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-cache.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-cache.xml @@ -18,74 +18,74 @@ [cache] - backend = keystone.common.cache.noop + = keystone.common.cache.noop (StrOpt) Dogpile.cache backend module. It is recommended that Memcache with pooling (keystone.cache.memcache_pool) or Redis (dogpile.cache.redis) be used in production deployments. Small workloads (single process) like devstack can use the dogpile.cache.memory backend. - backend_argument = [] + = [] (MultiStrOpt) Arguments supplied to the backend module. Specify this option once per argument to be passed to the dogpile.cache backend. Example format: "<argname>:<value>". - config_prefix = cache.keystone + = cache.keystone (StrOpt) Prefix for building the configuration dictionary for the cache region. This should not need to be changed unless there is another dogpile.cache region with the same configuration name. - debug_cache_backend = False + = False (BoolOpt) Extra debugging from the cache backend (cache keys, get/set/delete/etc calls). This is only really useful if you need to see the specific cache-backend get/set/delete calls with the keys/values. Typically this should be left set to false. - enabled = False + = False (BoolOpt) Global toggle for all caching using the should_cache_fn mechanism. - expiration_time = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Default TTL, in seconds, for any cached item in the dogpile.cache region. This applies to any cached method that doesn't have an explicit cache expiration time defined for it. - memcache_dead_retry = 300 - (IntOpt) Number of seconds memcached server is considered dead before it is tried again. (dogpile.cache.memcache and keystone.cache.memcache_pool backends only) + = 300 + (IntOpt) Number of seconds memcached server is considered dead before it is tried again. (dogpile.cache.memcache and keystone.cache.memcache_pool backends only). - memcache_pool_connection_get_timeout = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of seconds that an operation will wait to get a memcache client connection. - memcache_pool_maxsize = 10 - (IntOpt) Max total number of open connections to every memcached server. (keystone.cache.memcache_pool backend only) + = 10 + (IntOpt) Max total number of open connections to every memcached server. (keystone.cache.memcache_pool backend only). - memcache_pool_unused_timeout = 60 - (IntOpt) Number of seconds a connection to memcached is held unused in the pool before it is closed. (keystone.cache.memcache_pool backend only) + = 60 + (IntOpt) Number of seconds a connection to memcached is held unused in the pool before it is closed. (keystone.cache.memcache_pool backend only). - memcache_servers = localhost:11211 - (ListOpt) Memcache servers in the format of "host:port". (dogpile.cache.memcache and keystone.cache.memcache_pool backends only) + = localhost:11211 + (ListOpt) Memcache servers in the format of "host:port". (dogpile.cache.memcache and keystone.cache.memcache_pool backends only). - memcache_socket_timeout = 3 - (IntOpt) Timeout in seconds for every call to a server. (dogpile.cache.memcache and keystone.cache.memcache_pool backends only) + = 3 + (IntOpt) Timeout in seconds for every call to a server. (dogpile.cache.memcache and keystone.cache.memcache_pool backends only). - proxies = + = (ListOpt) Proxy classes to import that will affect the way the dogpile.cache backend functions. See the dogpile.cache documentation on changing-backend-behavior. [memcache] - dead_retry = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) Number of seconds memcached server is considered dead before it is tried again. This is used by the key value store system (e.g. token pooled memcached persistence backend). - pool_connection_get_timeout = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of seconds that an operation will wait to get a memcache client connection. This is used by the key value store system (e.g. token pooled memcached persistence backend). - pool_maxsize = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Max total number of open connections to every memcached server. This is used by the key value store system (e.g. token pooled memcached persistence backend). - pool_unused_timeout = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Number of seconds a connection to memcached is held unused in the pool before it is closed. This is used by the key value store system (e.g. token pooled memcached persistence backend). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-catalog.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-catalog.xml index 9fce1ee1c3..7a21d4648e 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-catalog.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-catalog.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [catalog] - cache_time = None + = None (IntOpt) Time to cache catalog data (in seconds). This has no effect unless global and catalog caching are enabled. - caching = True + = True (BoolOpt) Toggle for catalog caching. This has no effect unless global caching is enabled. - driver = keystone.catalog.backends.sql.Catalog + = keystone.catalog.backends.sql.Catalog (StrOpt) Catalog backend driver. - list_limit = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of entities that will be returned in a catalog collection. - template_file = default_catalog.templates + = default_catalog.templates (StrOpt) Catalog template file name for use with the template catalog backend. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-common.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-common.xml index e9e4970b38..5ba013757e 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-common.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-common.xml @@ -18,14 +18,14 @@ [DEFAULT] - memcached_servers = None + = None (ListOpt) Memcached servers or None for in process cache. [keystone_authtoken] - memcached_servers = None + = None (ListOpt) Optionally specify a list of memcached server(s) to use for caching. If left undefined, tokens will instead be cached in-process. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-credential.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-credential.xml index 1dca773c87..0bbf51a4a8 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-credential.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-credential.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [credential] - driver = keystone.credential.backends.sql.Credential + = keystone.credential.backends.sql.Credential (StrOpt) Credential backend driver. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-database.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-database.xml index c9941a849c..47ed60ccfc 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-database.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-database.xml @@ -18,83 +18,83 @@ [database] - backend = sqlalchemy + = sqlalchemy (StrOpt) The back end to use for the database. - connection = None + = None (StrOpt) The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the database. - connection_debug = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything. - connection_trace = False + = False (BoolOpt) Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings. - db_inc_retry_interval = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, increases the interval between database connection retries up to db_max_retry_interval. - db_max_retries = 20 + = 20 (IntOpt) Maximum database connection retries before error is raised. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. - db_max_retry_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) If db_inc_retry_interval is set, the maximum seconds between database connection retries. - db_retry_interval = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Seconds between database connection retries. - idle_timeout = 3600 + = 3600 (IntOpt) Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped. - max_overflow = None + = None (IntOpt) If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy. - max_pool_size = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. - max_retries = 10 - (IntOpt) Maximum db connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. + = 10 + (IntOpt) Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. - min_pool_size = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Minimum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. - mysql_sql_mode = TRADITIONAL + = TRADITIONAL (StrOpt) The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including the default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL mode is set by the server configuration, set this to no value. Example: mysql_sql_mode= - pool_timeout = None + = None (IntOpt) If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy. - retry_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection. - slave_connection = None + = None (StrOpt) The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave database. - sqlite_db = oslo.sqlite + = oslo.sqlite (StrOpt) The file name to use with SQLite. - sqlite_synchronous = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode. - use_db_reconnect = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable the experimental use of database reconnect on connection lost. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-debug.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-debug.xml index e6296d25cb..c4c02cb7ea 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-debug.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-debug.xml @@ -18,26 +18,26 @@ [DEFAULT] - backdoor_port = None + = None (StrOpt) Enable eventlet backdoor. Acceptable values are 0, <port>, and <start>:<end>, where 0 results in listening on a random tcp port number; <port> results in listening on the specified port number (and not enabling backdoor if that port is in use); and <start>:<end> results in listening on the smallest unused port number within the specified range of port numbers. The chosen port is displayed in the service's log file. - pydev_debug_host = None + = None (StrOpt) Host to connect to for remote debugger. - pydev_debug_port = None + = None (IntOpt) Port to connect to for remote debugger. - standard_threads = False + = False (BoolOpt) Do not monkey-patch threading system modules. [audit] - namespace = openstack + = openstack (StrOpt) namespace prefix for generated id diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-ec2.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-ec2.xml index b8137558ba..af5583f86c 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-ec2.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-ec2.xml @@ -14,34 +14,27 @@ - - [ec2] - - - driver = keystone.contrib.ec2.backends.kvs.Ec2 - (StrOpt) EC2Credential backend driver. - [keystone_ec2_token] - cafile = None + = None (StrOpt) A PEM encoded certificate authority to use when verifying HTTPS connections. Defaults to the system CAs. - certfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Client certificate key filename. Required if EC2 server requires client certificate. - insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Disable SSL certificate verification. - keyfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Required if EC2 server requires client certificate. - url = http://localhost:5000/v2.0/ec2tokens + = http://localhost:5000/v2.0/ec2tokens (StrOpt) URL to get token from ec2 request. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-federation.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-federation.xml index 468f4cdcff..93afaf2ae1 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-federation.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-federation.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [federation] - assertion_prefix = + = (StrOpt) Value to be used when filtering assertion parameters from the environment. - driver = keystone.contrib.federation.backends.sql.Federation + = keystone.contrib.federation.backends.sql.Federation (StrOpt) Federation backend driver. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-identity.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-identity.xml index 20d7bc9a13..b55ce0d690 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-identity.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-identity.xml @@ -18,27 +18,27 @@ [identity] - default_domain_id = default + = default (StrOpt) This references the domain to use for all Identity API v2 requests (which are not aware of domains). A domain with this ID will be created for you by keystone-manage db_sync in migration 008. The domain referenced by this ID cannot be deleted on the v3 API, to prevent accidentally breaking the v2 API. There is nothing special about this domain, other than the fact that it must exist to order to maintain support for your v2 clients. - domain_config_dir = /etc/keystone/domains + = /etc/keystone/domains (StrOpt) Path for Keystone to locate the domain specific identity configuration files if domain_specific_drivers_enabled is set to true. - domain_specific_drivers_enabled = False + = False (BoolOpt) A subset (or all) of domains can have their own identity driver, each with their own partial configuration file in a domain configuration directory. Only values specific to the domain need to be placed in the domain specific configuration file. This feature is disabled by default; set to true to enable. - driver = keystone.identity.backends.sql.Identity + = keystone.identity.backends.sql.Identity (StrOpt) Identity backend driver. - list_limit = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of entities that will be returned in an identity collection. - max_password_length = 4096 + = 4096 (IntOpt) Maximum supported length for user passwords; decrease to improve performance. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-kvs.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-kvs.xml index a8af606905..31e94da734 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-kvs.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-kvs.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [kvs] - backends = + = (ListOpt) Extra dogpile.cache backend modules to register with the dogpile.cache library. - config_prefix = keystone.kvs + = keystone.kvs (StrOpt) Prefix for building the configuration dictionary for the KVS region. This should not need to be changed unless there is another dogpile.cache region with the same configuration name. - default_lock_timeout = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Default lock timeout for distributed locking. - enable_key_mangler = True + = True (BoolOpt) Toggle to disable using a key-mangling function to ensure fixed length keys. This is toggle-able for debugging purposes, it is highly recommended to always leave this set to true. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-ldap.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-ldap.xml index ddfdc8250c..edcb6f041c 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-ldap.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-ldap.xml @@ -18,335 +18,335 @@ [ldap] - alias_dereferencing = default + = default (StrOpt) The LDAP dereferencing option for queries. This can be either "never", "searching", "always", "finding" or "default". The "default" option falls back to using default dereferencing configured by your ldap.conf. - allow_subtree_delete = False + = False (BoolOpt) Delete subtrees using the subtree delete control. Only enable this option if your LDAP server supports subtree deletion. - auth_pool_connection_lifetime = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) End user auth connection lifetime in seconds. - auth_pool_size = 100 + = 100 (IntOpt) End user auth connection pool size. - chase_referrals = None + = None (BoolOpt) Override the system's default referral chasing behavior for queries. - debug_level = None + = None (IntOpt) Sets the LDAP debugging level for LDAP calls. A value of 0 means that debugging is not enabled. This value is a bitmask, consult your LDAP documentation for possible values. - dumb_member = cn=dumb,dc=nonexistent + = cn=dumb,dc=nonexistent (StrOpt) DN of the "dummy member" to use when "use_dumb_member" is enabled. - group_additional_attribute_mapping = + = (ListOpt) Additional attribute mappings for groups. Attribute mapping format is <ldap_attr>:<user_attr>, where ldap_attr is the attribute in the LDAP entry and user_attr is the Identity API attribute. - group_allow_create = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow group creation in LDAP backend. - group_allow_delete = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow group deletion in LDAP backend. - group_allow_update = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow group update in LDAP backend. - group_attribute_ignore = + = (ListOpt) List of attributes stripped off the group on update. - group_desc_attribute = description + = description (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to group description. - group_filter = None + = None (StrOpt) LDAP search filter for groups. - group_id_attribute = cn + = cn (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to group id. - group_member_attribute = member + = member (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to show group membership. - group_name_attribute = ou + = ou (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to group name. - group_objectclass = groupOfNames + = groupOfNames (StrOpt) LDAP objectclass for groups. - group_tree_dn = None + = None (StrOpt) Search base for groups. - page_size = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Maximum results per page; a value of zero ("0") disables paging. - password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for the BindDN to query the LDAP server. - pool_connection_lifetime = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Connection lifetime in seconds. - pool_connection_timeout = -1 + = -1 (IntOpt) Connector timeout in seconds. Value -1 indicates indefinite wait for response. - pool_retry_delay = 0.1 + = 0.1 (FloatOpt) Time span in seconds to wait between two reconnect trials. - pool_retry_max = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Maximum count of reconnect trials. - pool_size = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Connection pool size. - project_additional_attribute_mapping = + = (ListOpt) Additional attribute mappings for projects. Attribute mapping format is <ldap_attr>:<user_attr>, where ldap_attr is the attribute in the LDAP entry and user_attr is the Identity API attribute. - project_allow_create = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow project creation in LDAP backend. - project_allow_delete = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow project deletion in LDAP backend. - project_allow_update = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow project update in LDAP backend. - project_attribute_ignore = + = (ListOpt) List of attributes stripped off the project on update. - project_desc_attribute = description + = description (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to project description. - project_domain_id_attribute = businessCategory + = businessCategory (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to project domain_id. - project_enabled_attribute = enabled + = enabled (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to project enabled. - project_enabled_emulation = False + = False (BoolOpt) If true, Keystone uses an alternative method to determine if a project is enabled or not by checking if they are a member of the "project_enabled_emulation_dn" group. - project_enabled_emulation_dn = None + = None (StrOpt) DN of the group entry to hold enabled projects when using enabled emulation. - project_filter = None + = None (StrOpt) LDAP search filter for projects. - project_id_attribute = cn + = cn (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to project id. - project_member_attribute = member + = member (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to project membership for user. - project_name_attribute = ou + = ou (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to project name. - project_objectclass = groupOfNames + = groupOfNames (StrOpt) LDAP objectclass for projects. - project_tree_dn = None + = None (StrOpt) Search base for projects - query_scope = one + = one (StrOpt) The LDAP scope for queries, this can be either "one" (onelevel/singleLevel) or "sub" (subtree/wholeSubtree). - role_additional_attribute_mapping = + = (ListOpt) Additional attribute mappings for roles. Attribute mapping format is <ldap_attr>:<user_attr>, where ldap_attr is the attribute in the LDAP entry and user_attr is the Identity API attribute. - role_allow_create = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow role creation in LDAP backend. - role_allow_delete = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow role deletion in LDAP backend. - role_allow_update = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow role update in LDAP backend. - role_attribute_ignore = + = (ListOpt) List of attributes stripped off the role on update. - role_filter = None + = None (StrOpt) LDAP search filter for roles. - role_id_attribute = cn + = cn (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to role id. - role_member_attribute = roleOccupant + = roleOccupant (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to role membership. - role_name_attribute = ou + = ou (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to role name. - role_objectclass = organizationalRole + = organizationalRole (StrOpt) LDAP objectclass for roles. - role_tree_dn = None + = None (StrOpt) Search base for roles. - suffix = cn=example,cn=com + = cn=example,cn=com (StrOpt) LDAP server suffix - tls_cacertdir = None + = None (StrOpt) CA certificate directory path for communicating with LDAP servers. - tls_cacertfile = None + = None (StrOpt) CA certificate file path for communicating with LDAP servers. - tls_req_cert = demand + = demand (StrOpt) Valid options for tls_req_cert are demand, never, and allow. - url = ldap://localhost + = ldap://localhost (StrOpt) URL for connecting to the LDAP server. - use_auth_pool = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable LDAP connection pooling for end user authentication. If use_pool is disabled, then this setting is meaningless and is not used at all. - use_dumb_member = False + = False (BoolOpt) If true, will add a dummy member to groups. This is required if the objectclass for groups requires the "member" attribute. - use_pool = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable LDAP connection pooling. - use_tls = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable TLS for communicating with LDAP servers. - user = None + = None (StrOpt) User BindDN to query the LDAP server. - user_additional_attribute_mapping = + = (ListOpt) List of additional LDAP attributes used for mapping additional attribute mappings for users. Attribute mapping format is <ldap_attr>:<user_attr>, where ldap_attr is the attribute in the LDAP entry and user_attr is the Identity API attribute. - user_allow_create = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow user creation in LDAP backend. - user_allow_delete = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow user deletion in LDAP backend. - user_allow_update = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow user updates in LDAP backend. - user_attribute_ignore = default_project_id, tenants + = default_project_id, tenants (ListOpt) List of attributes stripped off the user on update. - user_default_project_id_attribute = None + = None (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to default_project_id for users. - user_enabled_attribute = enabled + = enabled (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to user enabled flag. - user_enabled_default = True + = True (StrOpt) Default value to enable users. This should match an appropriate int value if the LDAP server uses non-boolean (bitmask) values to indicate if a user is enabled or disabled. If this is not set to "True" the typical value is "512". This is typically used when "user_enabled_attribute = userAccountControl". - user_enabled_emulation = False + = False (BoolOpt) If true, Keystone uses an alternative method to determine if a user is enabled or not by checking if they are a member of the "user_enabled_emulation_dn" group. - user_enabled_emulation_dn = None + = None (StrOpt) DN of the group entry to hold enabled users when using enabled emulation. - user_enabled_invert = False + = False (BoolOpt) Invert the meaning of the boolean enabled values. Some LDAP servers use a boolean lock attribute where "true" means an account is disabled. Setting "user_enabled_invert = true" will allow these lock attributes to be used. This setting will have no effect if "user_enabled_mask" or "user_enabled_emulation" settings are in use. - user_enabled_mask = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Bitmask integer to indicate the bit that the enabled value is stored in if the LDAP server represents "enabled" as a bit on an integer rather than a boolean. A value of "0" indicates the mask is not used. If this is not set to "0" the typical value is "2". This is typically used when "user_enabled_attribute = userAccountControl". - user_filter = None + = None (StrOpt) LDAP search filter for users. - user_id_attribute = cn + = cn (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to user id. WARNING: must not be a multivalued attribute. - user_mail_attribute = mail + = mail (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to user email. - user_name_attribute = sn + = sn (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to user name. - user_objectclass = inetOrgPerson + = inetOrgPerson (StrOpt) LDAP objectclass for users. - user_pass_attribute = userPassword + = userPassword (StrOpt) LDAP attribute mapped to password. - user_tree_dn = None + = None (StrOpt) Search base for users. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-logging.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-logging.xml index e7393f88f8..2424c3a4a1 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-logging.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-logging.xml @@ -18,83 +18,83 @@ [DEFAULT] - debug = False + = False (BoolOpt) Print debugging output (set logging level to DEBUG instead of default WARNING level). - default_log_levels = amqp=WARN, amqplib=WARN, boto=WARN, qpid=WARN, sqlalchemy=WARN, suds=INFO, oslo.messaging=INFO, iso8601=WARN, requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, websocket=WARN, keystonemiddleware=WARN, routes.middleware=WARN, stevedore=WARN + = amqp=WARN, amqplib=WARN, boto=WARN, qpid=WARN, sqlalchemy=WARN, suds=INFO, oslo.messaging=INFO, iso8601=WARN, requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, websocket=WARN, keystonemiddleware=WARN, routes.middleware=WARN, stevedore=WARN (ListOpt) List of logger=LEVEL pairs. - fatal_deprecations = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables fatal status of deprecations. - instance_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " + = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " (StrOpt) The format for an instance that is passed with the log message. - instance_uuid_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " + = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " (StrOpt) The format for an instance UUID that is passed with the log message. - log_config_append = None + = None (StrOpt) The name of a logging configuration file. This file is appended to any existing logging configuration files. For details about logging configuration files, see the Python logging module documentation. - log_date_format = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S + = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S (StrOpt) Format string for %%(asctime)s in log records. Default: %(default)s . - log_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) (Optional) The base directory used for relative --log-file paths. - log_file = None + = None (StrOpt) (Optional) Name of log file to output to. If no default is set, logging will go to stdout. - log_format = None + = None (StrOpt) DEPRECATED. A logging.Formatter log message format string which may use any of the available logging.LogRecord attributes. This option is deprecated. Please use logging_context_format_string and logging_default_format_string instead. - logging_context_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s (StrOpt) Format string to use for log messages with context. - logging_debug_format_suffix = %(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d + = %(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d (StrOpt) Data to append to log format when level is DEBUG. - logging_default_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s (StrOpt) Format string to use for log messages without context. - logging_exception_prefix = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d TRACE %(name)s %(instance)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d TRACE %(name)s %(instance)s (StrOpt) Prefix each line of exception output with this format. - publish_errors = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables publication of error events. - syslog_log_facility = LOG_USER + = LOG_USER (StrOpt) Syslog facility to receive log lines. - use_stderr = True + = True (BoolOpt) Log output to standard error. - use_syslog = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use syslog for logging. Existing syslog format is DEPRECATED during I, and will change in J to honor RFC5424. - use_syslog_rfc_format = False + = False (BoolOpt) (Optional) Enables or disables syslog rfc5424 format for logging. If enabled, prefixes the MSG part of the syslog message with APP-NAME (RFC5424). The format without the APP-NAME is deprecated in I, and will be removed in J. - verbose = False + = False (BoolOpt) Print more verbose output (set logging level to INFO instead of default WARNING level). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-mapping.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-mapping.xml index 147301566e..7c5ccbd684 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-mapping.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-mapping.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [identity_mapping] - backward_compatible_ids = True + = True (BoolOpt) The format of user and group IDs changed in Juno for backends that do not generate UUIDs (e.g. LDAP), with keystone providing a hash mapping to the underlying attribute in LDAP. By default this mapping is disabled, which ensures that existing IDs will not change. Even when the mapping is enabled by using domain specific drivers, any users and groups from the default domain being handled by LDAP will still not be mapped to ensure their IDs remain backward compatible. Setting this value to False will enable the mapping for even the default LDAP driver. It is only safe to do this if you do not already have assignments for users and groups from the default LDAP domain, and it is acceptable for Keystone to provide the different IDs to clients than it did previously. Typically this means that the only time you can set this value to False is when configuring a fresh installation. - driver = keystone.identity.mapping_backends.sql.Mapping + = keystone.identity.mapping_backends.sql.Mapping (StrOpt) Keystone Identity Mapping backend driver. - generator = keystone.identity.id_generators.sha256.Generator + = keystone.identity.id_generators.sha256.Generator (StrOpt) Public ID generator for user and group entities. The Keystone identity mapper only supports generators that produce no more than 64 characters. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-memcache.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-memcache.xml index 0cf243e157..f77594abc3 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-memcache.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-memcache.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [memcache] - servers = localhost:11211 + = localhost:11211 (ListOpt) Memcache servers in the format of "host:port". - socket_timeout = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Timeout in seconds for every call to a server. This is used by the key value store system (e.g. token pooled memcached persistence backend). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-oauth.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-oauth.xml index dd6916498a..72f56a3543 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-oauth.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-oauth.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [oauth1] - access_token_duration = 86400 + = 86400 (IntOpt) Duration (in seconds) for the OAuth Access Token. - driver = keystone.contrib.oauth1.backends.sql.OAuth1 + = keystone.contrib.oauth1.backends.sql.OAuth1 (StrOpt) Credential backend driver. - request_token_duration = 28800 + = 28800 (IntOpt) Duration (in seconds) for the OAuth Request Token. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-os_inherit.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-os_inherit.xml index c9eddde5eb..566dcaa34c 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-os_inherit.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-os_inherit.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [os_inherit] - enabled = False + = False (BoolOpt) role-assignment inheritance to projects from owning domain can be optionally enabled. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-policy.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-policy.xml index aa9597953d..6131465dd5 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-policy.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-policy.xml @@ -18,22 +18,26 @@ [DEFAULT] - policy_default_rule = default + = default (StrOpt) Default rule. Enforced when a requested rule is not found. - policy_file = policy.json + = ['policy.d'] + (MultiStrOpt) Directories where policy configuration files are stored. They can be relative to any directory in the search path defined by the config_dir option, or absolute paths. The file defined by policy_file must exist for these directories to be searched. + + + = policy.json (StrOpt) The JSON file that defines policies. [policy] - driver = keystone.policy.backends.sql.Policy + = keystone.policy.backends.sql.Policy (StrOpt) Policy backend driver. - list_limit = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of entities that will be returned in a policy collection. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-qpid.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-qpid.xml index 8eb5d9002e..f9c01db4d3 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-qpid.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-qpid.xml @@ -18,47 +18,47 @@ [DEFAULT] - qpid_heartbeat = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds between connection keepalive heartbeats. - qpid_hostname = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Qpid broker hostname. - qpid_hosts = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port + = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port (ListOpt) Qpid HA cluster host:port pairs. - qpid_password = + = (StrOpt) Password for Qpid connection. - qpid_port = 5672 + = 5672 (IntOpt) Qpid broker port. - qpid_protocol = tcp + = tcp (StrOpt) Transport to use, either 'tcp' or 'ssl'. - qpid_receiver_capacity = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) The number of prefetched messages held by receiver. - qpid_sasl_mechanisms = + = (StrOpt) Space separated list of SASL mechanisms to use for auth. - qpid_tcp_nodelay = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to disable the Nagle algorithm. - qpid_topology_version = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) The qpid topology version to use. Version 1 is what was originally used by impl_qpid. Version 2 includes some backwards-incompatible changes that allow broker federation to work. Users should update to version 2 when they are able to take everything down, as it requires a clean break. - qpid_username = + = (StrOpt) Username for Qpid connection. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-rabbitmq.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-rabbitmq.xml index 24b72032ae..8e4b595669 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-rabbitmq.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-rabbitmq.xml @@ -18,71 +18,71 @@ [DEFAULT] - kombu_reconnect_delay = 1.0 + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) How long to wait before reconnecting in response to an AMQP consumer cancel notification. - kombu_ssl_ca_certs = + = (StrOpt) SSL certification authority file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_certfile = + = (StrOpt) SSL cert file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_keyfile = + = (StrOpt) SSL key file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_version = - (StrOpt) SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). valid values are TLSv1, SSLv23 and SSLv3. SSLv2 may be available on some distributions. + = + (StrOpt) SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). valid values are TLSv1 and SSLv23. SSLv2 and SSLv3 may be available on some distributions. - rabbit_ha_queues = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use HA queues in RabbitMQ (x-ha-policy: all). If you change this option, you must wipe the RabbitMQ database. - rabbit_host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ broker address where a single node is used. - rabbit_hosts = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port + = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port (ListOpt) RabbitMQ HA cluster host:port pairs. - rabbit_login_method = AMQPLAIN - (StrOpt) the RabbitMQ login method + = AMQPLAIN + (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ login method. - rabbit_max_retries = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Maximum number of RabbitMQ connection retries. Default is 0 (infinite retry count). - rabbit_password = guest + = guest (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ password. - rabbit_port = 5672 + = 5672 (IntOpt) The RabbitMQ broker port where a single node is used. - rabbit_retry_backoff = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) How long to backoff for between retries when connecting to RabbitMQ. - rabbit_retry_interval = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) How frequently to retry connecting with RabbitMQ. - rabbit_use_ssl = False + = False (BoolOpt) Connect over SSL for RabbitMQ. - rabbit_userid = guest + = guest (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ userid. - rabbit_virtual_host = / + = / (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ virtual host. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-redis.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-redis.xml index 920409dfdc..4651817d32 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-redis.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-redis.xml @@ -18,22 +18,22 @@ [matchmaker_redis] - host = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Host to locate redis. - password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for Redis server (optional). - port = 6379 + = 6379 (IntOpt) Use this port to connect to redis host. [matchmaker_ring] - ringfile = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json + = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json (StrOpt) Matchmaker ring file (JSON). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-revoke.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-revoke.xml index 281b91553c..b85f148395 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-revoke.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-revoke.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [revoke] - caching = True + = True (BoolOpt) Toggle for revocation event caching. This has no effect unless global caching is enabled. - driver = keystone.contrib.revoke.backends.kvs.Revoke + = keystone.contrib.revoke.backends.sql.Revoke (StrOpt) An implementation of the backend for persisting revocation events. - expiration_buffer = 1800 + = 1800 (IntOpt) This value (calculated in seconds) is added to token expiration before a revocation event may be removed from the backend. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-rpc.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-rpc.xml index 14d42ed304..ccb085882a 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-rpc.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-rpc.xml @@ -18,33 +18,80 @@ [DEFAULT] - matchmaker_heartbeat_freq = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) Heartbeat frequency. - matchmaker_heartbeat_ttl = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Heartbeat time-to-live. - rpc_backend = rabbit + = rabbit (StrOpt) The messaging driver to use, defaults to rabbit. Other drivers include qpid and zmq. - rpc_cast_timeout = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Seconds to wait before a cast expires (TTL). Only supported by impl_zmq. - rpc_conn_pool_size = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Size of RPC connection pool. - rpc_response_timeout = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds to wait for a response from a call. - rpc_thread_pool_size = 64 + = 64 (IntOpt) Size of RPC greenthread pool. + + [oslo_messaging_amqp] + + + = False + (BoolOpt) Accept clients using either SSL or plain TCP + + + = broadcast + (StrOpt) address prefix used when broadcasting to all servers + + + = None + (StrOpt) Name for the AMQP container + + + = unicast + (StrOpt) address prefix when sending to any server in group + + + = 0 + (IntOpt) Timeout for inactive connections (in seconds) + + + = exclusive + (StrOpt) address prefix used when sending to a specific server + + + = + (StrOpt) CA certificate PEM file for verifing server certificate + + + = + (StrOpt) Identifying certificate PEM file to present to clients + + + = + (StrOpt) Private key PEM file used to sign cert_file certificate + + + = None + (StrOpt) Password for decrypting ssl_key_file (if encrypted) + + + = False + (BoolOpt) Debug: dump AMQP frames to stdout + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-saml.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-saml.xml index 01eaeabc21..21ebabce15 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-saml.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-saml.xml @@ -18,71 +18,71 @@ [saml] - assertion_expiration_time = 3600 + = 3600 (IntOpt) Default TTL, in seconds, for any generated SAML assertion created by Keystone. - certfile = /etc/keystone/ssl/certs/signing_cert.pem + = /etc/keystone/ssl/certs/signing_cert.pem (StrOpt) Path of the certfile for SAML signing. For non-production environments, you may be interested in using `keystone-manage pki_setup` to generate self-signed certificates. Note, the path cannot contain a comma. - idp_contact_company = None + = None (StrOpt) Company of contact person. - idp_contact_email = None + = None (StrOpt) Email address of contact person. - idp_contact_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Given name of contact person - idp_contact_surname = None + = None (StrOpt) Surname of contact person. - idp_contact_telephone = None + = None (StrOpt) Telephone number of contact person. - idp_contact_type = other + = other (StrOpt) Contact type. Allowed values are: technical, support, administrative billing, and other - idp_entity_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Entity ID value for unique Identity Provider identification. Usually FQDN is set with a suffix. A value is required to generate IDP Metadata. For example: https://keystone.example.com/v3/OS-FEDERATION/saml2/idp - idp_lang = en + = en (StrOpt) Language used by the organization. - idp_metadata_path = /etc/keystone/saml2_idp_metadata.xml + = /etc/keystone/saml2_idp_metadata.xml (StrOpt) Path to the Identity Provider Metadata file. This file should be generated with the keystone-manage saml_idp_metadata command. - idp_organization_display_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Organization name to be displayed. - idp_organization_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Organization name the installation belongs to. - idp_organization_url = None + = None (StrOpt) URL of the organization. - idp_sso_endpoint = None + = None (StrOpt) Identity Provider Single-Sign-On service value, required in the Identity Provider's metadata. A value is required to generate IDP Metadata. For example: https://keystone.example.com/v3/OS-FEDERATION/saml2/sso - keyfile = /etc/keystone/ssl/private/signing_key.pem + = /etc/keystone/ssl/private/signing_key.pem (StrOpt) Path of the keyfile for SAML signing. Note, the path cannot contain a comma. - xmlsec1_binary = xmlsec1 + = xmlsec1 (StrOpt) Binary to be called for XML signing. Install the appropriate package, specify absolute path or adjust your PATH environment variable if the binary cannot be found. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-security.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-security.xml index d98a50d7f8..b4099d82de 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-security.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-security.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - crypt_strength = 40000 + = 40000 (IntOpt) The value passed as the keyword "rounds" to passlib's encrypt method. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-testing.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-testing.xml index 5b4f4aaa91..b324ed348b 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-testing.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-testing.xml @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ [DEFAULT] - fake_rabbit = False - (BoolOpt) If passed, use a fake RabbitMQ provider. + = False + (BoolOpt) Deprecated, use rpc_backend=kombu+memory or rpc_backend=fake diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-token.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-token.xml index aef7f8c319..f52d98a913 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-token.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-token.xml @@ -18,43 +18,43 @@ [token] - bind = + = (ListOpt) External auth mechanisms that should add bind information to token, e.g., kerberos,x509. - cache_time = None + = None (IntOpt) Time to cache tokens (in seconds). This has no effect unless global and token caching are enabled. - caching = True + = True (BoolOpt) Toggle for token system caching. This has no effect unless global caching is enabled. - driver = keystone.token.persistence.backends.sql.Token + = keystone.token.persistence.backends.sql.Token (StrOpt) Token persistence backend driver. - enforce_token_bind = permissive + = permissive (StrOpt) Enforcement policy on tokens presented to Keystone with bind information. One of disabled, permissive, strict, required or a specifically required bind mode, e.g., kerberos or x509 to require binding to that authentication. - expiration = 3600 + = 3600 (IntOpt) Amount of time a token should remain valid (in seconds). - hash_algorithm = md5 + = md5 (StrOpt) The hash algorithm to use for PKI tokens. This can be set to any algorithm that hashlib supports. WARNING: Before changing this value, the auth_token middleware must be configured with the hash_algorithms, otherwise token revocation will not be processed correctly. - provider = None + = None (StrOpt) Controls the token construction, validation, and revocation operations. Core providers are "keystone.token.providers.[pkiz|pki|uuid].Provider". The default provider is uuid. - revocation_cache_time = 3600 + = 3600 (IntOpt) Time to cache the revocation list and the revocation events if revoke extension is enabled (in seconds). This has no effect unless global and token caching are enabled. - revoke_by_id = True + = True (BoolOpt) Revoke token by token identifier. Setting revoke_by_id to true enables various forms of enumerating tokens, e.g. `list tokens for user`. These enumerations are processed to determine the list of tokens to revoke. Only disable if you are switching to using the Revoke extension with a backend other than KVS, which stores events in memory. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-trust.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-trust.xml index 93900acc28..6e53ab4a0a 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-trust.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-trust.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [trust] - driver = keystone.trust.backends.sql.Trust + = keystone.trust.backends.sql.Trust (StrOpt) Trust backend driver. - enabled = True + = True (BoolOpt) Delegation and impersonation features can be optionally disabled. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/keystone-zeromq.xml b/doc/common/tables/keystone-zeromq.xml index 9d185fbc53..366086a632 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/keystone-zeromq.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/keystone-zeromq.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - rpc_zmq_bind_address = * + = * (StrOpt) ZeroMQ bind address. Should be a wildcard (*), an ethernet interface, or IP. The "host" option should point or resolve to this address. - rpc_zmq_contexts = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Number of ZeroMQ contexts, defaults to 1. - rpc_zmq_host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Name of this node. Must be a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address. Must match "host" option, if running Nova. - rpc_zmq_ipc_dir = /var/run/openstack + = /var/run/openstack (StrOpt) Directory for holding IPC sockets. - rpc_zmq_matchmaker = oslo.messaging._drivers.matchmaker.MatchMakerLocalhost + = oslo.messaging._drivers.matchmaker.MatchMakerLocalhost (StrOpt) MatchMaker driver. - rpc_zmq_port = 9501 + = 9501 (IntOpt) ZeroMQ receiver listening port. - rpc_zmq_topic_backlog = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of ingress messages to locally buffer per topic. Default is unlimited. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-agent.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-agent.xml index b8cadf4741..e1a70545ee 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-agent.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-agent.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [DEFAULT] - external_pids = $state_path/external/pids + = $state_path/external/pids (StrOpt) Location to store child pid files - network_device_mtu = None + = None (IntOpt) MTU setting for device. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-amqp.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-amqp.xml index 5c42a28077..50d0d3fce2 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-amqp.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-amqp.xml @@ -18,27 +18,27 @@ [DEFAULT] - amqp_auto_delete = False - (BoolOpt) Auto-delete queues in amqp. + = False + (BoolOpt) Auto-delete queues in AMQP. - amqp_durable_queues = False - (BoolOpt) Use durable queues in amqp. + = False + (BoolOpt) Use durable queues in AMQP. - control_exchange = neutron + = neutron (StrOpt) The default exchange under which topics are scoped. May be overridden by an exchange name specified in the transport_url option. - notification_driver = [] + = [] (MultiStrOpt) Driver or drivers to handle sending notifications. - notification_topics = notifications + = notifications (ListOpt) AMQP topic used for OpenStack notifications. - transport_url = None + = None (StrOpt) A URL representing the messaging driver to use and its full configuration. If not set, we fall back to the rpc_backend option and driver specific configuration. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-api.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-api.xml index 215168d2ee..eebfd62a30 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-api.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-api.xml @@ -18,62 +18,70 @@ [DEFAULT] - allow_bulk = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow the usage of the bulk API - allow_pagination = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow the usage of the pagination - allow_sorting = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow the usage of the sorting - api_extensions_path = + = (StrOpt) The path for API extensions - api_paste_config = api-paste.ini + = api-paste.ini (StrOpt) The API paste config file to use - backlog = 4096 + = 4096 (IntOpt) Number of backlog requests to configure the socket with - max_header_line = 16384 + = 900 + (IntOpt) Timeout for client connections socket operations. If an incoming connection is idle for this number of seconds it will be closed. A value of '0' means wait forever. + + + = 900 + (IntOpt) Reconnect connection to nsx if not used within this amount of time. + + + = 16384 (IntOpt) Max header line to accommodate large tokens - max_request_body_size = 114688 - (IntOpt) the maximum body size per each request(bytes) - - - pagination_max_limit = -1 + = -1 (StrOpt) The maximum number of items returned in a single response, value was 'infinite' or negative integer means no limit - retry_until_window = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Number of seconds to keep retrying to listen - run_external_periodic_tasks = True + = True (BoolOpt) Some periodic tasks can be run in a separate process. Should we run them here? - service_plugins = + = (ListOpt) The service plugins Neutron will use - tcp_keepidle = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Sets the value of TCP_KEEPIDLE in seconds for each server socket. Not supported on OS X. + + = True + (BoolOpt) Determines if connections are allowed to be held open by clients after a request is fulfilled. A value of False will ensure that the socket connection will be explicitly closed once a response has been sent to the client. + [service_providers] - service_provider = [] + = [] (MultiStrOpt) Defines providers for advanced services using the format: <service_type>:<name>:<driver>[:default] diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-auth_token.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-auth_token.xml index abbe3639d4..58f7ccfb83 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-auth_token.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-auth_token.xml @@ -18,115 +18,115 @@ [keystone_authtoken] - admin_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone account password - admin_tenant_name = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Keystone service account tenant name to validate user tokens - admin_token = None + = None (StrOpt) This option is deprecated and may be removed in a future release. Single shared secret with the Keystone configuration used for bootstrapping a Keystone installation, or otherwise bypassing the normal authentication process. This option should not be used, use `admin_user` and `admin_password` instead. - admin_user = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone account username - auth_admin_prefix = + = (StrOpt) Prefix to prepend at the beginning of the path. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_host = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Host providing the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_port = 35357 + = 35357 (IntOpt) Port of the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_protocol = https + = https (StrOpt) Protocol of the admin Identity API endpoint (http or https). Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Complete public Identity API endpoint - auth_version = None + = None (StrOpt) API version of the admin Identity API endpoint - cache = None + = None (StrOpt) Env key for the swift cache - cafile = None + = None (StrOpt) A PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections. Defaults to system CAs. - certfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Required if Keystone server requires client certificate - check_revocations_for_cached = False + = False (BoolOpt) If true, the revocation list will be checked for cached tokens. This requires that PKI tokens are configured on the Keystone server. - delay_auth_decision = False + = False (BoolOpt) Do not handle authorization requests within the middleware, but delegate the authorization decision to downstream WSGI components - enforce_token_bind = permissive + = permissive (StrOpt) Used to control the use and type of token binding. Can be set to: "disabled" to not check token binding. "permissive" (default) to validate binding information if the bind type is of a form known to the server and ignore it if not. "strict" like "permissive" but if the bind type is unknown the token will be rejected. "required" any form of token binding is needed to be allowed. Finally the name of a binding method that must be present in tokens. - hash_algorithms = md5 + = md5 (ListOpt) Hash algorithms to use for hashing PKI tokens. This may be a single algorithm or multiple. The algorithms are those supported by Python standard hashlib.new(). The hashes will be tried in the order given, so put the preferred one first for performance. The result of the first hash will be stored in the cache. This will typically be set to multiple values only while migrating from a less secure algorithm to a more secure one. Once all the old tokens are expired this option should be set to a single value for better performance. - http_connect_timeout = None + = None (BoolOpt) Request timeout value for communicating with Identity API server. - http_request_max_retries = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) How many times are we trying to reconnect when communicating with Identity API Server. - identity_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Complete admin Identity API endpoint. This should specify the unversioned root endpoint e.g. https://localhost:35357/ - include_service_catalog = True + = True (BoolOpt) (optional) indicate whether to set the X-Service-Catalog header. If False, middleware will not ask for service catalog on token validation and will not set the X-Service-Catalog header. - insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Verify HTTPS connections. - keyfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Required if Keystone server requires client certificate - memcache_secret_key = None + = None (StrOpt) (optional, mandatory if memcache_security_strategy is defined) this string is used for key derivation. - memcache_security_strategy = None + = None (StrOpt) (optional) if defined, indicate whether token data should be authenticated or authenticated and encrypted. Acceptable values are MAC or ENCRYPT. If MAC, token data is authenticated (with HMAC) in the cache. If ENCRYPT, token data is encrypted and authenticated in the cache. If the value is not one of these options or empty, auth_token will raise an exception on initialization. - revocation_cache_time = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Determines the frequency at which the list of revoked tokens is retrieved from the Identity service (in seconds). A high number of revocation events combined with a low cache duration may significantly reduce performance. - signing_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) Directory used to cache files related to PKI tokens - token_cache_time = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) In order to prevent excessive effort spent validating tokens, the middleware caches previously-seen tokens for a configurable duration (in seconds). Set to -1 to disable caching completely. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-bigswitch.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-bigswitch.xml index 88da7aca39..06c556e0c9 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-bigswitch.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-bigswitch.xml @@ -18,160 +18,160 @@ [NOVA] - node_override_vif_802.1qbg = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to 802.1qbg - node_override_vif_802.1qbh = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to 802.1qbh - node_override_vif_binding_failed = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to binding_failed - node_override_vif_bridge = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to bridge - node_override_vif_distributed = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to distributed - node_override_vif_dvs = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to dvs - node_override_vif_hostdev = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to hostdev - node_override_vif_hw_veb = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to hw_veb - node_override_vif_hyperv = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to hyperv - node_override_vif_ivs = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to ivs - node_override_vif_midonet = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to midonet - node_override_vif_mlnx_direct = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to mlnx_direct - node_override_vif_other = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to other - node_override_vif_ovs = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to ovs - node_override_vif_unbound = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to unbound - node_override_vif_vrouter = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to vrouter - vif_type = ovs + = ovs (StrOpt) Virtual interface type to configure on Nova compute nodes - vif_types = unbound, binding_failed, ovs, ivs, bridge, 802.1qbg, 802.1qbh, hyperv, midonet, mlnx_direct, hostdev, hw_veb, dvs, other, distributed, vrouter + = unbound, binding_failed, ovs, ivs, bridge, 802.1qbg, 802.1qbh, hyperv, midonet, mlnx_direct, hostdev, hw_veb, dvs, other, distributed, vrouter (ListOpt) List of allowed vif_type values. [RESTPROXY] - add_meta_server_route = True + = True (BoolOpt) Flag to decide if a route to the metadata server should be injected into the VM - auto_sync_on_failure = True + = True (BoolOpt) If neutron fails to create a resource because the backend controller doesn't know of a dependency, the plugin automatically triggers a full data synchronization to the controller. - cache_connections = True + = True (BoolOpt) Re-use HTTP/HTTPS connections to the controller. - consistency_interval = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Time between verifications that the backend controller database is consistent with Neutron. (0 to disable) - neutron_id = neutron-shock + = neutron-usagi (StrOpt) User defined identifier for this Neutron deployment - no_ssl_validation = False + = False (BoolOpt) Disables SSL certificate validation for controllers - server_auth = None + = None (StrOpt) The username and password for authenticating against the Big Switch or Floodlight controller. - server_ssl = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, Use SSL when connecting to the Big Switch or Floodlight controller. - server_timeout = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Maximum number of seconds to wait for proxy request to connect and complete. - servers = localhost:8800 + = localhost:8800 (ListOpt) A comma separated list of Big Switch or Floodlight servers and port numbers. The plugin proxies the requests to the Big Switch/Floodlight server, which performs the networking configuration. Only oneserver is needed per deployment, but you may wish todeploy multiple servers to support failover. - ssl_cert_directory = /etc/neutron/plugins/bigswitch/ssl + = /etc/neutron/plugins/bigswitch/ssl (StrOpt) Directory containing ca_certs and host_certs certificate directories. - ssl_sticky = True + = True (BoolOpt) Trust and store the first certificate received for each controller address and use it to validate future connections to that address. - sync_data = False + = False (BoolOpt) Sync data on connect - thread_pool_size = 4 + = 4 (IntOpt) Maximum number of threads to spawn to handle large volumes of port creations. [RESTPROXYAGENT] - integration_bridge = br-int + = br-int (StrOpt) Name of integration bridge on compute nodes used for security group insertion. - polling_interval = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Seconds between agent checks for port changes - virtual_switch_type = ovs + = ovs (StrOpt) Virtual switch type. [ROUTER] - max_router_rules = 200 + = 200 (IntOpt) Maximum number of router rules - tenant_default_router_rule = ['*:any:any:permit'] + = ['*:any:any:permit'] (MultiStrOpt) The default router rules installed in new tenant routers. Repeat the config option for each rule. Format is <tenant>:<source>:<destination>:<action> Use an * to specify default for all tenants. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-brocade.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-brocade.xml index b7f0a57810..8d21915c16 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-brocade.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-brocade.xml @@ -18,26 +18,26 @@ [PHYSICAL_INTERFACE] - physical_interface = eth0 + = eth0 (StrOpt) The network interface to use when creatinga port [SWITCH] - address = + = (StrOpt) The address of the host to SSH to - ostype = NOS + = NOS (StrOpt) Currently unused - password = + = (StrOpt) The SSH password to use - username = + = (StrOpt) The SSH username to use diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ca.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ca.xml index 5c2b85fc5b..7e53e6abb4 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ca.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ca.xml @@ -18,30 +18,15 @@ [DEFAULT] - ssl_ca_file = None + = None (StrOpt) CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients - ssl_cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Certificate file to use when starting the server securely - ssl_key_file = None - (StrOpt) Private key file to use when starting the server securely - - - [ssl] - - - ca_file = None - (StrOpt) CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients - - - cert_file = None - (StrOpt) Certificate file to use when starting the server securely - - - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Private key file to use when starting the server securely diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-cfg_agent.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-cfg_agent.xml index 51543afe0a..5a9e95cf4e 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-cfg_agent.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-cfg_agent.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [cfg_agent] - device_connection_timeout = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Time in seconds for connecting to a hosting device - hosting_device_dead_timeout = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) The time in seconds until a backlogged hosting device is presumed dead. This value should be set up high enough to recover from a period of connectivity loss or high load when the device may not be responding. - routing_svc_helper_class = neutron.plugins.cisco.cfg_agent.service_helpers.routing_svc_helper.RoutingServiceHelper + = neutron.plugins.cisco.cfg_agent.service_helpers.routing_svc_helper.RoutingServiceHelper (StrOpt) Path of the routing service helper class. - rpc_loop_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Interval when the process_services() loop executes in seconds. This is when the config agent lets each service helper to process its neutron resources. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-cisco.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-cisco.xml index 894048be0d..a9242b88d4 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-cisco.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-cisco.xml @@ -18,205 +18,202 @@ [CISCO] - model_class = neutron.plugins.cisco.models.virt_phy_sw_v2.VirtualPhysicalSwitchModelV2 + = neutron.plugins.cisco.models.virt_phy_sw_v2.VirtualPhysicalSwitchModelV2 (StrOpt) Model Class - nexus_l3_enable = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable L3 support on the Nexus switches - provider_vlan_auto_create = True + = True (BoolOpt) Provider VLANs are automatically created as needed on the Nexus switch - provider_vlan_auto_trunk = True + = True (BoolOpt) Provider VLANs are automatically trunked as needed on the ports of the Nexus switch - provider_vlan_name_prefix = p- + = p- (StrOpt) VLAN Name prefix for provider vlans - svi_round_robin = False + = False (BoolOpt) Distribute SVI interfaces over all switches - vlan_name_prefix = q- + = q- (StrOpt) VLAN Name prefix [CISCO_N1K] - bridge_mappings = + = (StrOpt) N1K Bridge Mappings - default_network_profile = default_network_profile + = default_network_profile (StrOpt) N1K default network profile - default_policy_profile = service_profile + = service_profile (StrOpt) N1K default policy profile - enable_tunneling = True + = True (BoolOpt) N1K Enable Tunneling - http_pool_size = 4 + = 4 (IntOpt) Number of threads to use to make HTTP requests - http_timeout = 15 + = 15 (IntOpt) N1K http timeout duration in seconds - integration_bridge = br-int + = br-int (StrOpt) N1K Integration Bridge - network_node_policy_profile = dhcp_pp + = dhcp_pp (StrOpt) N1K policy profile for network node - network_vlan_ranges = vlan:1:4095 + = vlan:1:4095 (StrOpt) N1K Network VLAN Ranges - poll_duration = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) N1K Policy profile polling duration in seconds - restrict_policy_profiles = False + = True + (BoolOpt) Restrict tenants from accessing network profiles belonging to some other tenant + + + = False (BoolOpt) Restrict the visibility of policy profiles to the tenants - tenant_network_type = local + = local (StrOpt) N1K Tenant Network Type - tunnel_bridge = br-tun + = br-tun (StrOpt) N1K Tunnel Bridge - vxlan_id_ranges = 5000:10000 + = 5000:10000 (StrOpt) N1K VXLAN ID Ranges - - [cisco_csr_ipsec] - - - status_check_interval = 60 - (IntOpt) Status check interval for Cisco CSR IPSec connections - [general] - backlog_processing_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Time in seconds between renewed scheduling attempts of non-scheduled routers. - cfg_agent_down_time = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds of no status update until a cfg agent is considered down. - default_security_group = mgmt_sec_grp + = mgmt_sec_grp (StrOpt) Default security group applied on management port. Default value is mgmt_sec_grp. - ensure_nova_running = True + = True (BoolOpt) Ensure that Nova is running before attempting to create any VM. - l3_admin_tenant = L3AdminTenant + = L3AdminTenant (StrOpt) Name of the L3 admin tenant. - management_network = osn_mgmt_nw + = osn_mgmt_nw (StrOpt) Name of management network for device configuration. Default value is osn_mgmt_nw - service_vm_config_path = /opt/stack/data/neutron/cisco/config_drive + = /opt/stack/data/neutron/cisco/config_drive (StrOpt) Path to config drive files for service VM instances. - templates_path = /opt/stack/data/neutron/cisco/templates + = /opt/stack/data/neutron/cisco/templates (StrOpt) Path to templates for hosting devices. [hosting_devices] - csr1kv_booting_time = 420 + = 420 (IntOpt) Booting time in seconds before a CSR1kv becomes operational. - csr1kv_cfgagent_router_driver = neutron.plugins.cisco.cfg_agent.device_drivers.csr1kv.csr1kv_routing_driver.CSR1kvRoutingDriver + = neutron.plugins.cisco.cfg_agent.device_drivers.csr1kv.csr1kv_routing_driver.CSR1kvRoutingDriver (StrOpt) Config agent driver for CSR1kv. - csr1kv_configdrive_template = csr1kv_cfg_template + = csr1kv_cfg_template (StrOpt) CSR1kv configdrive template file. - csr1kv_device_driver = neutron.plugins.cisco.l3.hosting_device_drivers.csr1kv_hd_driver.CSR1kvHostingDeviceDriver + = neutron.plugins.cisco.l3.hosting_device_drivers.csr1kv_hd_driver.CSR1kvHostingDeviceDriver (StrOpt) Hosting device driver for CSR1kv. - csr1kv_flavor = 621 + = 621 (StrOpt) UUID of Nova flavor for CSR1kv. - csr1kv_image = csr1kv_openstack_img + = csr1kv_openstack_img (StrOpt) Name of Glance image for CSR1kv. - csr1kv_password = cisco + = cisco (StrOpt) Password to use for CSR1kv configurations. - csr1kv_plugging_driver = neutron.plugins.cisco.l3.plugging_drivers.n1kv_trunking_driver.N1kvTrunkingPlugDriver + = neutron.plugins.cisco.l3.plugging_drivers.n1kv_trunking_driver.N1kvTrunkingPlugDriver (StrOpt) Plugging driver for CSR1kv. - csr1kv_username = stack + = stack (StrOpt) Username to use for CSR1kv configurations. [ml2_cisco] - svi_round_robin = False + = False (BoolOpt) Distribute SVI interfaces over all switches - vlan_name_prefix = q- + = q- (StrOpt) VLAN Name prefix [n1kv] - management_port_profile = osn_mgmt_pp + = osn_mgmt_pp (StrOpt) Name of N1kv port profile for management ports. - t1_network_profile = osn_t1_np + = osn_t1_np (StrOpt) Name of N1kv network profile for T1 networks (i.e., trunk networks for VXLAN segmented traffic). - t1_port_profile = osn_t1_pp + = osn_t1_pp (StrOpt) Name of N1kv port profile for T1 ports (i.e., ports carrying traffic from VXLAN segmented networks). - t2_network_profile = osn_t2_np + = osn_t2_np (StrOpt) Name of N1kv network profile for T2 networks (i.e., trunk networks for VLAN segmented traffic). - t2_port_profile = osn_t2_pp + = osn_t2_pp (StrOpt) Name of N1kv port profile for T2 ports (i.e., ports carrying traffic from VLAN segmented networks). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-common.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-common.xml index 487d217485..a25e004691 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-common.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-common.xml @@ -18,227 +18,227 @@ [DEFAULT] - admin_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Admin password - admin_tenant_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Admin tenant name - admin_user = None + = None (StrOpt) Admin username - agent_down_time = 75 + = 75 (IntOpt) Seconds to regard the agent is down; should be at least twice report_interval, to be sure the agent is down for good. - api_workers = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Number of separate API worker processes for service - auth_ca_cert = None + = None (StrOpt) Certificate Authority public key (CA cert) file for ssl - auth_insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Turn off verification of the certificate for ssl - auth_region = None + = None (StrOpt) Authentication region - auth_strategy = keystone + = keystone (StrOpt) The type of authentication to use - auth_url = None + = None (StrOpt) Authentication URL - base_mac = fa:16:3e:00:00:00 + = fa:16:3e:00:00:00 (StrOpt) The base MAC address Neutron will use for VIFs - bind_host = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) The host IP to bind to - bind_port = 9696 + = 9696 (IntOpt) The port to bind to - ca_certs = None + = None (StrOpt) CA certificates - check_child_processes = False - (BoolOpt) Periodically check child processes - - - check_child_processes_action = respawn + = respawn (StrOpt) Action to be executed when a child process dies - check_child_processes_interval = 60 - (IntOpt) Interval between checks of child process liveness (seconds) + = 0 + (IntOpt) Interval between checks of child process liveness (seconds), use 0 to disable - core_plugin = None + = None (StrOpt) The core plugin Neutron will use - ctl_cert = None + = None (StrOpt) controller certificate - ctl_privkey = None + = None (StrOpt) controller private key - dhcp_agent_notification = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow sending resource operation notification to DHCP agent - dhcp_agents_per_network = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Number of DHCP agents scheduled to host a network. - dhcp_confs = $state_path/dhcp + = False + (BoolOpt) Use broadcast in DHCP replies + + + = $state_path/dhcp (StrOpt) Location to store DHCP server config files - dhcp_delete_namespaces = False + = False (BoolOpt) Delete namespace after removing a dhcp server. - dhcp_domain = openstacklocal + = openstacklocal (StrOpt) Domain to use for building the hostnames - dhcp_driver = neutron.agent.linux.dhcp.Dnsmasq + = neutron.agent.linux.dhcp.Dnsmasq (StrOpt) The driver used to manage the DHCP server. - dhcp_lease_duration = 86400 + = 86400 (IntOpt) DHCP lease duration (in seconds). Use -1 to tell dnsmasq to use infinite lease times. - endpoint_type = publicURL + = publicURL (StrOpt) Network service endpoint type to pull from the keystone catalog - force_gateway_on_subnet = True + = True (BoolOpt) Ensure that configured gateway is on subnet. For IPv6, validate only if gateway is not a link local address. Deprecated, to be removed during the K release, at which point the check will be mandatory. - host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) The hostname Neutron is running on - interface_driver = None + = None (StrOpt) The driver used to manage the virtual interface. - ip_lib_force_root = False + = False (BoolOpt) Force ip_lib calls to use the root helper - lock_path = None + = None (StrOpt) Directory to use for lock files. - mac_generation_retries = 16 + = 16 (IntOpt) How many times Neutron will retry MAC generation - max_allowed_address_pair = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Maximum number of allowed address pairs - max_dns_nameservers = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Maximum number of DNS nameservers - max_fixed_ips_per_port = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Maximum number of fixed ips per port - max_subnet_host_routes = 20 + = 20 (IntOpt) Maximum number of host routes per subnet - memcached_servers = None + = None (ListOpt) Memcached servers or None for in process cache. - periodic_fuzzy_delay = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Range of seconds to randomly delay when starting the periodic task scheduler to reduce stampeding. (Disable by setting to 0) - periodic_interval = 40 + = 40 (IntOpt) Seconds between running periodic tasks - report_interval = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) Interval between two metering reports - root_helper = sudo + = sudo (StrOpt) Root helper application. - state_path = /var/lib/neutron + = /var/lib/neutron (StrOpt) Where to store Neutron state files. This directory must be writable by the agent. [AGENT] - root_helper = sudo + = sudo (StrOpt) Root helper application. [PROXY] - admin_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Admin password - admin_tenant_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Admin tenant name - admin_user = None + = None (StrOpt) Admin user - auth_region = None + = None (StrOpt) Authentication region - auth_strategy = keystone + = keystone (StrOpt) The type of authentication to use - auth_url = None + = None (StrOpt) Authentication URL [heleos] - admin_password = None + = None (StrOpt) ESM admin password. [keystone_authtoken] - memcached_servers = None + = None (ListOpt) Optionally specify a list of memcached server(s) to use for caching. If left undefined, tokens will instead be cached in-process. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-compute.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-compute.xml index 71f0b32010..a37036dc07 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-compute.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-compute.xml @@ -18,55 +18,59 @@ [DEFAULT] - notify_nova_on_port_data_changes = True + = True (BoolOpt) Send notification to nova when port data (fixed_ips/floatingip) changes so nova can update its cache. - notify_nova_on_port_status_changes = True + = True (BoolOpt) Send notification to nova when port status changes - nova_admin_auth_url = http://localhost:5000/v2.0 + = http://localhost:5000/v2.0 (StrOpt) Authorization URL for connecting to nova in admin context - nova_admin_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for connection to nova in admin context - nova_admin_tenant_id = None + = None (StrOpt) The uuid of the admin nova tenant - nova_admin_username = None + = None + (StrOpt) The name of the admin nova tenant + + + = None (StrOpt) Username for connecting to nova in admin context - nova_api_insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) If True, ignore any SSL validation issues - nova_ca_certificates_file = None + = None (StrOpt) CA file for novaclient to verify server certificates - nova_client_cert = + = (StrOpt) Client certificate for nova metadata api server. - nova_client_priv_key = + = (StrOpt) Private key of client certificate. - nova_region_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Name of nova region to use. Useful if keystone manages more than one region. - nova_url = http://127.0.0.1:8774/v2 + = http://127.0.0.1:8774/v2 (StrOpt) URL for connection to nova - send_events_interval = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) Number of seconds between sending events to nova if there are any events to send. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-database.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-database.xml index 750c7a864e..363c88f684 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-database.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-database.xml @@ -18,83 +18,83 @@ [database] - backend = sqlalchemy + = sqlalchemy (StrOpt) The back end to use for the database. - connection = None + = None (StrOpt) The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the database. - connection_debug = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything. - connection_trace = False + = False (BoolOpt) Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings. - db_inc_retry_interval = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, increases the interval between database connection retries up to db_max_retry_interval. - db_max_retries = 20 + = 20 (IntOpt) Maximum database connection retries before error is raised. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. - db_max_retry_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) If db_inc_retry_interval is set, the maximum seconds between database connection retries. - db_retry_interval = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Seconds between database connection retries. - idle_timeout = 3600 + = 3600 (IntOpt) Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped. - max_overflow = None + = None (IntOpt) If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy. - max_pool_size = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. - max_retries = 10 - (IntOpt) Maximum db connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. + = 10 + (IntOpt) Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. - min_pool_size = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Minimum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool. - mysql_sql_mode = TRADITIONAL + = TRADITIONAL (StrOpt) The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including the default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL mode is set by the server configuration, set this to no value. Example: mysql_sql_mode= - pool_timeout = None + = None (IntOpt) If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy. - retry_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection. - slave_connection = None + = None (StrOpt) The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave database. - sqlite_db = oslo.sqlite + = oslo.sqlite (StrOpt) The file name to use with SQLite. - sqlite_synchronous = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode. - use_db_reconnect = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable the experimental use of database reconnect on connection lost. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-debug.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-debug.xml index f25facc6ab..82cd6d3c7b 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-debug.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-debug.xml @@ -18,12 +18,12 @@ [DEFAULT] - backdoor_port = None + = None (StrOpt) Enable eventlet backdoor. Acceptable values are 0, <port>, and <start>:<end>, where 0 results in listening on a random tcp port number; <port> results in listening on the specified port number (and not enabling backdoor if that port is in use); and <start>:<end> results in listening on the smallest unused port number within the specified range of port numbers. The chosen port is displayed in the service's log file. - disable_process_locking = False - (BoolOpt) Whether to disable inter-process locks + = False + (BoolOpt) Enables or disables inter-process locks. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-dhcp_agent.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-dhcp_agent.xml index fef44fd5cd..da77361b79 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-dhcp_agent.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-dhcp_agent.xml @@ -18,35 +18,35 @@ [DEFAULT] - dnsmasq_config_file = + = (StrOpt) Override the default dnsmasq settings with this file - dnsmasq_dns_servers = None + = None (ListOpt) Comma-separated list of the DNS servers which will be used as forwarders. - dnsmasq_lease_max = 16777216 + = 16777216 (IntOpt) Limit number of leases to prevent a denial-of-service. - enable_isolated_metadata = False + = False (BoolOpt) Support Metadata requests on isolated networks. - enable_metadata_network = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allows for serving metadata requests from a dedicated network. Requires enable_isolated_metadata = True - num_sync_threads = 4 + = 4 (IntOpt) Number of threads to use during sync process. - resync_interval = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Interval to resync. - use_namespaces = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow overlapping IP. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-dvr.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-dvr.xml index cb00eb0923..18d67d4d9b 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-dvr.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-dvr.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [DEFAULT] - dvr_base_mac = fa:16:3f:00:00:00 + = fa:16:3f:00:00:00 (StrOpt) The base mac address used for unique DVR instances by Neutron - router_distributed = False + = False (BoolOpt) System-wide flag to determine the type of router that tenants can create. Only admin can override. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-embrane.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-embrane.xml index e7892ab5cc..2d372add75 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-embrane.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-embrane.xml @@ -18,39 +18,39 @@ [heleos] - admin_username = admin + = admin (StrOpt) ESM admin username. - async_requests = True + = True (BoolOpt) Define if the requests have run asynchronously or not - dummy_utif_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Dummy user traffic Security Zone id - esm_mgmt = None + = None (StrOpt) ESM management root address - inband_id = None + = None (StrOpt) In band Security Zone id - mgmt_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Management Security Zone id - oob_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Out of band Security Zone id - resource_pool_id = default + = default (StrOpt) Shared resource pool id - router_image = None + = None (StrOpt) Router image id (Embrane FW/VPN) diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-fwaas.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-fwaas.xml index a5a26301a1..0b7dce30e7 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-fwaas.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-fwaas.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [fwaas] - enabled = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable FWaaS diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-hyperv_agent.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-hyperv_agent.xml index 82888c846f..ae3db7b33d 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-hyperv_agent.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-hyperv_agent.xml @@ -18,41 +18,41 @@ [AGENT] - enable_metrics_collection = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables metrics collections for switch ports by using Hyper-V's metric APIs. Collected data can by retrieved by other apps and services, e.g.: Ceilometer. Requires Hyper-V / Windows Server 2012 and above - local_network_vswitch = private + = private (StrOpt) Private vswitch name used for local networks - metrics_max_retries = 100 + = 100 (IntOpt) Specifies the maximum number of retries to enable Hyper-V's port metrics collection. The agent will try to enable the feature once every polling_interval period for at most metrics_max_retries or until it succeedes. - physical_network_vswitch_mappings = + = (ListOpt) List of <physical_network>:<vswitch> where the physical networks can be expressed with wildcards, e.g.: ."*:external" - polling_interval = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) The number of seconds the agent will wait between polling for local device changes. [HYPERV] - network_vlan_ranges = + = (ListOpt) List of <physical_network>:<vlan_min>:<vlan_max> or <physical_network> - tenant_network_type = local + = local (StrOpt) Network type for tenant networks (local, flat, vlan or none) [hyperv] - force_hyperv_utils_v1 = False + = False (BoolOpt) Force V1 WMI utility classes diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ipv6_ra.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ipv6_ra.xml index 8faeb3aac1..eb7cecf23b 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ipv6_ra.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ipv6_ra.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - ra_confs = $state_path/ra + = $state_path/ra (StrOpt) Location to store IPv6 RA config files diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-l3_agent.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-l3_agent.xml index cf10f9e10e..505212b3a5 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-l3_agent.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-l3_agent.xml @@ -18,69 +18,84 @@ [DEFAULT] - agent_mode = legacy + = legacy (StrOpt) The working mode for the agent. Allowed modes are: 'legacy' - this preserves the existing behavior where the L3 agent is deployed on a centralized networking node to provide L3 services like DNAT, and SNAT. Use this mode if you do not want to adopt DVR. 'dvr' - this mode enables DVR functionality and must be used for an L3 agent that runs on a compute host. 'dvr_snat' - this enables centralized SNAT support in conjunction with DVR. This mode must be used for an L3 agent running on a centralized node (or in single-host deployments, e.g. devstack) - allow_automatic_l3agent_failover = False + = False (BoolOpt) Automatically reschedule routers from offline L3 agents to online L3 agents. - enable_metadata_proxy = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow running metadata proxy. - external_network_bridge = br-ex + = br-ex (StrOpt) Name of bridge used for external network traffic. - gateway_external_network_id = + = (StrOpt) UUID of external network for routers implemented by the agents. - ha_confs_path = $state_path/ha_confs + = $state_path/ha_confs (StrOpt) Location to store keepalived/conntrackd config files - ha_vrrp_advert_int = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) The advertisement interval in seconds - ha_vrrp_auth_password = None + = None (StrOpt) VRRP authentication password - ha_vrrp_auth_type = PASS + = PASS (StrOpt) VRRP authentication type AH/PASS - handle_internal_only_routers = True + = True (BoolOpt) Agent should implement routers with no gateway - l3_ha = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable HA mode for virtual routers. - l3_ha_net_cidr = 169.254.192.0/18 + = 169.254.192.0/18 (StrOpt) Subnet used for the l3 HA admin network. - max_l3_agents_per_router = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Maximum number of agents on which a router will be scheduled. - min_l3_agents_per_router = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) Minimum number of agents on which a router will be scheduled. - router_id = + = (StrOpt) If namespaces is disabled, the l3 agent can only configure a router that has the matching router ID. - send_arp_for_ha = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Send this many gratuitous ARPs for HA setup, if less than or equal to 0, the feature is disabled + + = True + (BoolOpt) Use the root helper to read the namespaces from the operating system. + + + [AGENT] + + + = True + (BoolOpt) Add comments to iptables rules. + + + = True + (BoolOpt) Use the root helper to read the namespaces from the operating system. + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-l3_arista.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-l3_arista.xml index 90bdb89318..5195d58a73 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-l3_arista.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-l3_arista.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [l3_arista] - l3_sync_interval = 180 + = 180 (IntOpt) Sync interval in seconds between L3 Service plugin and EOS. This interval defines how often the synchronization is performed. This is an optional field. If not set, a value of 180 seconds is assumed - mlag_config = False + = False (BoolOpt) This flag is used indicate if Arista Switches are configured in MLAG mode. If yes, all L3 config is pushed to both the switches automatically. If this flag is set to True, ensure to specify IP addresses of both switches. This is optional. If not set, a value of "False" is assumed. - primary_l3_host = + = (StrOpt) Arista EOS IP address. This is required field. If not set, all communications to Arista EOS will fail - primary_l3_host_password = + = (StrOpt) Password for Arista EOS. This is required field. If not set, all communications to Arista EOS will fail - primary_l3_host_username = + = (StrOpt) Username for Arista EOS. This is required field. If not set, all communications to Arista EOS will fail - secondary_l3_host = + = (StrOpt) Arista EOS IP address for second Switch MLAGed with the first one. This an optional field, however, if mlag_config flag is set, then this is required. If not set, all communications to Arista EOS will fail - use_vrf = False + = False (BoolOpt) A "True" value for this flag indicates to create a router in VRF. If not set, all routers are created in default VRF.This is optional. If not set, a value of "False" is assumed. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-linuxbridge_agent.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-linuxbridge_agent.xml index 2601b89478..6c4b5866b8 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-linuxbridge_agent.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-linuxbridge_agent.xml @@ -18,45 +18,45 @@ [LINUX_BRIDGE] - physical_interface_mappings = + = (ListOpt) List of <physical_network>:<physical_interface> [VLANS] - network_vlan_ranges = + = (ListOpt) List of <physical_network>:<vlan_min>:<vlan_max> or <physical_network> - tenant_network_type = local + = local (StrOpt) Network type for tenant networks (local, vlan, or none) [VXLAN] - enable_vxlan = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable VXLAN on the agent. Can be enabled when agent is managed by ml2 plugin using linuxbridge mechanism driver - l2_population = False + = False (BoolOpt) Extension to use alongside ml2 plugin's l2population mechanism driver. It enables the plugin to populate VXLAN forwarding table. - local_ip = + = (StrOpt) Local IP address of the VXLAN endpoints. - tos = None + = None (IntOpt) TOS for vxlan interface protocol packets. - ttl = None + = None (IntOpt) TTL for vxlan interface protocol packets. - vxlan_group = 224.0.0.1 + = 224.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Multicast group for vxlan interface. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-logging.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-logging.xml index a5e2399f55..657862ff39 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-logging.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-logging.xml @@ -18,87 +18,87 @@ [DEFAULT] - debug = False + = False (BoolOpt) Print debugging output (set logging level to DEBUG instead of default WARNING level). - default_log_levels = amqp=WARN, amqplib=WARN, boto=WARN, qpid=WARN, sqlalchemy=WARN, suds=INFO, oslo.messaging=INFO, iso8601=WARN, requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN + = amqp=WARN, amqplib=WARN, boto=WARN, qpid=WARN, sqlalchemy=WARN, suds=INFO, oslo.messaging=INFO, iso8601=WARN, requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, websocket=WARN, keystonemiddleware=WARN, routes.middleware=WARN, stevedore=WARN (ListOpt) List of logger=LEVEL pairs. - fatal_deprecations = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables fatal status of deprecations. - instance_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " + = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " (StrOpt) The format for an instance that is passed with the log message. - instance_uuid_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " + = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " (StrOpt) The format for an instance UUID that is passed with the log message. - log_config_append = None + = None (StrOpt) The name of a logging configuration file. This file is appended to any existing logging configuration files. For details about logging configuration files, see the Python logging module documentation. - log_date_format = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S + = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S (StrOpt) Format string for %%(asctime)s in log records. Default: %(default)s . - log_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) (Optional) The base directory used for relative --log-file paths. - log_file = None + = None (StrOpt) (Optional) Name of log file to output to. If no default is set, logging will go to stdout. - log_format = None + = None (StrOpt) DEPRECATED. A logging.Formatter log message format string which may use any of the available logging.LogRecord attributes. This option is deprecated. Please use logging_context_format_string and logging_default_format_string instead. - logging_context_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s (StrOpt) Format string to use for log messages with context. - logging_debug_format_suffix = %(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d + = %(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d (StrOpt) Data to append to log format when level is DEBUG. - logging_default_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s (StrOpt) Format string to use for log messages without context. - logging_exception_prefix = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d TRACE %(name)s %(instance)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d TRACE %(name)s %(instance)s (StrOpt) Prefix each line of exception output with this format. - publish_errors = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables publication of error events. - syslog_log_facility = LOG_USER + = LOG_USER (StrOpt) Syslog facility to receive log lines. - use_ssl = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable SSL on the API server - use_stderr = True + = True (BoolOpt) Log output to standard error. - use_syslog = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use syslog for logging. Existing syslog format is DEPRECATED during I, and will change in J to honor RFC5424. - use_syslog_rfc_format = False + = False (BoolOpt) (Optional) Enables or disables syslog rfc5424 format for logging. If enabled, prefixes the MSG part of the syslog message with APP-NAME (RFC5424). The format without the APP-NAME is deprecated in I, and will be removed in J. - verbose = False + = False (BoolOpt) Print more verbose output (set logging level to INFO instead of default WARNING level). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-meta.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-meta.xml index 06792612fd..20205b05db 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-meta.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-meta.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [META] - default_flavor = + = (StrOpt) Default flavor to use, when flavor:network is not specified at network creation. - default_l3_flavor = + = (StrOpt) Default L3 flavor to use, when flavor:router is not specified at router creation. Ignored if 'l3_plugin_list' is blank. - extension_map = + = (StrOpt) Comma separated list of method:flavor to select specific plugin for a method. This has priority over method search order based on 'plugin_list'. - l3_plugin_list = + = (StrOpt) Comma separated list of flavor:neutron_plugin for L3 service plugins to load. This is intended for specifying L2 plugins which support L3 functions. If you use a router service plugin, set this blank. - plugin_list = + = (StrOpt) Comma separated list of flavor:neutron_plugin for plugins to load. Extension method is searched in the list order and the first one is used. - rpc_flavor = + = (StrOpt) Specifies flavor for plugin to handle 'q-plugin' RPC requests. - supported_extension_aliases = + = (StrOpt) Comma separated list of supported extension aliases. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-metadata.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-metadata.xml index c1d07b5d97..08f96f3ecb 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-metadata.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-metadata.xml @@ -18,43 +18,43 @@ [DEFAULT] - meta_flavor_driver_mappings = None + = None (StrOpt) Mapping between flavor and LinuxInterfaceDriver. It is specific to MetaInterfaceDriver used with admin_user, admin_password, admin_tenant_name, admin_url, auth_strategy, auth_region and endpoint_type. - metadata_backlog = 4096 + = 4096 (IntOpt) Number of backlog requests to configure the metadata server socket with - metadata_port = 9697 + = 9697 (IntOpt) TCP Port used by Neutron metadata namespace proxy. - metadata_proxy_shared_secret = + = (StrOpt) Shared secret to sign instance-id request - metadata_proxy_socket = $state_path/metadata_proxy + = $state_path/metadata_proxy (StrOpt) Location of Metadata Proxy UNIX domain socket - metadata_workers = 2 + = 4 (IntOpt) Number of separate worker processes for metadata server - nova_metadata_insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow to perform insecure SSL (https) requests to nova metadata - nova_metadata_ip = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) IP address used by Nova metadata server. - nova_metadata_port = 8775 + = 8775 (IntOpt) TCP Port used by Nova metadata server. - nova_metadata_protocol = http + = http (StrOpt) Protocol to access nova metadata, http or https diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-metering_agent.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-metering_agent.xml index 85899b9ea9..f052658d9a 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-metering_agent.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-metering_agent.xml @@ -18,18 +18,18 @@ [DEFAULT] - driver = neutron.services.metering.drivers.noop.noop_driver.NoopMeteringDriver + = neutron.services.metering.drivers.noop.noop_driver.NoopMeteringDriver (StrOpt) Metering driver - measure_interval = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Interval between two metering measures [AGENT] - report_interval = 30 + = 30 (FloatOpt) Seconds between nodes reporting state to server; should be less than agent_down_time, best if it is half or less than agent_down_time. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-midonet.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-midonet.xml index 7b47a99827..27c412ec08 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-midonet.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-midonet.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [MIDONET] - midonet_host_uuid_path = /etc/midolman/host_uuid.properties + = /etc/midolman/host_uuid.properties (StrOpt) Path to midonet host uuid file - midonet_uri = http://localhost:8080/midonet-api + = http://localhost:8080/midonet-api (StrOpt) MidoNet API server URI. - mode = dev + = dev (StrOpt) Operational mode. Internal dev use only. - password = passw0rd + = passw0rd (StrOpt) MidoNet admin password. - project_id = 77777777-7777-7777-7777-777777777777 + = 77777777-7777-7777-7777-777777777777 (StrOpt) ID of the project that MidoNet admin userbelongs to. - provider_router_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Virtual provider router ID. - username = admin + = admin (StrOpt) MidoNet admin username. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2.xml index 675656b441..2f3a314556 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [ml2] - extension_drivers = + = (ListOpt) An ordered list of extension driver entrypoints to be loaded from the neutron.ml2.extension_drivers namespace. - mechanism_drivers = + = (ListOpt) An ordered list of networking mechanism driver entrypoints to be loaded from the neutron.ml2.mechanism_drivers namespace. - tenant_network_types = local + = local (ListOpt) Ordered list of network_types to allocate as tenant networks. - type_drivers = local, flat, vlan, gre, vxlan + = local, flat, vlan, gre, vxlan (ListOpt) List of network type driver entrypoints to be loaded from the neutron.ml2.type_drivers namespace. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_arista.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_arista.xml index 2899b6708e..50831d489a 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_arista.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_arista.xml @@ -18,27 +18,27 @@ [ml2_arista] - eapi_host = + = (StrOpt) Arista EOS IP address. This is required field. If not set, all communications to Arista EOSwill fail. - eapi_password = + = (StrOpt) Password for Arista EOS. This is required field. If not set, all communications to Arista EOS will fail. - eapi_username = + = (StrOpt) Username for Arista EOS. This is required field. If not set, all communications to Arista EOSwill fail. - region_name = RegionOne + = RegionOne (StrOpt) Defines Region Name that is assigned to this OpenStack Controller. This is useful when multiple OpenStack/Neutron controllers are managing the same Arista HW clusters. Note that this name must match with the region name registered (or known) to keystone service. Authentication with Keysotne is performed by EOS. This is optional. If not set, a value of "RegionOne" is assumed. - sync_interval = 180 + = 180 (IntOpt) Sync interval in seconds between Neutron plugin and EOS. This interval defines how often the synchronization is performed. This is an optional field. If not set, a value of 180 seconds is assumed. - use_fqdn = True + = True (BoolOpt) Defines if hostnames are sent to Arista EOS as FQDNs ("node1.domain.com") or as short names ("node1"). This is optional. If not set, a value of "True" is assumed. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_bigswitch.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_bigswitch.xml index fc927fed3c..2c8fbf1bb8 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_bigswitch.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_bigswitch.xml @@ -18,160 +18,160 @@ [NOVA] - node_override_vif_802.1qbg = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to 802.1qbg - node_override_vif_802.1qbh = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to 802.1qbh - node_override_vif_binding_failed = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to binding_failed - node_override_vif_bridge = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to bridge - node_override_vif_distributed = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to distributed - node_override_vif_dvs = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to dvs - node_override_vif_hostdev = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to hostdev - node_override_vif_hw_veb = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to hw_veb - node_override_vif_hyperv = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to hyperv - node_override_vif_ivs = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to ivs - node_override_vif_midonet = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to midonet - node_override_vif_mlnx_direct = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to mlnx_direct - node_override_vif_other = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to other - node_override_vif_ovs = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to ovs - node_override_vif_unbound = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to unbound - node_override_vif_vrouter = + = (ListOpt) Nova compute nodes to manually set VIF type to vrouter - vif_type = ovs + = ovs (StrOpt) Virtual interface type to configure on Nova compute nodes - vif_types = unbound, binding_failed, ovs, ivs, bridge, 802.1qbg, 802.1qbh, hyperv, midonet, mlnx_direct, hostdev, hw_veb, dvs, other, distributed, vrouter + = unbound, binding_failed, ovs, ivs, bridge, 802.1qbg, 802.1qbh, hyperv, midonet, mlnx_direct, hostdev, hw_veb, dvs, other, distributed, vrouter (ListOpt) List of allowed vif_type values. [RESTPROXY] - add_meta_server_route = True + = True (BoolOpt) Flag to decide if a route to the metadata server should be injected into the VM - auto_sync_on_failure = True + = True (BoolOpt) If neutron fails to create a resource because the backend controller doesn't know of a dependency, the plugin automatically triggers a full data synchronization to the controller. - cache_connections = True + = True (BoolOpt) Re-use HTTP/HTTPS connections to the controller. - consistency_interval = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Time between verifications that the backend controller database is consistent with Neutron. (0 to disable) - neutron_id = neutron-shock + = neutron-usagi (StrOpt) User defined identifier for this Neutron deployment - no_ssl_validation = False + = False (BoolOpt) Disables SSL certificate validation for controllers - server_auth = None + = None (StrOpt) The username and password for authenticating against the Big Switch or Floodlight controller. - server_ssl = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, Use SSL when connecting to the Big Switch or Floodlight controller. - server_timeout = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Maximum number of seconds to wait for proxy request to connect and complete. - servers = localhost:8800 + = localhost:8800 (ListOpt) A comma separated list of Big Switch or Floodlight servers and port numbers. The plugin proxies the requests to the Big Switch/Floodlight server, which performs the networking configuration. Only oneserver is needed per deployment, but you may wish todeploy multiple servers to support failover. - ssl_cert_directory = /etc/neutron/plugins/bigswitch/ssl + = /etc/neutron/plugins/bigswitch/ssl (StrOpt) Directory containing ca_certs and host_certs certificate directories. - ssl_sticky = True + = True (BoolOpt) Trust and store the first certificate received for each controller address and use it to validate future connections to that address. - sync_data = False + = False (BoolOpt) Sync data on connect - thread_pool_size = 4 + = 4 (IntOpt) Maximum number of threads to spawn to handle large volumes of port creations. [RESTPROXYAGENT] - integration_bridge = br-int + = br-int (StrOpt) Name of integration bridge on compute nodes used for security group insertion. - polling_interval = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Seconds between agent checks for port changes - virtual_switch_type = ovs + = ovs (StrOpt) Virtual switch type. [ROUTER] - max_router_rules = 200 + = 200 (IntOpt) Maximum number of router rules - tenant_default_router_rule = ['*:any:any:permit'] + = ['*:any:any:permit'] (MultiStrOpt) The default router rules installed in new tenant routers. Repeat the config option for each rule. Format is <tenant>:<source>:<destination>:<action> Use an * to specify default for all tenants. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_brocade.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_brocade.xml index 294c27be81..6b4827560d 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_brocade.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_brocade.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [ml2_brocade] - address = + = (StrOpt) The address of the host to SSH to - ostype = NOS + = NOS (StrOpt) OS Type of the switch - osversion = 4.0.0 + = 4.0.0 (StrOpt) OS Version number - password = password + = password (StrOpt) The SSH password to use - physical_networks = + = (StrOpt) Allowed physical networks - rbridge_id = 1 + = 1 (StrOpt) Rbridge id of provider edge router(s) - username = admin + = admin (StrOpt) The SSH username to use diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_cisco.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_cisco.xml index 086cd2ac82..0c900ca7fd 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_cisco.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_cisco.xml @@ -18,93 +18,93 @@ [DEFAULT] - apic_system_id = openstack + = openstack (StrOpt) Prefix for APIC domain/names/profiles created [ml2_cisco] - managed_physical_network = None + = None (StrOpt) The physical network managed by the switches. [ml2_cisco_apic] - apic_agent_poll_interval = 2 + = 2 (FloatOpt) Interval between agent poll for topology (in sec) - apic_agent_report_interval = 30 + = 30 (FloatOpt) Interval between agent status updates (in sec) - apic_app_profile_name = ${apic_system_id}_app + = ${apic_system_id}_app (StrOpt) Name for the app profile used for Openstack - apic_domain_name = ${apic_system_id} + = ${apic_system_id} (StrOpt) Name for the domain created on APIC - apic_entity_profile = ${apic_system_id}_entity_profile + = ${apic_system_id}_entity_profile (StrOpt) Name of the entity profile to be created - apic_function_profile = ${apic_system_id}_function_profile + = ${apic_system_id}_function_profile (StrOpt) Name of the function profile to be created - apic_host_uplink_ports = + = (ListOpt) The uplink ports to check for ACI connectivity - apic_hosts = + = (ListOpt) An ordered list of host names or IP addresses of the APIC controller(s). - apic_lacp_profile = ${apic_system_id}_lacp_profile + = ${apic_system_id}_lacp_profile (StrOpt) Name of the LACP profile to be created - apic_name_mapping = use_name + = use_name (StrOpt) Name mapping strategy to use: use_uuid | use_name - apic_node_profile = ${apic_system_id}_node_profile + = ${apic_system_id}_node_profile (StrOpt) Name of the node profile to be created - apic_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for the APIC controller - apic_sync_interval = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Synchronization interval in seconds - apic_use_ssl = True + = True (BoolOpt) Use SSL to connect to the APIC controller - apic_username = None + = None (StrOpt) Username for the APIC controller - apic_vlan_ns_name = ${apic_system_id}_vlan_ns + = ${apic_system_id}_vlan_ns (StrOpt) Name for the vlan namespace to be used for Openstack - apic_vlan_range = 2:4093 + = 2:4093 (StrOpt) Range of VLAN's to be used for Openstack - apic_vpc_pairs = + = (ListOpt) The switch pairs for VPC connectivity - root_helper = sudo /usr/local/bin/neutron-rootwrap /etc/neutron/rootwrap.conf + = sudo /usr/local/bin/neutron-rootwrap /etc/neutron/rootwrap.conf (StrOpt) Setup root helper as rootwrap or sudo diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_flat.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_flat.xml index 6f0b1bec70..cda362cb67 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_flat.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_flat.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [ml2_type_flat] - flat_networks = + = (ListOpt) List of physical_network names with which flat networks can be created. Use * to allow flat networks with arbitrary physical_network names. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_fslsdn.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_fslsdn.xml index a96e0d0243..1afcc3a9d2 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_fslsdn.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_fslsdn.xml @@ -18,43 +18,43 @@ [ml2_fslsdn] - crd_api_insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) If set, ignore any SSL validation issues. - crd_auth_strategy = keystone + = keystone (StrOpt) Auth strategy for connecting to neutron in admin context. - crd_auth_url = http://127.0.0.1:5000/v2.0/ + = http://127.0.0.1:5000/v2.0/ (StrOpt) CRD Auth URL. - crd_ca_certificates_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Location of ca certificates file to use for CRD client requests. - crd_password = password + = password (StrOpt) CRD Service Password. - crd_region_name = RegionOne + = RegionOne (StrOpt) Region name for connecting to CRD Service in admin context. - crd_tenant_name = service + = service (StrOpt) CRD Tenant Name. - crd_url = http://127.0.0.1:9797 + = http://127.0.0.1:9797 (StrOpt) URL for connecting to CRD service. - crd_url_timeout = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Timeout value for connecting to CRD service in seconds. - crd_user_name = crd + = crd (StrOpt) CRD service Username. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_gre.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_gre.xml index 2d39b87c62..fcf4d6a702 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_gre.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_gre.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [ml2_type_gre] - tunnel_id_ranges = + = (ListOpt) Comma-separated list of <tun_min>:<tun_max> tuples enumerating ranges of GRE tunnel IDs that are available for tenant network allocation diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_l2pop.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_l2pop.xml index 36320c86c7..ee19586328 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_l2pop.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_l2pop.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [l2pop] - agent_boot_time = 180 + = 180 (IntOpt) Delay within which agent is expected to update existing ports whent it restarts diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_mlnx.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_mlnx.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2caa8ac600 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_mlnx.xml @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Description of Mellanox ML2 mechanism driver configuration options
Configuration option = Default valueDescription
[ESWITCH]
= mlnx_direct(StrOpt) Type of VM network interface: mlnx_direct or hostdev
+
diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_ncs.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_ncs.xml index 09137c3525..c2fc92c271 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_ncs.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_ncs.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [ml2_ncs] - password = None + = None (StrOpt) HTTP password for authentication - timeout = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) HTTP timeout in seconds. - url = None + = None (StrOpt) HTTP URL of Tail-f NCS REST interface. - username = None + = None (StrOpt) HTTP username for authentication diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_odl.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_odl.xml index 031f51dcc2..1e288c025f 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_odl.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_odl.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [ml2_odl] - password = None + = None (StrOpt) HTTP password for authentication - session_timeout = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Tomcat session timeout in minutes. - timeout = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) HTTP timeout in seconds. - url = None + = None (StrOpt) HTTP URL of OpenDaylight REST interface. - username = None + = None (StrOpt) HTTP username for authentication diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_ofa.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_ofa.xml index fa3f8ca29c..4b0fd3b2c9 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_ofa.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_ofa.xml @@ -18,30 +18,30 @@ [DEFAULT] - ofp_listen_host = + = (StrOpt) openflow listen host - ofp_ssl_listen_port = 6633 + = 6633 (IntOpt) openflow ssl listen port - ofp_tcp_listen_port = 6633 + = 6633 (IntOpt) openflow tcp listen port [AGENT] - dont_fragment = True + = True (BoolOpt) Set or un-set the don't fragment (DF) bit on outgoing IP packet carrying GRE/VXLAN tunnel. - get_datapath_retry_times = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Number of seconds to retry acquiring an Open vSwitch datapath - physical_interface_mappings = + = (ListOpt) List of <physical_network>:<physical_interface> diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_sriov.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_sriov.xml index 20dcf41295..e05feb5ba6 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_sriov.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_sriov.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [ml2_sriov] - agent_required = False + = False (BoolOpt) SRIOV neutron agent is required for port binding - supported_pci_vendor_devs = 15b3:1004, 8086:10c9 + = 15b3:1004, 8086:10ca (ListOpt) Supported PCI vendor devices, defined by vendor_id:product_id according to the PCI ID Repository. Default enables support for Intel and Mellanox SR-IOV capable NICs diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_vlan.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_vlan.xml index 1a91c9f593..a31de841dd 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_vlan.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_vlan.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [ml2_type_vlan] - network_vlan_ranges = + = (ListOpt) List of <physical_network>:<vlan_min>:<vlan_max> or <physical_network> specifying physical_network names usable for VLAN provider and tenant networks, as well as ranges of VLAN tags on each available for allocation to tenant networks. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_vxlan.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_vxlan.xml index 24ba0f43c8..ae6e19c392 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_vxlan.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ml2_vxlan.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [ml2_type_vxlan] - vni_ranges = + = (ListOpt) Comma-separated list of <vni_min>:<vni_max> tuples enumerating ranges of VXLAN VNI IDs that are available for tenant network allocation - vxlan_group = None + = None (StrOpt) Multicast group for VXLAN. If unset, disables VXLAN multicast mode. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-mlnx.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-mlnx.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0ee428f5f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-mlnx.xml @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Description of Mellanox configuration options
Configuration option = Default valueDescription
[ESWITCH]
= 2(IntOpt) backoff rate multiplier for waiting period between retries for request to daemon, i.e. value of 2 will double the request timeout each retry
= tcp://127.0.0.1:60001(StrOpt) eswitch daemon end point
= (ListOpt) List of <physical_network>:<physical_interface>
= 3000(IntOpt) The number of milliseconds the agent will wait for response on request to daemon.
+
diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-nec.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-nec.xml index 5945da3689..b107c2546a 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-nec.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-nec.xml @@ -18,61 +18,65 @@ [OFC] - api_max_attempts = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Maximum attempts per OFC API request. NEC plugin retries API request to OFC when OFC returns ServiceUnavailable (503). The value must be greater than 0. - cert_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Location of certificate file. - driver = trema + = trema (StrOpt) Driver to use. - enable_packet_filter = True + = True (BoolOpt) Enable packet filter. - host = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Host to connect to. - insecure_ssl = False + = False (BoolOpt) Disable SSL certificate verification. - key_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Location of key file. - path_prefix = + = (StrOpt) Base URL of OFC REST API. It is prepended to each API request. - port = 8888 + = 8888 (StrOpt) Port to connect to. - use_ssl = False + = True + (BoolOpt) Support packet filter on OFC router interface. + + + = False (BoolOpt) Use SSL to connect. [PROVIDER] - default_router_provider = l3-agent + = l3-agent (StrOpt) Default router provider to use. - router_providers = l3-agent, openflow + = l3-agent, openflow (ListOpt) List of enabled router providers. [fwaas] - driver = + = (StrOpt) Name of the FWaaS Driver diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-nuage.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-nuage.xml index 9e53f4730a..7f3819a9a5 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-nuage.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-nuage.xml @@ -18,46 +18,46 @@ [RESTPROXY] - auth_resource = + = (StrOpt) Nuage provided uri for initial authorization to access VSD - base_uri = / + = / (StrOpt) Nuage provided base uri to reach out to VSD - default_floatingip_quota = 254 + = 254 (IntOpt) Per Net Partition quota of floating ips - default_net_partition_name = OpenStackDefaultNetPartition + = OpenStackDefaultNetPartition (StrOpt) Default Network partition in which VSD will orchestrate network resources using openstack - organization = system + = system (StrOpt) Organization name in which VSD will orchestrate network resources using openstack - server = localhost:8800 + = localhost:8800 (StrOpt) IP Address and Port of Nuage's VSD server - serverauth = username:password + = username:password (StrOpt) Username and password for authentication - serverssl = False + = False (BoolOpt) Boolean for SSL connection with VSD server [SYNCMANAGER] - enable_sync = False + = False (BoolOpt) Nuage plugin will sync resources between openstack and VSD - sync_interval = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Sync interval in seconds between openstack and VSD. It defines how often the synchronization is done. If not set, value of 0 is assumed and sync will be performed only once, at the Neutron startup time. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-nvsd.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-nvsd.xml index e4380cb58f..dca0235e9a 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-nvsd.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-nvsd.xml @@ -18,34 +18,34 @@ [AGENT] - integration_bridge = br-int + = br-int (StrOpt) integration bridge [nvsd] - nvsd_ip = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) NVSD Controller IP address - nvsd_passwd = oc123 + = oc123 (StrOpt) NVSD Controller password - nvsd_port = 8082 + = 8082 (IntOpt) NVSD Controller Port number - nvsd_retries = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Number of login retries to NVSD controller - nvsd_user = ocplugin + = ocplugin (StrOpt) NVSD Controller username - request_timeout = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) NVSD controller REST API request timeout in seconds diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-opencontrail.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-opencontrail.xml index 2af05ba822..f0165efa0e 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-opencontrail.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-opencontrail.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [CONTRAIL] - api_server_ip = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) IP address to connect to opencontrail controller - api_server_port = 8082 + = 8082 (IntOpt) Port to connect to opencontrail controller diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-openvswitch_agent.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-openvswitch_agent.xml index 79d3db1bfd..59e9692d15 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-openvswitch_agent.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-openvswitch_agent.xml @@ -18,112 +18,92 @@ [DEFAULT] - ovs_integration_bridge = br-int + = br-int (StrOpt) Name of Open vSwitch bridge to use - ovs_use_veth = False + = False (BoolOpt) Uses veth for an interface or not - ovs_vsctl_timeout = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Timeout in seconds for ovs-vsctl commands [AGENT] - arp_responder = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable local ARP responder if it is supported. Requires OVS 2.1 and ML2 l2population driver. Allows the switch (when supporting an overlay) to respond to an ARP request locally without performing a costly ARP broadcast into the overlay. - dont_fragment = True + = True (BoolOpt) Set or un-set the don't fragment (DF) bit on outgoing IP packet carrying GRE/VXLAN tunnel. - enable_distributed_routing = False + = False (BoolOpt) Make the l2 agent run in DVR mode. - l2_population = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use ML2 l2population mechanism driver to learn remote MAC and IPs and improve tunnel scalability. - minimize_polling = True + = True (BoolOpt) Minimize polling by monitoring ovsdb for interface changes. - ovsdb_monitor_respawn_interval = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) The number of seconds to wait before respawning the ovsdb monitor after losing communication with it. - tunnel_types = + = (ListOpt) Network types supported by the agent (gre and/or vxlan). - veth_mtu = None + = None (IntOpt) MTU size of veth interfaces - vxlan_udp_port = 4789 + = 4789 (IntOpt) The UDP port to use for VXLAN tunnels. [CISCO_N1K] - local_ip = 10.0.0.3 + = 10.0.0.3 (StrOpt) N1K Local IP [OVS] - bridge_mappings = + = (ListOpt) List of <physical_network>:<bridge>. Deprecated for ofagent. - enable_tunneling = False - (BoolOpt) Enable tunneling support. - - - int_peer_patch_port = patch-tun + = patch-tun (StrOpt) Peer patch port in integration bridge for tunnel bridge. - integration_bridge = br-int + = br-int (StrOpt) Integration bridge to use. - local_ip = - (StrOpt) Local IP address of GRE tunnel endpoints. + = None + (IPOpt) Local IP address of tunnel endpoint. - network_vlan_ranges = - (ListOpt) List of <physical_network>:<vlan_min>:<vlan_max> or <physical_network>. - - - tenant_network_type = local - (StrOpt) Network type for tenant networks (local, vlan, gre, vxlan, or none). - - - tun_peer_patch_port = patch-int + = patch-int (StrOpt) Peer patch port in tunnel bridge for integration bridge. - tunnel_bridge = br-tun + = br-tun (StrOpt) Tunnel bridge to use. - tunnel_id_ranges = - (ListOpt) List of <tun_min>:<tun_max>. - - - tunnel_type = - (StrOpt) The type of tunnels to use when utilizing tunnels, either 'gre' or 'vxlan'. - - - use_veth_interconnection = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use veths instead of patch ports to interconnect the integration bridge to physical bridges. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-plumgrid.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-plumgrid.xml index 98dbe4268a..afadfe146f 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-plumgrid.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-plumgrid.xml @@ -18,27 +18,27 @@ [plumgriddirector] - director_server = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) PLUMgrid Director server to connect to - director_server_port = 8080 + = 8080 (StrOpt) PLUMgrid Director server port to connect to - driver = neutron.plugins.plumgrid.drivers.plumlib.Plumlib + = neutron.plugins.plumgrid.drivers.plumlib.Plumlib (StrOpt) PLUMgrid Driver - password = password + = password (StrOpt) PLUMgrid Director admin password - servertimeout = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) PLUMgrid Director server timeout - username = username + = username (StrOpt) PLUMgrid Director admin username diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-policy.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-policy.xml index 03677c9896..aa1c582d8f 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-policy.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-policy.xml @@ -18,12 +18,20 @@ [DEFAULT] - allow_overlapping_ips = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow overlapping IP support in Neutron - policy_file = policy.json - (StrOpt) The policy file to use + = default + (StrOpt) Default rule. Enforced when a requested rule is not found. + + + = ['policy.d'] + (MultiStrOpt) Directories where policy configuration files are stored. + + + = policy.json + (StrOpt) The JSON file that defines policies. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-qpid.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-qpid.xml index 386c5969d0..00e003f3c7 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-qpid.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-qpid.xml @@ -18,47 +18,47 @@ [DEFAULT] - qpid_heartbeat = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds between connection keepalive heartbeats. - qpid_hostname = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Qpid broker hostname. - qpid_hosts = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port + = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port (ListOpt) Qpid HA cluster host:port pairs. - qpid_password = + = (StrOpt) Password for Qpid connection. - qpid_port = 5672 + = 5672 (IntOpt) Qpid broker port. - qpid_protocol = tcp + = tcp (StrOpt) Transport to use, either 'tcp' or 'ssl'. - qpid_receiver_capacity = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) The number of prefetched messages held by receiver. - qpid_sasl_mechanisms = + = (StrOpt) Space separated list of SASL mechanisms to use for auth. - qpid_tcp_nodelay = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to disable the Nagle algorithm. - qpid_topology_version = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) The qpid topology version to use. Version 1 is what was originally used by impl_qpid. Version 2 includes some backwards-incompatible changes that allow broker federation to work. Users should update to version 2 when they are able to take everything down, as it requires a clean break. - qpid_username = + = (StrOpt) Username for Qpid connection. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-quotas.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-quotas.xml index 32164f3bed..35ba12fcf0 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-quotas.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-quotas.xml @@ -18,86 +18,98 @@ [DEFAULT] - max_routes = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Maximum number of routes [QUOTAS] - default_quota = -1 + = -1 (IntOpt) Default number of resource allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. - quota_driver = neutron.db.quota_db.DbQuotaDriver + = neutron.db.quota_db.DbQuotaDriver (StrOpt) Default driver to use for quota checks - quota_firewall = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Number of firewalls allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. - quota_firewall_policy = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Number of firewall policies allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. - quota_firewall_rule = 100 + = 100 (IntOpt) Number of firewall rules allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. - quota_floatingip = 50 + = 50 (IntOpt) Number of floating IPs allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. - quota_health_monitor = -1 + = -1 (IntOpt) Number of health monitors allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. - quota_items = network, subnet, port + = -1 + (IntOpt) Number of health monitors allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. + + + = network, subnet, port (ListOpt) Resource name(s) that are supported in quota features - quota_member = -1 + = -1 + (IntOpt) Number of Loadbalancer Listeners allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. + + + = 10 + (IntOpt) Number of LoadBalancers allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. + + + = -1 (IntOpt) Number of pool members allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. - quota_network = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of networks allowed per tenant.A negative value means unlimited. - quota_network_gateway = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Number of network gateways allowed per tenant, -1 for unlimited - quota_packet_filter = 100 + = 100 (IntOpt) Number of packet_filters allowed per tenant, -1 for unlimited - quota_pool = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of pools allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. - quota_port = 50 + = 50 (IntOpt) Number of ports allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. - quota_router = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of routers allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. - quota_security_group = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of security groups allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. - quota_security_group_rule = 100 + = 100 (IntOpt) Number of security rules allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. - quota_subnet = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of subnets allowed per tenant, A negative value means unlimited. - quota_vip = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of vips allowed per tenant. A negative value means unlimited. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-rabbitmq.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-rabbitmq.xml index 1b882cba92..1c3352a199 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-rabbitmq.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-rabbitmq.xml @@ -18,71 +18,71 @@ [DEFAULT] - kombu_reconnect_delay = 1.0 + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) How long to wait before reconnecting in response to an AMQP consumer cancel notification. - kombu_ssl_ca_certs = + = (StrOpt) SSL certification authority file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_certfile = + = (StrOpt) SSL cert file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_keyfile = + = (StrOpt) SSL key file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_version = - (StrOpt) SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). valid values are TLSv1, SSLv23 and SSLv3. SSLv2 may be available on some distributions. + = + (StrOpt) SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). valid values are TLSv1 and SSLv23. SSLv2 and SSLv3 may be available on some distributions. - rabbit_ha_queues = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use HA queues in RabbitMQ (x-ha-policy: all). If you change this option, you must wipe the RabbitMQ database. - rabbit_host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ broker address where a single node is used. - rabbit_hosts = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port + = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port (ListOpt) RabbitMQ HA cluster host:port pairs. - rabbit_login_method = AMQPLAIN - (StrOpt) the RabbitMQ login method + = AMQPLAIN + (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ login method. - rabbit_max_retries = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Maximum number of RabbitMQ connection retries. Default is 0 (infinite retry count). - rabbit_password = guest + = guest (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ password. - rabbit_port = 5672 + = 5672 (IntOpt) The RabbitMQ broker port where a single node is used. - rabbit_retry_backoff = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) How long to backoff for between retries when connecting to RabbitMQ. - rabbit_retry_interval = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) How frequently to retry connecting with RabbitMQ. - rabbit_use_ssl = False + = False (BoolOpt) Connect over SSL for RabbitMQ. - rabbit_userid = guest + = guest (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ userid. - rabbit_virtual_host = / + = / (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ virtual host. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-redis.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-redis.xml index b311def420..63ee38c628 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-redis.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-redis.xml @@ -18,22 +18,22 @@ [matchmaker_redis] - host = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Host to locate redis. - password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for Redis server (optional). - port = 6379 + = 6379 (IntOpt) Use this port to connect to redis host. [matchmaker_ring] - ringfile = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json + = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json (StrOpt) Matchmaker ring file (JSON). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-rootwrap.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-rootwrap.xml index 9311d7b924..814f536d4d 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-rootwrap.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-rootwrap.xml @@ -18,38 +18,38 @@ [DEFAULT] - filters_path = /etc/neutron/rootwrap.d,/usr/share/neutron/rootwrap + = /etc/neutron/rootwrap.d,/usr/share/neutron/rootwrap List of directories to load filter definitions from (separated by ','). These directories MUST all be only writeable by root ! - exec_dirs = /sbin,/usr/sbin,/bin,/usr/bin + = /sbin,/usr/sbin,/bin,/usr/bin List of directories to search executables in, in case filters do not explicitely specify a full path (separated by ',') If not specified, defaults to system PATH environment variable. These directories MUST all be only writeable by root ! - use_syslog = False + = False Enable logging to syslog Default value is False - syslog_log_facility = syslog + = syslog Which syslog facility to use. Valid values include auth, authpriv, syslog, local0, local1... Default value is 'syslog' - syslog_log_level = ERROR + = ERROR Which messages to log. INFO means log all usage ERROR means only log unsuccessful attempts [xenapi] - xenapi_connection_url = <None> + = <None> XenAPI configuration is only required by the L2 agent if it is to target a XenServer/XCP compute host's dom0. - xenapi_connection_username = root + = root No help text available for this option. - xenapi_connection_password = <None> + = <None> No help text available for this option. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-rpc.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-rpc.xml index 6bb73222a1..fa6d347b7d 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-rpc.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-rpc.xml @@ -18,44 +18,91 @@ [DEFAULT] - matchmaker_heartbeat_freq = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) Heartbeat frequency. - matchmaker_heartbeat_ttl = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Heartbeat time-to-live. - rpc_backend = rabbit + = rabbit (StrOpt) The messaging driver to use, defaults to rabbit. Other drivers include qpid and zmq. - rpc_cast_timeout = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Seconds to wait before a cast expires (TTL). Only supported by impl_zmq. - rpc_conn_pool_size = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Size of RPC connection pool. - rpc_response_timeout = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds to wait for a response from a call. - rpc_thread_pool_size = 64 + = 64 (IntOpt) Size of RPC greenthread pool. - rpc_workers = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Number of RPC worker processes for service [AGENT] - rpc_support_old_agents = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable server RPC compatibility with old agents + + [oslo_messaging_amqp] + + + = False + (BoolOpt) Accept clients using either SSL or plain TCP + + + = broadcast + (StrOpt) address prefix used when broadcasting to all servers + + + = None + (StrOpt) Name for the AMQP container + + + = unicast + (StrOpt) address prefix when sending to any server in group + + + = 0 + (IntOpt) Timeout for inactive connections (in seconds) + + + = exclusive + (StrOpt) address prefix used when sending to a specific server + + + = + (StrOpt) CA certificate PEM file for verifing server certificate + + + = + (StrOpt) Identifying certificate PEM file to present to clients + + + = + (StrOpt) Private key PEM file used to sign cert_file certificate + + + = None + (StrOpt) Password for decrypting ssl_key_file (if encrypted) + + + = False + (BoolOpt) Debug: dump AMQP frames to stdout + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-ryu.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ryu.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6de8ae8068 --- /dev/null +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-ryu.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Description of RYU configuration options
Configuration option = Default valueDescription
[DEFAULT]
= (StrOpt) webapp listen host
= 8080(IntOpt) webapp listen port
+
diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-scheduler.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-scheduler.xml index ed9c99f7c3..8b71daae9e 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-scheduler.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-scheduler.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [DEFAULT] - network_auto_schedule = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow auto scheduling networks to DHCP agent. - network_scheduler_driver = neutron.scheduler.dhcp_agent_scheduler.ChanceScheduler + = neutron.scheduler.dhcp_agent_scheduler.ChanceScheduler (StrOpt) Driver to use for scheduling network to DHCP agent - router_auto_schedule = True + = True (BoolOpt) Allow auto scheduling of routers to L3 agent. - router_delete_namespaces = False + = False (BoolOpt) Delete namespace after removing a router. - router_scheduler_driver = neutron.scheduler.l3_agent_scheduler.ChanceScheduler + = neutron.scheduler.l3_agent_scheduler.ChanceScheduler (StrOpt) Driver to use for scheduling router to a default L3 agent diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-sdnve.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-sdnve.xml index 8fd798f230..7432f90327 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-sdnve.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-sdnve.xml @@ -18,78 +18,78 @@ [SDNVE] - base_url = /one/nb/v2/ + = /one/nb/v2/ (StrOpt) Base URL for SDN-VE controller REST API. - controller_ips = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (ListOpt) List of IP addresses of SDN-VE controller(s). - default_tenant_type = OVERLAY + = OVERLAY (StrOpt) Tenant type: OVERLAY (default) or OF. - format = json + = json (StrOpt) SDN-VE request/response format. - info = sdnve_info_string + = sdnve_info_string (StrOpt) SDN-VE RPC subject. - integration_bridge = None + = None (StrOpt) Integration bridge to use. - interface_mappings = + = (ListOpt) List of <physical_network_name>:<interface_name> mappings. - of_signature = SDNVE-OF + = SDNVE-OF (StrOpt) The string in tenant description that indicates the tenant is a OF tenant. - out_of_band = True + = True (BoolOpt) Indicating if controller is out of band or not. - overlay_signature = SDNVE-OVERLAY + = SDNVE-OVERLAY (StrOpt) The string in tenant description that indicates the tenant is a OVERLAY tenant. - password = admin + = admin (StrOpt) SDN-VE administrator password. - port = 8443 + = 8443 (StrOpt) SDN-VE controller port number. - reset_bridge = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to reset the integration bridge before use. - use_fake_controller = False + = False (BoolOpt) Whether to use a fake controller. - userid = admin + = admin (StrOpt) SDN-VE administrator user ID. [SDNVE_AGENT] - polling_interval = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) Agent polling interval if necessary. - root_helper = sudo + = sudo (StrOpt) Using root helper. - rpc = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to use rpc. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-securitygroups.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-securitygroups.xml index 58aee3e121..1a3800efff 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-securitygroups.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-securitygroups.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [SECURITYGROUP] - enable_ipset = True + = True (BoolOpt) Use ipset to speed-up the iptables based security groups. - enable_security_group = True + = True (BoolOpt) Controls whether the neutron security group API is enabled in the server. It should be false when using no security groups or using the nova security group API. - firewall_driver = None + = None (StrOpt) Driver for security groups firewall in the L2 agent diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-sriov.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-sriov.xml index de83a454ea..52a5fccf56 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-sriov.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-sriov.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [SRIOV_NIC] - exclude_devices = + = (ListOpt) List of <network_device>:<excluded_devices> mapping network_device to the agent's node-specific list of virtual functions that should not be used for virtual networking. excluded_devices is a semicolon separated list of virtual functions (BDF format).to exclude from network_device. The network_device in the mapping should appear in the physical_device_mappings list. - physical_device_mappings = + = (ListOpt) List of <physical_network>:<network_device> mapping physical network names to the agent's node-specific physical network device of SR-IOV physical function to be used for VLAN networks. All physical networks listed in network_vlan_ranges on the server should have mappings to appropriate interfaces on each agent diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-testing.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-testing.xml index 23144e1305..3f064f76ec 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-testing.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-testing.xml @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ [DEFAULT] - fake_rabbit = False - (BoolOpt) If passed, use a fake RabbitMQ provider. + = False + (BoolOpt) Deprecated, use rpc_backend=kombu+memory or rpc_backend=fake diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-vmware.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-vmware.xml index e641e2459b..5639acd5cd 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-vmware.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-vmware.xml @@ -18,188 +18,188 @@ [DEFAULT] - default_interface_name = breth0 + = breth0 (StrOpt) Name of the interface on a L2 Gateway transport nodewhich should be used by default when setting up a network connection - default_l2_gw_service_uuid = None + = None (StrOpt) Unique identifier of the NSX L2 Gateway service which will be used by default for network gateways - default_l3_gw_service_uuid = None + = None (StrOpt) Unique identifier of the NSX L3 Gateway service which will be used for implementing routers and floating IPs - default_service_cluster_uuid = None + = None (StrOpt) Unique identifier of the Service Cluster which will be used by logical services like dhcp and metadata - default_tz_uuid = None + = None (StrOpt) This is uuid of the default NSX Transport zone that will be used for creating tunneled isolated "Neutron" networks. It needs to be created in NSX before starting Neutron with the nsx plugin. - http_timeout = 75 + = 75 (IntOpt) Time before aborting a request - nsx_controllers = None + = None (ListOpt) Lists the NSX controllers in this cluster - nsx_password = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Password for NSX controllers in this cluster - nsx_user = admin + = admin (StrOpt) User name for NSX controllers in this cluster - redirects = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) Number of times a redirect should be followed - retries = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) Number of time a request should be retried [ESWITCH] - retries = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) The number of retries the agent will send request to daemon before giving up [NSX] - agent_mode = agent + = agent (StrOpt) The mode used to implement DHCP/metadata services. - concurrent_connections = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Maximum concurrent connections to each NSX controller. - default_transport_type = stt + = stt (StrOpt) The default network tranport type to use (stt, gre, bridge, ipsec_gre, or ipsec_stt) - max_lp_per_bridged_ls = 5000 + = 5000 (IntOpt) Maximum number of ports of a logical switch on a bridged transport zone (default 5000) - max_lp_per_overlay_ls = 256 + = 256 (IntOpt) Maximum number of ports of a logical switch on an overlay transport zone (default 256) - metadata_mode = access_network + = access_network (StrOpt) If set to access_network this enables a dedicated connection to the metadata proxy for metadata server access via Neutron router. If set to dhcp_host_route this enables host route injection via the dhcp agent. This option is only useful if running on a host that does not support namespaces otherwise access_network should be used. - nsx_gen_timeout = -1 + = -1 (IntOpt) Number of seconds a generation id should be valid for (default -1 meaning do not time out) - replication_mode = service + = service (StrOpt) The default option leverages service nodes to perform packet replication though one could set to this to 'source' to perform replication locally. This is useful if one does not want to deploy a service node(s). It must be set to 'service' for leveraging distributed routers. [NSX_DHCP] - default_lease_time = 43200 + = 43200 (IntOpt) Default DHCP lease time - domain_name = openstacklocal + = openstacklocal (StrOpt) Domain to use for building the hostnames - extra_domain_name_servers = + = (ListOpt) Comma separated list of additional domain name servers [NSX_LSN] - sync_on_missing_data = False + = False (BoolOpt) Pull LSN information from NSX in case it is missing from the local data store. This is useful to rebuild the local store in case of server recovery. [NSX_METADATA] - metadata_server_address = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) IP address used by Metadata server. - metadata_server_port = 8775 + = 8775 (IntOpt) TCP Port used by Metadata server. - metadata_shared_secret = + = (StrOpt) Shared secret to sign instance-id request [NSX_SYNC] - always_read_status = False + = False (BoolOpt) Always read operational status from backend on show operations. Enabling this option might slow down the system. - max_random_sync_delay = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Maximum value for the additional random delay in seconds between runs of the state synchronization task - min_chunk_size = 500 + = 500 (IntOpt) Minimum number of resources to be retrieved from NSX during state synchronization - min_sync_req_delay = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Minimum delay, in seconds, between two state synchronization queries to NSX. It must not exceed state_sync_interval - state_sync_interval = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Interval in seconds between runs of the state synchronization task. Set it to 0 to disable it [vcns] - datacenter_moid = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional parameter identifying the ID of datacenter to deploy NSX Edges - datastore_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional parameter identifying the ID of datastore to deploy NSX Edges - deployment_container_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional parameter identifying the ID of datastore to deploy NSX Edges - external_network = None + = None (StrOpt) Network ID for physical network connectivity - manager_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) uri for vsm - password = default + = default (StrOpt) Password for vsm - resource_pool_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional parameter identifying the ID of resource to deploy NSX Edges - task_status_check_interval = 2000 + = 2000 (IntOpt) Task status check interval - user = admin + = admin (StrOpt) User name for vsm diff --git a/doc/common/tables/neutron-zeromq.xml b/doc/common/tables/neutron-zeromq.xml index b8631280ef..e5d20c14d9 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/neutron-zeromq.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/neutron-zeromq.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - rpc_zmq_bind_address = * + = * (StrOpt) ZeroMQ bind address. Should be a wildcard (*), an ethernet interface, or IP. The "host" option should point or resolve to this address. - rpc_zmq_contexts = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Number of ZeroMQ contexts, defaults to 1. - rpc_zmq_host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Name of this node. Must be a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address. Must match "host" option, if running Nova. - rpc_zmq_ipc_dir = /var/run/openstack + = /var/run/openstack (StrOpt) Directory for holding IPC sockets. - rpc_zmq_matchmaker = oslo.messaging._drivers.matchmaker.MatchMakerLocalhost + = oslo.messaging._drivers.matchmaker.MatchMakerLocalhost (StrOpt) MatchMaker driver. - rpc_zmq_port = 9501 + = 9501 (IntOpt) ZeroMQ receiver listening port. - rpc_zmq_topic_backlog = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of ingress messages to locally buffer per topic. Default is unlimited. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-amqp.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-amqp.xml index 521a7eb8d2..c46be46e63 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-amqp.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-amqp.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - amqp_auto_delete = False - (BoolOpt) Auto-delete queues in amqp. + = False + (BoolOpt) Auto-delete queues in AMQP. - amqp_durable_queues = False - (BoolOpt) Use durable queues in amqp. + = False + (BoolOpt) Use durable queues in AMQP. - control_exchange = openstack + = openstack (StrOpt) The default exchange under which topics are scoped. May be overridden by an exchange name specified in the transport_url option. - default_publisher_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Default publisher_id for outgoing notifications - notification_driver = [] + = [] (MultiStrOpt) Driver or drivers to handle sending notifications. - notification_topics = notifications + = notifications (ListOpt) AMQP topic used for OpenStack notifications. - transport_url = None + = None (StrOpt) A URL representing the messaging driver to use and its full configuration. If not set, we fall back to the rpc_backend option and driver specific configuration. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-api.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-api.xml index b5f5c17d65..c3cfba16c5 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-api.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-api.xml @@ -18,95 +18,103 @@ [DEFAULT] - api_paste_config = api-paste.ini + = api-paste.ini (StrOpt) File name for the paste.deploy config for nova-api - api_rate_limit = False + = False (BoolOpt) Whether to use per-user rate limiting for the api. This option is only used by v2 api. Rate limiting is removed from v3 api. - enable_new_services = True + = 900 + (IntOpt) Timeout for client connections' socket operations. If an incoming connection is idle for this number of seconds it will be closed. A value of '0' means wait forever. + + + = True (BoolOpt) Services to be added to the available pool on create - enabled_apis = ec2, osapi_compute, metadata + = ec2, osapi_compute, metadata (ListOpt) A list of APIs to enable by default - enabled_ssl_apis = + = (ListOpt) A list of APIs with enabled SSL - instance_name_template = instance-%08x + = instance-%08x (StrOpt) Template string to be used to generate instance names - max_header_line = 16384 + = 16384 (IntOpt) Maximum line size of message headers to be accepted. max_header_line may need to be increased when using large tokens (typically those generated by the Keystone v3 API with big service catalogs). - multi_instance_display_name_template = %(name)s-%(uuid)s + = %(name)s-%(uuid)s (StrOpt) When creating multiple instances with a single request using the os-multiple-create API extension, this template will be used to build the display name for each instance. The benefit is that the instances end up with different hostnames. To restore legacy behavior of every instance having the same name, set this option to "%(name)s". Valid keys for the template are: name, uuid, count. - non_inheritable_image_properties = cache_in_nova, bittorrent + = cache_in_nova, bittorrent (ListOpt) These are image properties which a snapshot should not inherit from an instance - null_kernel = nokernel + = nokernel (StrOpt) Kernel image that indicates not to use a kernel, but to use a raw disk image instead - osapi_compute_ext_list = + = (ListOpt) Specify list of extensions to load when using osapi_compute_extension option with nova.api.openstack.compute.contrib.select_extensions - osapi_compute_extension = ['nova.api.openstack.compute.contrib.standard_extensions'] + = ['nova.api.openstack.compute.contrib.standard_extensions'] (MultiStrOpt) osapi compute extension to load - osapi_compute_link_prefix = None + = None (StrOpt) Base URL that will be presented to users in links to the OpenStack Compute API - osapi_compute_listen = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) The IP address on which the OpenStack API will listen. - osapi_compute_listen_port = 8774 + = 8774 (IntOpt) The port on which the OpenStack API will listen. - osapi_compute_workers = None + = None (IntOpt) Number of workers for OpenStack API service. The default will be the number of CPUs available. - osapi_hide_server_address_states = building + = building (ListOpt) List of instance states that should hide network info - servicegroup_driver = db + = db (StrOpt) The driver for servicegroup service (valid options are: db, zk, mc) - snapshot_name_template = snapshot-%s + = snapshot-%s (StrOpt) Template string to be used to generate snapshot names - tcp_keepidle = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Sets the value of TCP_KEEPIDLE in seconds for each server socket. Not supported on OS X. - use_forwarded_for = False + = False (BoolOpt) Treat X-Forwarded-For as the canonical remote address. Only enable this if you have a sanitizing proxy. - wsgi_default_pool_size = 1000 + = 1000 (IntOpt) Size of the pool of greenthreads used by wsgi - wsgi_log_format = %(client_ip)s "%(request_line)s" status: %(status_code)s len: %(body_length)s time: %(wall_seconds).7f + = True + (BoolOpt) If False, closes the client socket connection explicitly. + + + = %(client_ip)s "%(request_line)s" status: %(status_code)s len: %(body_length)s time: %(wall_seconds).7f (StrOpt) A python format string that is used as the template to generate log lines. The following values can be formatted into it: client_ip, date_time, request_line, status_code, body_length, wall_seconds. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-apiv3.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-apiv3.xml index bf7e1bb053..1bdafebd61 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-apiv3.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-apiv3.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [osapi_v3] - enabled = False + = False (BoolOpt) Whether the V3 API is enabled or not - extensions_blacklist = + = (ListOpt) A list of v3 API extensions to never load. Specify the extension aliases here. - extensions_whitelist = + = (ListOpt) If the list is not empty then a v3 API extension will only be loaded if it exists in this list. Specify the extension aliases here. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-auth_token.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-auth_token.xml index b886d73789..40fca842d8 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-auth_token.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-auth_token.xml @@ -18,115 +18,115 @@ [keystone_authtoken] - admin_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone account password - admin_tenant_name = admin + = admin (StrOpt) Keystone service account tenant name to validate user tokens - admin_token = None + = None (StrOpt) This option is deprecated and may be removed in a future release. Single shared secret with the Keystone configuration used for bootstrapping a Keystone installation, or otherwise bypassing the normal authentication process. This option should not be used, use `admin_user` and `admin_password` instead. - admin_user = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone account username - auth_admin_prefix = + = (StrOpt) Prefix to prepend at the beginning of the path. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_host = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Host providing the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_port = 35357 + = 35357 (IntOpt) Port of the admin Identity API endpoint. Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_protocol = https + = https (StrOpt) Protocol of the admin Identity API endpoint (http or https). Deprecated, use identity_uri. - auth_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Complete public Identity API endpoint - auth_version = None + = None (StrOpt) API version of the admin Identity API endpoint - cache = None + = None (StrOpt) Env key for the swift cache - cafile = None + = None (StrOpt) A PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections. Defaults to system CAs. - certfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Required if Keystone server requires client certificate - check_revocations_for_cached = False + = False (BoolOpt) If true, the revocation list will be checked for cached tokens. This requires that PKI tokens are configured on the Keystone server. - delay_auth_decision = False + = False (BoolOpt) Do not handle authorization requests within the middleware, but delegate the authorization decision to downstream WSGI components - enforce_token_bind = permissive + = permissive (StrOpt) Used to control the use and type of token binding. Can be set to: "disabled" to not check token binding. "permissive" (default) to validate binding information if the bind type is of a form known to the server and ignore it if not. "strict" like "permissive" but if the bind type is unknown the token will be rejected. "required" any form of token binding is needed to be allowed. Finally the name of a binding method that must be present in tokens. - hash_algorithms = md5 + = md5 (ListOpt) Hash algorithms to use for hashing PKI tokens. This may be a single algorithm or multiple. The algorithms are those supported by Python standard hashlib.new(). The hashes will be tried in the order given, so put the preferred one first for performance. The result of the first hash will be stored in the cache. This will typically be set to multiple values only while migrating from a less secure algorithm to a more secure one. Once all the old tokens are expired this option should be set to a single value for better performance. - http_connect_timeout = None + = None (BoolOpt) Request timeout value for communicating with Identity API server. - http_request_max_retries = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) How many times are we trying to reconnect when communicating with Identity API Server. - identity_uri = None + = None (StrOpt) Complete admin Identity API endpoint. This should specify the unversioned root endpoint e.g. https://localhost:35357/ - include_service_catalog = True + = True (BoolOpt) (optional) indicate whether to set the X-Service-Catalog header. If False, middleware will not ask for service catalog on token validation and will not set the X-Service-Catalog header. - insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Verify HTTPS connections. - keyfile = None + = None (StrOpt) Required if Keystone server requires client certificate - memcache_secret_key = None + = None (StrOpt) (optional, mandatory if memcache_security_strategy is defined) this string is used for key derivation. - memcache_security_strategy = None + = None (StrOpt) (optional) if defined, indicate whether token data should be authenticated or authenticated and encrypted. Acceptable values are MAC or ENCRYPT. If MAC, token data is authenticated (with HMAC) in the cache. If ENCRYPT, token data is encrypted and authenticated in the cache. If the value is not one of these options or empty, auth_token will raise an exception on initialization. - revocation_cache_time = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Determines the frequency at which the list of revoked tokens is retrieved from the Identity service (in seconds). A high number of revocation events combined with a low cache duration may significantly reduce performance. - signing_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) Directory used to cache files related to PKI tokens - token_cache_time = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) In order to prevent excessive effort spent validating tokens, the middleware caches previously-seen tokens for a configurable duration (in seconds). Set to -1 to disable caching completely. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-authentication.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-authentication.xml index 251cb509e9..4c0156535d 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-authentication.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-authentication.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - auth_strategy = keystone + = keystone (StrOpt) The strategy to use for auth: noauth or keystone. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-availabilityzones.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-availabilityzones.xml index 1aac0925b6..3b9a6ac7ca 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-availabilityzones.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-availabilityzones.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [DEFAULT] - default_availability_zone = nova + = nova (StrOpt) Default compute node availability_zone - default_schedule_zone = None + = None (StrOpt) Availability zone to use when user doesn't specify one - internal_service_availability_zone = internal + = internal (StrOpt) The availability_zone to show internal services under diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-ca.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-ca.xml index 30f4db5173..1884024e35 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-ca.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-ca.xml @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ generated and your changes will be overwritten. The tool to do so lives in openstack-doc-tools repository. --> - + @@ -18,70 +18,70 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-cells.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-cells.xml index d0740aa33f..cd0d0daff9 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-cells.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-cells.xml @@ -18,75 +18,75 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-common.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-common.xml index 4fdcefda16..7e11b6e371 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-common.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-common.xml @@ -18,74 +18,70 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - - - - - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-compute.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-compute.xml index 407d697ec9..1f216c6740 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-compute.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-compute.xml @@ -18,139 +18,139 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - - + + - + - - + + - - + + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - - + + - + - + - + - - + + - + - - + + - + - + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-conductor.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-conductor.xml index 6caf9e49af..d472d8b4cd 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-conductor.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-conductor.xml @@ -18,26 +18,26 @@ - + - + - + - + - + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-configdrive.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-configdrive.xml index 28d6fe730f..3ca0cbaf7c 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-configdrive.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-configdrive.xml @@ -18,34 +18,30 @@ - + - + - - - - - + - + - + - + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-console.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-console.xml index 42e813f9bb..576e76d660 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-console.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-console.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ - + - + - + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-database.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-database.xml index 7c00fe6eed..5b59dbf749 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-database.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-database.xml @@ -18,94 +18,94 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - - + + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-debug.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-debug.xml index 29b6f8cf37..924604b624 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-debug.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-debug.xml @@ -18,12 +18,15 @@ - + - - + + + + +
Description of CA configuration optionsDescription of CA and SSL configuration options
[DEFAULT]
ca_file = cacert.pem = cacert.pem (StrOpt) Filename of root CA
ca_path = $state_path/CA = $state_path/CA (StrOpt) Where we keep our root CA
cert_manager = nova.cert.manager.CertManager = nova.cert.manager.CertManager (StrOpt) Full class name for the Manager for cert
cert_topic = cert = cert (StrOpt) The topic cert nodes listen on
crl_file = crl.pem = crl.pem (StrOpt) Filename of root Certificate Revocation List
key_file = private/cakey.pem = private/cakey.pem (StrOpt) Filename of private key
keys_path = $state_path/keys = $state_path/keys (StrOpt) Where we keep our keys
project_cert_subject = /C=US/ST=California/O=OpenStack/OU=NovaDev/CN=project-ca-%.16s-%s = /C=US/ST=California/O=OpenStack/OU=NovaDev/CN=project-ca-%.16s-%s (StrOpt) Subject for certificate for projects, %s for project, timestamp
ssl_ca_file = None = None (StrOpt) CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients
ssl_cert_file = None = None (StrOpt) SSL certificate of API server
ssl_key_file = None = None (StrOpt) SSL private key of API server
use_project_ca = False = False (BoolOpt) Should we use a CA for each project?
user_cert_subject = /C=US/ST=California/O=OpenStack/OU=NovaDev/CN=%.16s-%.16s-%s = /C=US/ST=California/O=OpenStack/OU=NovaDev/CN=%.16s-%.16s-%s (StrOpt) Subject for certificate for users, %s for project, user, timestamp
[ssl]
ca_file = None = None (StrOpt) CA certificate file to use to verify connecting clients.
cert_file = None = None (StrOpt) Certificate file to use when starting the server securely.
key_file = None = None (StrOpt) Private key file to use when starting the server securely.
[cells]
call_timeout = 60 = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds to wait for response from a call to a cell.
capabilities = hypervisor=xenserver;kvm, os=linux;windows = hypervisor=xenserver;kvm, os=linux;windows (ListOpt) Key/Multi-value list with the capabilities of the cell
cell_type = compute = compute (StrOpt) Type of cell: api or compute
cells_config = None = None (StrOpt) Configuration file from which to read cells configuration. If given, overrides reading cells from the database.
db_check_interval = 60 = 60 (IntOpt) Interval, in seconds, for getting fresh cell information from the database.
driver = nova.cells.rpc_driver.CellsRPCDriver = nova.cells.rpc_driver.CellsRPCDriver (StrOpt) Cells communication driver to use
enable = False = False (BoolOpt) Enable cell functionality
instance_update_num_instances = 1 = 1 (IntOpt) Number of instances to update per periodic task run
instance_updated_at_threshold = 3600 = 3600 (IntOpt) Number of seconds after an instance was updated or deleted to continue to update cells
manager = nova.cells.manager.CellsManager = nova.cells.manager.CellsManager (StrOpt) Manager for cells
max_hop_count = 10 = 10 (IntOpt) Maximum number of hops for cells routing.
mute_child_interval = 300 = 300 (IntOpt) Number of seconds after which a lack of capability and capacity updates signals the child cell is to be treated as a mute.
mute_weight_multiplier = -10.0 = -10.0 (FloatOpt) Multiplier used to weigh mute children. (The value should be negative.)
mute_weight_value = 1000.0 = 1000.0 (FloatOpt) Weight value assigned to mute children. (The value should be positive.)
name = nova = nova (StrOpt) Name of this cell
offset_weight_multiplier = 1.0 = 1.0 (FloatOpt) Multiplier used to weigh offset weigher.
reserve_percent = 10.0 = 10.0 (FloatOpt) Percentage of cell capacity to hold in reserve. Affects both memory and disk utilization
topic = cells = cells (StrOpt) The topic cells nodes listen on
[DEFAULT]
bindir = /usr/local/bin = /usr/local/bin (StrOpt) Directory where nova binaries are installed
compute_topic = compute = compute (StrOpt) The topic compute nodes listen on
console_topic = console = console (StrOpt) The topic console proxy nodes listen on
consoleauth_topic = consoleauth = consoleauth (StrOpt) The topic console auth proxy nodes listen on
host = localhost = localhost (StrOpt) Name of this node. This can be an opaque identifier. It is not necessarily a hostname, FQDN, or IP address. However, the node name must be valid within an AMQP key, and if using ZeroMQ, a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address
lock_path = None(StrOpt) Directory to use for lock files.
memcached_servers = None = None (ListOpt) Memcached servers or None for in process cache.
my_ip = 10.0.0.1 = 10.0.0.1 (StrOpt) IP address of this host
notify_api_faults = False = False (BoolOpt) If set, send api.fault notifications on caught exceptions in the API service.
notify_on_state_change = None = None (StrOpt) If set, send compute.instance.update notifications on instance state changes. Valid values are None for no notifications, "vm_state" for notifications on VM state changes, or "vm_and_task_state" for notifications on VM and task state changes.
pybasedir = /usr/lib/python/site-packages/nova = /usr/lib/python/site-packages/nova (StrOpt) Directory where the nova python module is installed
report_interval = 10 = 10 (IntOpt) Seconds between nodes reporting state to datastore
rootwrap_config = /etc/nova/rootwrap.conf = /etc/nova/rootwrap.conf (StrOpt) Path to the rootwrap configuration file to use for running commands as root
service_down_time = 60 = 60 (IntOpt) Maximum time since last check-in for up service
state_path = $pybasedir = $pybasedir (StrOpt) Top-level directory for maintaining nova's state
tempdir = None = None (StrOpt) Explicitly specify the temporary working directory
[keystone_authtoken]
memcached_servers = None = None (ListOpt) Optionally specify a list of memcached server(s) to use for caching. If left undefined, tokens will instead be cached in-process.
[DEFAULT]
compute_available_monitors = ['nova.compute.monitors.all_monitors'] = ['nova.compute.monitors.all_monitors'] (MultiStrOpt) Monitor classes available to the compute which may be specified more than once.
compute_driver = None = None (StrOpt) Driver to use for controlling virtualization. Options include: libvirt.LibvirtDriver, xenapi.XenAPIDriver, fake.FakeDriver, baremetal.BareMetalDriver, vmwareapi.VMwareVCDriver, hyperv.HyperVDriver
compute_manager = nova.compute.manager.ComputeManager = nova.compute.manager.ComputeManager (StrOpt) Full class name for the Manager for compute
compute_monitors = = (ListOpt) A list of monitors that can be used for getting compute metrics.
compute_resources = vcpu = vcpu (ListOpt) The names of the extra resources to track.
compute_stats_class = nova.compute.stats.Stats = nova.compute.stats.Stats (StrOpt) Class that will manage stats for the local compute host
console_host = localhost = localhost (StrOpt) Console proxy host to use to connect to instances on this host.
console_manager = nova.console.manager.ConsoleProxyManager = nova.console.manager.ConsoleProxyManager (StrOpt) Full class name for the Manager for console proxy
default_flavor = m1.small = m1.small (StrOpt) Default flavor to use for the EC2 API only. The Nova API does not support a default flavor.
default_notification_level = INFO = INFO (StrOpt) Default notification level for outgoing notifications
enable_instance_password = True = True (BoolOpt) Enables returning of the instance password by the relevant server API calls such as create, rebuild or rescue, If the hypervisor does not support password injection then the password returned will not be correct
heal_instance_info_cache_interval = 60 = 60 (IntOpt) Number of seconds between instance info_cache self healing updates
image_cache_manager_interval = 2400(IntOpt) Number of seconds to wait between runs of the image cache manager. Set to -1 to disable. Setting this to 0 will disable, but this will change in the K release to mean "run at the default rate". = 2400(IntOpt) Number of seconds to wait between runs of the image cache manager. Set to -1 to disable. Setting this to 0 will run at the default rate.
image_cache_subdirectory_name = _base = _base (StrOpt) Where cached images are stored under $instances_path. This is NOT the full path - just a folder name. For per-compute-host cached images, set to _base_$my_ip
instance_build_timeout = 0(IntOpt) Amount of time in seconds an instance can be in BUILD before going into ERROR status.Set to 0 to disable. = 0(IntOpt) Amount of time in seconds an instance can be in BUILD before going into ERROR status. Set to 0 to disable.
instance_delete_interval = 300(IntOpt) Interval in seconds for retrying failed instance file deletes = 300(IntOpt) Interval in seconds for retrying failed instance file deletes. Set to -1 to disable. Setting this to 0 will run at the default rate.
instance_usage_audit = False = False (BoolOpt) Generate periodic compute.instance.exists notifications
instance_usage_audit_period = month = month (StrOpt) Time period to generate instance usages for. Time period must be hour, day, month or year
instances_path = $state_path/instances = $state_path/instances (StrOpt) Where instances are stored on disk
maximum_instance_delete_attempts = 5 = 5 (IntOpt) The number of times to attempt to reap an instance's files.
reboot_timeout = 0 = 0 (IntOpt) Automatically hard reboot an instance if it has been stuck in a rebooting state longer than N seconds. Set to 0 to disable.
reclaim_instance_interval = 0 = 0 (IntOpt) Interval in seconds for reclaiming deleted instances
rescue_timeout = 0 = 0 (IntOpt) Automatically unrescue an instance after N seconds. Set to 0 to disable.
resize_confirm_window = 0 = 0 (IntOpt) Automatically confirm resizes after N seconds. Set to 0 to disable.
resume_guests_state_on_host_boot = False = False (BoolOpt) Whether to start guests that were running before the host rebooted
running_deleted_instance_action = reap(StrOpt) Action to take if a running deleted instance is detected.Valid options are 'noop', 'log', 'shutdown', or 'reap'. Set to 'noop' to take no action. = reap(StrOpt) Action to take if a running deleted instance is detected. Valid options are 'noop', 'log', 'shutdown', or 'reap'. Set to 'noop' to take no action.
running_deleted_instance_poll_interval = 1800 = 1800 (IntOpt) Number of seconds to wait between runs of the cleanup task.
running_deleted_instance_timeout = 0 = 0 (IntOpt) Number of seconds after being deleted when a running instance should be considered eligible for cleanup.
shelved_offload_time = 0 = 0 (IntOpt) Time in seconds before a shelved instance is eligible for removing from a host. -1 never offload, 0 offload when shelved
shelved_poll_interval = 3600(IntOpt) Interval in seconds for polling shelved instances to offload. Set to -1 to disable.Setting this to 0 will disable, but this will change in Juno to mean "run at the default rate". = 3600(IntOpt) Interval in seconds for polling shelved instances to offload. Set to -1 to disable.Setting this to 0 will run at the default rate.
shutdown_timeout = 60 = 60 (IntOpt) Total amount of time to wait in seconds for an instance to perform a clean shutdown.
sync_power_state_interval = 600(IntOpt) Interval to sync power states between the database and the hypervisor. Set to -1 to disable. Setting this to 0 will disable, but this will change in Juno to mean "run at the default rate". = 600(IntOpt) Interval to sync power states between the database and the hypervisor. Set to -1 to disable. Setting this to 0 will run at the default rate.
vif_plugging_is_fatal = True = True (BoolOpt) Fail instance boot if vif plugging fails
vif_plugging_timeout = 300 = 300 (IntOpt) Number of seconds to wait for neutron vif plugging events to arrive before continuing or failing (see vif_plugging_is_fatal). If this is set to zero and vif_plugging_is_fatal is False, events should not be expected to arrive at all.
[DEFAULT]
migrate_max_retries = -1 = -1 (IntOpt) Number of times to retry live-migration before failing. If == -1, try until out of hosts. If == 0, only try once, no retries.
[conductor]
manager = nova.conductor.manager.ConductorManager = nova.conductor.manager.ConductorManager (StrOpt) Full class name for the Manager for conductor
topic = conductor = conductor (StrOpt) The topic on which conductor nodes listen
use_local = False = False (BoolOpt) Perform nova-conductor operations locally
workers = None = None (IntOpt) Number of workers for OpenStack Conductor service. The default will be the number of CPUs available.
[DEFAULT]
config_drive_format = iso9660 = iso9660 (StrOpt) Config drive format. One of iso9660 (default) or vfat
config_drive_skip_versions = 1.0 2007-01-19 2007-03-01 2007-08-29 2007-10-10 2007-12-15 2008-02-01 2008-09-01 = 1.0 2007-01-19 2007-03-01 2007-08-29 2007-10-10 2007-12-15 2008-02-01 2008-09-01 (StrOpt) List of metadata versions to skip placing into the config drive
config_drive_tempdir = None(StrOpt) DEPRECATED (not needed any more): Where to put temporary files associated with config drive creation
force_config_drive = None = None (StrOpt) Set to force injection to take place on a config drive (if set, valid options are: always)
mkisofs_cmd = genisoimage = genisoimage (StrOpt) Name and optionally path of the tool used for ISO image creation
[hyperv]
config_drive_cdrom = False = False (BoolOpt) Attaches the Config Drive image as a cdrom drive instead of a disk drive
config_drive_inject_password = False = False (BoolOpt) Sets the admin password in the config drive image
[DEFAULT]
console_public_hostname = localhost = localhost (StrOpt) Publicly visible name for this console host
console_token_ttl = 600 = 600 (IntOpt) How many seconds before deleting tokens
consoleauth_manager = nova.consoleauth.manager.ConsoleAuthManager = nova.consoleauth.manager.ConsoleAuthManager (StrOpt) Manager for console auth
[DEFAULT]
db_driver = nova.db = nova.db (StrOpt) The driver to use for database access
[database]
backend = sqlalchemy = sqlalchemy (StrOpt) The back end to use for the database.
connection = None = None (StrOpt) The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the database.
connection_debug = 0 = 0 (IntOpt) Verbosity of SQL debugging information: 0=None, 100=Everything.
connection_trace = False = False (BoolOpt) Add Python stack traces to SQL as comment strings.
db_inc_retry_interval = True = True (BoolOpt) If True, increases the interval between database connection retries up to db_max_retry_interval.
db_max_retries = 20 = 20 (IntOpt) Maximum database connection retries before error is raised. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count.
db_max_retry_interval = 10 = 10 (IntOpt) If db_inc_retry_interval is set, the maximum seconds between database connection retries.
db_retry_interval = 1 = 1 (IntOpt) Seconds between database connection retries.
idle_timeout = 3600 = 3600 (IntOpt) Timeout before idle SQL connections are reaped.
max_overflow = None = None (IntOpt) If set, use this value for max_overflow with SQLAlchemy.
max_pool_size = None = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool.
max_retries = 10(IntOpt) Maximum db connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count. = 10(IntOpt) Maximum number of database connection retries during startup. Set to -1 to specify an infinite retry count.
min_pool_size = 1 = 1 (IntOpt) Minimum number of SQL connections to keep open in a pool.
mysql_sql_mode = TRADITIONAL = TRADITIONAL (StrOpt) The SQL mode to be used for MySQL sessions. This option, including the default, overrides any server-set SQL mode. To use whatever SQL mode is set by the server configuration, set this to no value. Example: mysql_sql_mode=
pool_timeout = None = None (IntOpt) If set, use this value for pool_timeout with SQLAlchemy.
retry_interval = 10 = 10 (IntOpt) Interval between retries of opening a SQL connection.
slave_connection = None = None (StrOpt) The SQLAlchemy connection string to use to connect to the slave database.
sqlite_db = oslo.sqlite = oslo.sqlite (StrOpt) The file name to use with SQLite.
sqlite_synchronous = True = True (BoolOpt) If True, SQLite uses synchronous mode.
use_db_reconnect = False = False (BoolOpt) Enable the experimental use of database reconnect on connection lost.
use_tpool = False = False (BoolOpt) Enable the experimental use of thread pooling for all DB API calls
[DEFAULT]
backdoor_port = None = None (StrOpt) Enable eventlet backdoor. Acceptable values are 0, <port>, and <start>:<end>, where 0 results in listening on a random tcp port number; <port> results in listening on the specified port number (and not enabling backdoor if that port is in use); and <start>:<end> results in listening on the smallest unused port number within the specified range of port numbers. The chosen port is displayed in the service's log file.
disable_process_locking = False(BoolOpt) Enables or disables inter-process locks.[guestfs]
= False(BoolOpt) Enable guestfs debug
diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-ec2.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-ec2.xml index 1edf8bc6a4..0d64ee4f06 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-ec2.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-ec2.xml @@ -18,67 +18,71 @@ [DEFAULT] - ec2_dmz_host = $my_ip + = $my_ip (StrOpt) The internal IP address of the EC2 API server - ec2_host = $my_ip + = $my_ip (StrOpt) The IP address of the EC2 API server - ec2_listen = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) The IP address on which the EC2 API will listen. - ec2_listen_port = 8773 + = 8773 (IntOpt) The port on which the EC2 API will listen. - ec2_path = /services/Cloud + = /services/Cloud (StrOpt) The path prefix used to call the ec2 API server - ec2_port = 8773 + = 8773 (IntOpt) The port of the EC2 API server - ec2_private_dns_show_ip = False + = False (BoolOpt) Return the IP address as private dns hostname in describe instances - ec2_scheme = http + = http (StrOpt) The protocol to use when connecting to the EC2 API server (http, https) - ec2_strict_validation = True + = True (BoolOpt) Validate security group names according to EC2 specification - ec2_timestamp_expiry = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) Time in seconds before ec2 timestamp expires - ec2_workers = None + = None (IntOpt) Number of workers for EC2 API service. The default will be equal to the number of CPUs available. - keystone_ec2_url = http://localhost:5000/v2.0/ec2tokens + = False + (BoolOpt) Disable SSL certificate verification. + + + = http://localhost:5000/v2.0/ec2tokens (StrOpt) URL to get token from ec2 request. - lockout_attempts = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Number of failed auths before lockout. - lockout_minutes = 15 + = 15 (IntOpt) Number of minutes to lockout if triggered. - lockout_window = 15 + = 15 (IntOpt) Number of minutes for lockout window. - region_list = + = (ListOpt) List of region=fqdn pairs separated by commas diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-ephemeral_storage_encryption.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-ephemeral_storage_encryption.xml index 70875ddc31..5093192fba 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-ephemeral_storage_encryption.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-ephemeral_storage_encryption.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [ephemeral_storage_encryption] - cipher = aes-xts-plain64 + = aes-xts-plain64 (StrOpt) The cipher and mode to be used to encrypt ephemeral storage. Which ciphers are available ciphers depends on kernel support. See /proc/crypto for the list of available options. - enabled = False + = False (BoolOpt) Whether to encrypt ephemeral storage - key_size = 512 + = 512 (IntOpt) The bit length of the encryption key to be used to encrypt ephemeral storage (in XTS mode only half of the bits are used for encryption key) diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-fping.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-fping.xml index 078faf4a6b..8c2e22e233 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-fping.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-fping.xml @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ [DEFAULT] - fping_path = /usr/sbin/fping + = /usr/sbin/fping (StrOpt) Full path to fping. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-glance.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-glance.xml index b6f62768d0..582591e8b2 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-glance.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-glance.xml @@ -18,45 +18,45 @@ [DEFAULT] - osapi_glance_link_prefix = None + = None (StrOpt) Base URL that will be presented to users in links to glance resources [glance] - allowed_direct_url_schemes = + = (ListOpt) A list of url scheme that can be downloaded directly via the direct_url. Currently supported schemes: [file]. - api_insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow to perform insecure SSL (https) requests to glance - api_servers = None + = None (ListOpt) A list of the glance api servers available to nova. Prefix with https:// for ssl-based glance api servers. ([hostname|ip]:port) - host = $my_ip + = $my_ip (StrOpt) Default glance hostname or IP address - num_retries = 0 - (IntOpt) Number of retries when downloading an image from glance + = 0 + (IntOpt) Number of retries when uploading / downloading an image to / from glance. - port = 9292 + = 9292 (IntOpt) Default glance port - protocol = http + = http (StrOpt) Default protocol to use when connecting to glance. Set to https for SSL. [image_file_url] - filesystems = + = (ListOpt) List of file systems that are configured in this file in the image_file_url:<list entry name> sections diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-hyperv.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-hyperv.xml index 2f7719210e..e0c596c8d8 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-hyperv.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-hyperv.xml @@ -18,43 +18,43 @@ [hyperv] - dynamic_memory_ratio = 1.0 + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) Enables dynamic memory allocation (ballooning) when set to a value greater than 1. The value expresses the ratio between the total RAM assigned to an instance and its startup RAM amount. For example a ratio of 2.0 for an instance with 1024MB of RAM implies 512MB of RAM allocated at startup - enable_instance_metrics_collection = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables metrics collections for an instance by using Hyper-V's metric APIs. Collected data can by retrieved by other apps and services, e.g.: Ceilometer. Requires Hyper-V / Windows Server 2012 and above - force_hyperv_utils_v1 = False + = False (BoolOpt) Force V1 WMI utility classes - instances_path_share = + = (StrOpt) The name of a Windows share name mapped to the "instances_path" dir and used by the resize feature to copy files to the target host. If left blank, an administrative share will be used, looking for the same "instances_path" used locally - limit_cpu_features = False + = False (BoolOpt) Required for live migration among hosts with different CPU features - mounted_disk_query_retry_count = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) The number of times to retry checking for a disk mounted via iSCSI. - mounted_disk_query_retry_interval = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Interval between checks for a mounted iSCSI disk, in seconds. - qemu_img_cmd = qemu-img.exe + = qemu-img.exe (StrOpt) Path of qemu-img command which is used to convert between different image types - vswitch_name = None + = None (StrOpt) External virtual switch Name, if not provided, the first external virtual switch is used - wait_soft_reboot_seconds = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Number of seconds to wait for instance to shut down after soft reboot request is made. We fall back to hard reboot if instance does not shutdown within this window. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-hypervisor.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-hypervisor.xml index 75caa7b139..f07c10a276 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-hypervisor.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-hypervisor.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - default_ephemeral_format = None + = None (StrOpt) The default format an ephemeral_volume will be formatted with on creation. - force_raw_images = True + = True (BoolOpt) Force backing images to raw format - preallocate_images = none + = none (StrOpt) VM image preallocation mode: "none" => no storage provisioning is done up front, "space" => storage is fully allocated at instance start - timeout_nbd = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Amount of time, in seconds, to wait for NBD device start up. - use_cow_images = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to use cow images - vcpu_pin_set = None + = None (StrOpt) Defines which pcpus that instance vcpus can use. For example, "4-12,^8,15" - virt_mkfs = [] + = [] (MultiStrOpt) Name of the mkfs commands for ephemeral device. The format is <os_type>=<mkfs command> diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-ipv6.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-ipv6.xml index 88fe2897c8..12023f0978 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-ipv6.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-ipv6.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [DEFAULT] - fixed_range_v6 = fd00::/48 + = fd00::/48 (StrOpt) Fixed IPv6 address block - gateway_v6 = None + = None (StrOpt) Default IPv6 gateway - ipv6_backend = rfc2462 + = rfc2462 (StrOpt) Backend to use for IPv6 generation - use_ipv6 = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use IPv6 diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-ironic.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-ironic.xml index f9cfda3071..cc8f63e1e9 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-ironic.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-ironic.xml @@ -18,43 +18,43 @@ [ironic] - admin_auth_token = None + = None (StrOpt) Ironic keystone auth token. - admin_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Ironic keystone admin password. - admin_tenant_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Ironic keystone tenant name. - admin_url = None + = None (StrOpt) Keystone public API endpoint. - admin_username = None + = None (StrOpt) Ironic keystone admin name - api_endpoint = None + = None (StrOpt) URL for Ironic API endpoint. - api_max_retries = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) How many retries when a request does conflict. - api_retry_interval = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) How often to retry in seconds when a request does conflict - api_version = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Version of Ironic API service endpoint. - client_log_level = None + = None (StrOpt) Log level override for ironicclient. Set this in order to override the global "default_log_levels", "verbose", and "debug" settings. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-keymgr.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-keymgr.xml index 822983c675..56454aef81 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-keymgr.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-keymgr.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [keymgr] - api_class = nova.keymgr.conf_key_mgr.ConfKeyManager + = nova.keymgr.conf_key_mgr.ConfKeyManager (StrOpt) The full class name of the key manager API class - fixed_key = None + = None (StrOpt) Fixed key returned by key manager, specified in hex diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-ldap.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-ldap.xml index 0f0a6914ee..5a529fe527 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-ldap.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-ldap.xml @@ -18,43 +18,43 @@ [DEFAULT] - ldap_dns_base_dn = ou=hosts,dc=example,dc=org + = ou=hosts,dc=example,dc=org (StrOpt) Base DN for DNS entries in LDAP - ldap_dns_password = password + = password (StrOpt) Password for LDAP DNS - ldap_dns_servers = ['dns.example.org'] + = ['dns.example.org'] (MultiStrOpt) DNS Servers for LDAP DNS driver - ldap_dns_soa_expiry = 86400 + = 86400 (StrOpt) Expiry interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Statement of Authority - ldap_dns_soa_hostmaster = hostmaster@example.org + = hostmaster@example.org (StrOpt) Hostmaster for LDAP DNS driver Statement of Authority - ldap_dns_soa_minimum = 7200 + = 7200 (StrOpt) Minimum interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Statement of Authority - ldap_dns_soa_refresh = 1800 + = 1800 (StrOpt) Refresh interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Statement of Authority - ldap_dns_soa_retry = 3600 + = 3600 (StrOpt) Retry interval (in seconds) for LDAP DNS driver Statement of Authority - ldap_dns_url = ldap://ldap.example.com:389 + = ldap://ldap.example.com:389 (StrOpt) URL for LDAP server which will store DNS entries - ldap_dns_user = uid=admin,ou=people,dc=example,dc=org + = uid=admin,ou=people,dc=example,dc=org (StrOpt) User for LDAP DNS diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-libvirt.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-libvirt.xml index 6274e64a88..8b32b446de 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-libvirt.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-libvirt.xml @@ -18,178 +18,178 @@ [DEFAULT] - remove_unused_base_images = True + = True (BoolOpt) Should unused base images be removed? - remove_unused_original_minimum_age_seconds = 86400 + = 86400 (IntOpt) Unused unresized base images younger than this will not be removed [libvirt] - block_migration_flag = VIR_MIGRATE_UNDEFINE_SOURCE, VIR_MIGRATE_PEER2PEER, VIR_MIGRATE_LIVE, VIR_MIGRATE_TUNNELLED, VIR_MIGRATE_NON_SHARED_INC + = VIR_MIGRATE_UNDEFINE_SOURCE, VIR_MIGRATE_PEER2PEER, VIR_MIGRATE_LIVE, VIR_MIGRATE_TUNNELLED, VIR_MIGRATE_NON_SHARED_INC (StrOpt) Migration flags to be set for block migration - checksum_base_images = False + = False (BoolOpt) Write a checksum for files in _base to disk - checksum_interval_seconds = 3600 + = 3600 (IntOpt) How frequently to checksum base images - connection_uri = + = (StrOpt) Override the default libvirt URI (which is dependent on virt_type) - cpu_mode = None + = None (StrOpt) Set to "host-model" to clone the host CPU feature flags; to "host-passthrough" to use the host CPU model exactly; to "custom" to use a named CPU model; to "none" to not set any CPU model. If virt_type="kvm|qemu", it will default to "host-model", otherwise it will default to "none" - cpu_model = None + = None (StrOpt) Set to a named libvirt CPU model (see names listed in /usr/share/libvirt/cpu_map.xml). Only has effect if cpu_mode="custom" and virt_type="kvm|qemu" - disk_cachemodes = + = (ListOpt) Specific cachemodes to use for different disk types e.g: file=directsync,block=none - disk_prefix = None + = None (StrOpt) Override the default disk prefix for the devices attached to a server, which is dependent on virt_type. (valid options are: sd, xvd, uvd, vd) - gid_maps = + = (ListOpt) List of guid targets and ranges.Syntax is guest-gid:host-gid:countMaximum of 5 allowed. - hw_disk_discard = None + = None (StrOpt) Discard option for nova managed disks (valid options are: ignore, unmap). Need Libvirt(1.0.6) Qemu1.5 (raw format) Qemu1.6(qcow2 format) - hw_machine_type = None + = None (ListOpt) For qemu or KVM guests, set this option to specify a default machine type per host architecture. You can find a list of supported machine types in your environment by checking the output of the "virsh capabilities"command. The format of the value for this config option is host-arch=machine-type. For example: x86_64=machinetype1,armv7l=machinetype2 - image_info_filename_pattern = $instances_path/$image_cache_subdirectory_name/%(image)s.info + = $instances_path/$image_cache_subdirectory_name/%(image)s.info (StrOpt) Allows image information files to be stored in non-standard locations - images_rbd_ceph_conf = + = (StrOpt) Path to the ceph configuration file to use - images_rbd_pool = rbd + = rbd (StrOpt) The RADOS pool in which rbd volumes are stored - images_type = default + = default (StrOpt) VM Images format. Acceptable values are: raw, qcow2, lvm, rbd, default. If default is specified, then use_cow_images flag is used instead of this one. - images_volume_group = None + = None (StrOpt) LVM Volume Group that is used for VM images, when you specify images_type=lvm. - inject_key = False + = False (BoolOpt) Inject the ssh public key at boot time - inject_partition = -2 + = -2 (IntOpt) The partition to inject to : -2 => disable, -1 => inspect (libguestfs only), 0 => not partitioned, >0 => partition number - inject_password = False + = False (BoolOpt) Inject the admin password at boot time, without an agent. - iscsi_use_multipath = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use multipath connection of the iSCSI volume - iser_use_multipath = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use multipath connection of the iSER volume - mem_stats_period_seconds = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) A number of seconds to memory usage statistics period. Zero or negative value mean to disable memory usage statistics. - remove_unused_kernels = False + = False (BoolOpt) Should unused kernel images be removed? This is only safe to enable if all compute nodes have been updated to support this option. This will be enabled by default in future. - remove_unused_resized_minimum_age_seconds = 3600 + = 3600 (IntOpt) Unused resized base images younger than this will not be removed - rescue_image_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Rescue ami image. This will not be used if an image id is provided by the user. - rescue_kernel_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Rescue aki image - rescue_ramdisk_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Rescue ari image - rng_dev_path = None + = None (StrOpt) A path to a device that will be used as source of entropy on the host. Permitted options are: /dev/random or /dev/hwrng - snapshot_compression = False + = False (BoolOpt) Compress snapshot images when possible. This currently applies exclusively to qcow2 images - snapshot_image_format = None + = None (StrOpt) Snapshot image format (valid options are : raw, qcow2, vmdk, vdi). Defaults to same as source image - snapshots_directory = $instances_path/snapshots + = $instances_path/snapshots (StrOpt) Location where libvirt driver will store snapshots before uploading them to image service - sparse_logical_volumes = False + = False (BoolOpt) Create sparse logical volumes (with virtualsize) if this flag is set to True. - sysinfo_serial = auto + = auto (StrOpt) The data source used to the populate the host "serial" UUID exposed to guest in the virtual BIOS. Permitted options are "hardware", "os", "none" or "auto" (default). - uid_maps = + = (ListOpt) List of uid targets and ranges.Syntax is guest-uid:host-uid:countMaximum of 5 allowed. - use_usb_tablet = True + = True (BoolOpt) Sync virtual and real mouse cursors in Windows VMs - use_virtio_for_bridges = True + = True (BoolOpt) Use virtio for bridge interfaces with KVM/QEMU - virt_type = kvm + = kvm (StrOpt) Libvirt domain type (valid options are: kvm, lxc, qemu, uml, xen) - volume_clear = zero + = zero (StrOpt) Method used to wipe old volumes (valid options are: none, zero, shred) - volume_clear_size = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Size in MiB to wipe at start of old volumes. 0 => all - volume_drivers = iscsi=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtISCSIVolumeDriver, iser=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtISERVolumeDriver, local=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtVolumeDriver, fake=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtFakeVolumeDriver, rbd=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtNetVolumeDriver, sheepdog=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtNetVolumeDriver, nfs=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtNFSVolumeDriver, aoe=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtAOEVolumeDriver, glusterfs=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtGlusterfsVolumeDriver, fibre_channel=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtFibreChannelVolumeDriver, scality=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtScalityVolumeDriver + = iscsi=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtISCSIVolumeDriver, iser=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtISERVolumeDriver, local=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtVolumeDriver, fake=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtFakeVolumeDriver, rbd=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtNetVolumeDriver, sheepdog=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtNetVolumeDriver, nfs=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtNFSVolumeDriver, smbfs=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtSMBFSVolumeDriver, aoe=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtAOEVolumeDriver, glusterfs=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtGlusterfsVolumeDriver, fibre_channel=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtFibreChannelVolumeDriver, scality=nova.virt.libvirt.volume.LibvirtScalityVolumeDriver (ListOpt) DEPRECATED. Libvirt handlers for remote volumes. This option is deprecated and will be removed in the Kilo release. - wait_soft_reboot_seconds = 120 + = 120 (IntOpt) Number of seconds to wait for instance to shut down after soft reboot request is made. We fall back to hard reboot if instance does not shutdown within this window. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-livemigration.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-livemigration.xml index 51d7a32404..638e0015a3 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-livemigration.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-livemigration.xml @@ -18,22 +18,22 @@ [DEFAULT] - live_migration_retry_count = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Number of 1 second retries needed in live_migration [libvirt] - live_migration_bandwidth = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Maximum bandwidth to be used during migration, in Mbps - live_migration_flag = VIR_MIGRATE_UNDEFINE_SOURCE, VIR_MIGRATE_PEER2PEER, VIR_MIGRATE_LIVE, VIR_MIGRATE_TUNNELLED + = VIR_MIGRATE_UNDEFINE_SOURCE, VIR_MIGRATE_PEER2PEER, VIR_MIGRATE_LIVE, VIR_MIGRATE_TUNNELLED (StrOpt) Migration flags to be set for live migration - live_migration_uri = qemu+tcp://%s/system + = qemu+tcp://%s/system (StrOpt) Migration target URI (any included "%s" is replaced with the migration target hostname) diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-logging.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-logging.xml index e236eecaac..4cf3a008c1 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-logging.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-logging.xml @@ -18,87 +18,87 @@ [DEFAULT] - debug = False + = False (BoolOpt) Print debugging output (set logging level to DEBUG instead of default WARNING level). - default_log_levels = amqp=WARN, amqplib=WARN, boto=WARN, qpid=WARN, sqlalchemy=WARN, suds=INFO, oslo.messaging=INFO, iso8601=WARN, requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, websocket=WARN, keystonemiddleware=WARN, routes.middleware=WARN, stevedore=WARN + = amqp=WARN, amqplib=WARN, boto=WARN, qpid=WARN, sqlalchemy=WARN, suds=INFO, oslo.messaging=INFO, iso8601=WARN, requests.packages.urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, urllib3.connectionpool=WARN, websocket=WARN, keystonemiddleware=WARN, routes.middleware=WARN, stevedore=WARN (ListOpt) List of logger=LEVEL pairs. - fatal_deprecations = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables fatal status of deprecations. - fatal_exception_format_errors = False + = False (BoolOpt) Make exception message format errors fatal - instance_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " + = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " (StrOpt) The format for an instance that is passed with the log message. - instance_uuid_format = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " + = "[instance: %(uuid)s] " (StrOpt) The format for an instance UUID that is passed with the log message. - log_config_append = None + = None (StrOpt) The name of a logging configuration file. This file is appended to any existing logging configuration files. For details about logging configuration files, see the Python logging module documentation. - log_date_format = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S + = %Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S (StrOpt) Format string for %%(asctime)s in log records. Default: %(default)s . - log_dir = None + = None (StrOpt) (Optional) The base directory used for relative --log-file paths. - log_file = None + = None (StrOpt) (Optional) Name of log file to output to. If no default is set, logging will go to stdout. - log_format = None + = None (StrOpt) DEPRECATED. A logging.Formatter log message format string which may use any of the available logging.LogRecord attributes. This option is deprecated. Please use logging_context_format_string and logging_default_format_string instead. - logging_context_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [%(request_id)s %(user_identity)s] %(instance)s%(message)s (StrOpt) Format string to use for log messages with context. - logging_debug_format_suffix = %(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d + = %(funcName)s %(pathname)s:%(lineno)d (StrOpt) Data to append to log format when level is DEBUG. - logging_default_format_string = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d %(levelname)s %(name)s [-] %(instance)s%(message)s (StrOpt) Format string to use for log messages without context. - logging_exception_prefix = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d TRACE %(name)s %(instance)s + = %(asctime)s.%(msecs)03d %(process)d TRACE %(name)s %(instance)s (StrOpt) Prefix each line of exception output with this format. - publish_errors = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables publication of error events. - syslog_log_facility = LOG_USER + = LOG_USER (StrOpt) Syslog facility to receive log lines. - use_stderr = True + = True (BoolOpt) Log output to standard error. - use_syslog = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use syslog for logging. Existing syslog format is DEPRECATED during I, and will change in J to honor RFC5424. - use_syslog_rfc_format = False + = False (BoolOpt) (Optional) Enables or disables syslog rfc5424 format for logging. If enabled, prefixes the MSG part of the syslog message with APP-NAME (RFC5424). The format without the APP-NAME is deprecated in I, and will be removed in J. - verbose = False + = False (BoolOpt) Print more verbose output (set logging level to INFO instead of default WARNING level). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-metadata.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-metadata.xml index 7601928b3b..aa2471ae32 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-metadata.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-metadata.xml @@ -18,35 +18,35 @@ [DEFAULT] - metadata_host = $my_ip + = $my_ip (StrOpt) The IP address for the metadata API server - metadata_listen = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) The IP address on which the metadata API will listen. - metadata_listen_port = 8775 + = 8775 (IntOpt) The port on which the metadata API will listen. - metadata_manager = nova.api.manager.MetadataManager + = nova.api.manager.MetadataManager (StrOpt) OpenStack metadata service manager - metadata_port = 8775 + = 8775 (IntOpt) The port for the metadata API port - metadata_workers = None + = None (IntOpt) Number of workers for metadata service. The default will be the number of CPUs available. - vendordata_driver = nova.api.metadata.vendordata_json.JsonFileVendorData + = nova.api.metadata.vendordata_json.JsonFileVendorData (StrOpt) Driver to use for vendor data - vendordata_jsonfile_path = None + = None (StrOpt) File to load JSON formatted vendor data from diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-network.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-network.xml index f05192de56..e61656bdce 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-network.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-network.xml @@ -18,242 +18,250 @@ [DEFAULT] - allow_same_net_traffic = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to allow network traffic from same network - auto_assign_floating_ip = False + = False (BoolOpt) Autoassigning floating IP to VM - cnt_vpn_clients = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Number of addresses reserved for vpn clients - create_unique_mac_address_attempts = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Number of attempts to create unique mac address - default_access_ip_network_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Name of network to use to set access IPs for instances - default_floating_pool = nova + = nova (StrOpt) Default pool for floating IPs - defer_iptables_apply = False + = False (BoolOpt) Whether to batch up the application of IPTables rules during a host restart and apply all at the end of the init phase - dhcp_domain = novalocal + = novalocal (StrOpt) Domain to use for building the hostnames - dhcp_lease_time = 86400 + = 86400 (IntOpt) Lifetime of a DHCP lease in seconds - dhcpbridge = $bindir/nova-dhcpbridge + = $bindir/nova-dhcpbridge (StrOpt) Location of nova-dhcpbridge - dhcpbridge_flagfile = ['/etc/nova/nova-dhcpbridge.conf'] + = ['/etc/nova/nova-dhcpbridge.conf'] (MultiStrOpt) Location of flagfiles for dhcpbridge - dns_server = [] + = [] (MultiStrOpt) If set, uses specific DNS server for dnsmasq. Can be specified multiple times. - dns_update_periodic_interval = -1 + = -1 (IntOpt) Number of seconds to wait between runs of updates to DNS entries. - dnsmasq_config_file = + = (StrOpt) Override the default dnsmasq settings with this file - firewall_driver = None + = 3 + (IntOpt) Number of times to retry ebtables commands on failure. + + + = 1.0 + (FloatOpt) Number of seconds to wait between ebtables retries. + + + = None (StrOpt) Firewall driver (defaults to hypervisor specific iptables driver) - fixed_ip_disassociate_timeout = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Seconds after which a deallocated IP is disassociated - flat_injected = False + = False (BoolOpt) Whether to attempt to inject network setup into guest - flat_interface = None + = None (StrOpt) FlatDhcp will bridge into this interface if set - flat_network_bridge = None + = None (StrOpt) Bridge for simple network instances - flat_network_dns = 8.8.4.4 + = 8.8.4.4 (StrOpt) DNS server for simple network - floating_ip_dns_manager = nova.network.noop_dns_driver.NoopDNSDriver + = nova.network.noop_dns_driver.NoopDNSDriver (StrOpt) Full class name for the DNS Manager for floating IPs - force_dhcp_release = True + = True (BoolOpt) If True, send a dhcp release on instance termination - force_snat_range = [] + = [] (MultiStrOpt) Traffic to this range will always be snatted to the fallback ip, even if it would normally be bridged out of the node. Can be specified multiple times. - forward_bridge_interface = ['all'] + = ['all'] (MultiStrOpt) An interface that bridges can forward to. If this is set to all then all traffic will be forwarded. Can be specified multiple times. - gateway = None + = None (StrOpt) Default IPv4 gateway - injected_network_template = $pybasedir/nova/virt/interfaces.template + = $pybasedir/nova/virt/interfaces.template (StrOpt) Template file for injected network - instance_dns_domain = + = (StrOpt) Full class name for the DNS Zone for instance IPs - instance_dns_manager = nova.network.noop_dns_driver.NoopDNSDriver + = nova.network.noop_dns_driver.NoopDNSDriver (StrOpt) Full class name for the DNS Manager for instance IPs - iptables_bottom_regex = + = (StrOpt) Regular expression to match iptables rule that should always be on the bottom. - iptables_drop_action = DROP + = DROP (StrOpt) The table that iptables to jump to when a packet is to be dropped. - iptables_top_regex = + = (StrOpt) Regular expression to match iptables rule that should always be on the top. - l3_lib = nova.network.l3.LinuxNetL3 + = nova.network.l3.LinuxNetL3 (StrOpt) Indicates underlying L3 management library - linuxnet_interface_driver = nova.network.linux_net.LinuxBridgeInterfaceDriver + = nova.network.linux_net.LinuxBridgeInterfaceDriver (StrOpt) Driver used to create ethernet devices. - linuxnet_ovs_integration_bridge = br-int + = br-int (StrOpt) Name of Open vSwitch bridge used with linuxnet - multi_host = False + = False (BoolOpt) Default value for multi_host in networks. Also, if set, some rpc network calls will be sent directly to host. - network_allocate_retries = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Number of times to retry network allocation on failures - network_api_class = nova.network.api.API + = nova.network.api.API (StrOpt) The full class name of the network API class to use - network_device_mtu = None + = None (IntOpt) DEPRECATED: THIS VALUE SHOULD BE SET WHEN CREATING THE NETWORK. MTU setting for network interface. - network_driver = nova.network.linux_net + = nova.network.linux_net (StrOpt) Driver to use for network creation - network_manager = nova.network.manager.VlanManager + = nova.network.manager.VlanManager (StrOpt) Full class name for the Manager for network - network_size = 256 + = 256 (IntOpt) Number of addresses in each private subnet - network_topic = network + = network (StrOpt) The topic network nodes listen on - networks_path = $state_path/networks + = $state_path/networks (StrOpt) Location to keep network config files - num_networks = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Number of networks to support - ovs_vsctl_timeout = 120 + = 120 (IntOpt) Amount of time, in seconds, that ovs_vsctl should wait for a response from the database. 0 is to wait forever. - public_interface = eth0 + = eth0 (StrOpt) Interface for public IP addresses - routing_source_ip = $my_ip + = $my_ip (StrOpt) Public IP of network host - security_group_api = nova + = nova (StrOpt) The full class name of the security API class - send_arp_for_ha = False + = False (BoolOpt) Send gratuitous ARPs for HA setup - send_arp_for_ha_count = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Send this many gratuitous ARPs for HA setup - share_dhcp_address = False + = False (BoolOpt) DEPRECATED: THIS VALUE SHOULD BE SET WHEN CREATING THE NETWORK. If True in multi_host mode, all compute hosts share the same dhcp address. The same IP address used for DHCP will be added on each nova-network node which is only visible to the vms on the same host. - teardown_unused_network_gateway = False + = False (BoolOpt) If True, unused gateway devices (VLAN and bridge) are deleted in VLAN network mode with multi hosted networks - update_dns_entries = False + = False (BoolOpt) If True, when a DNS entry must be updated, it sends a fanout cast to all network hosts to update their DNS entries in multi host mode - use_network_dns_servers = False + = False (BoolOpt) If set, uses the dns1 and dns2 from the network ref. as dns servers. - use_neutron_default_nets = False + = False (StrOpt) Control for checking for default networks - use_single_default_gateway = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use single default gateway. Only first nic of vm will get default gateway from dhcp server - vlan_interface = None + = None (StrOpt) VLANs will bridge into this interface if set - vlan_start = 100 + = 100 (IntOpt) First VLAN for private networks [vmware] - vlan_interface = vmnic0 + = vmnic0 (StrOpt) Physical ethernet adapter name for vlan networking diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-neutron.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-neutron.xml index 5c9997e328..a99e5870c2 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-neutron.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-neutron.xml @@ -18,78 +18,78 @@ [DEFAULT] - neutron_default_tenant_id = default + = default (StrOpt) Default tenant id when creating neutron networks [neutron] - admin_auth_url = http://localhost:5000/v2.0 + = http://localhost:5000/v2.0 (StrOpt) Authorization URL for connecting to neutron in admin context - admin_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for connecting to neutron in admin context - admin_tenant_id = None + = None (StrOpt) Tenant id for connecting to neutron in admin context - admin_tenant_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Tenant name for connecting to neutron in admin context. This option will be ignored if neutron_admin_tenant_id is set. Note that with Keystone V3 tenant names are only unique within a domain. - admin_user_id = None + = None (StrOpt) User id for connecting to neutron in admin context - admin_username = None + = None (StrOpt) Username for connecting to neutron in admin context - allow_duplicate_networks = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow an instance to have multiple vNICs attached to the same Neutron network. - api_insecure = False + = False (BoolOpt) If set, ignore any SSL validation issues - auth_strategy = keystone + = keystone (StrOpt) Authorization strategy for connecting to neutron in admin context - ca_certificates_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Location of CA certificates file to use for neutron client requests. - extension_sync_interval = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Number of seconds before querying neutron for extensions - metadata_proxy_shared_secret = + = (StrOpt) Shared secret to validate proxies Neutron metadata requests - ovs_bridge = br-int + = br-int (StrOpt) Name of Integration Bridge used by Open vSwitch - region_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Region name for connecting to neutron in admin context - service_metadata_proxy = False + = False (BoolOpt) Set flag to indicate Neutron will proxy metadata requests and resolve instance ids. - url = http://127.0.0.1:9696 + = http://127.0.0.1:9696 (StrOpt) URL for connecting to neutron - url_timeout = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Timeout value for connecting to neutron in seconds diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-pci.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-pci.xml index 027a7711df..6e19abff99 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-pci.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-pci.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [DEFAULT] - pci_alias = [] + = [] (MultiStrOpt) An alias for a PCI passthrough device requirement. This allows users to specify the alias in the extra_spec for a flavor, without needing to repeat all the PCI property requirements. For example: pci_alias = { "name": "QuicAssist", "product_id": "0443", "vendor_id": "8086", "device_type": "ACCEL" } defines an alias for the Intel QuickAssist card. (multi valued) - pci_passthrough_whitelist = [] + = [] (MultiStrOpt) White list of PCI devices available to VMs. For example: pci_passthrough_whitelist = [{"vendor_id": "8086", "product_id": "0443"}] diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-periodic.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-periodic.xml index 8774d5ca23..ae941626b5 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-periodic.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-periodic.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [DEFAULT] - periodic_enable = True + = True (BoolOpt) Enable periodic tasks - periodic_fuzzy_delay = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Range of seconds to randomly delay when starting the periodic task scheduler to reduce stampeding. (Disable by setting to 0) - run_external_periodic_tasks = True + = True (BoolOpt) Some periodic tasks can be run in a separate process. Should we run them here? diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-policy.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-policy.xml index 935cf755b9..310530d9af 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-policy.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-policy.xml @@ -18,59 +18,59 @@ [DEFAULT] - allow_instance_snapshots = True + = True (BoolOpt) Permit instance snapshot operations. - allow_migrate_to_same_host = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow migrate machine to the same host. Useful when testing in single-host environments. - allow_resize_to_same_host = False + = False (BoolOpt) Allow destination machine to match source for resize. Useful when testing in single-host environments. - max_age = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Number of seconds between subsequent usage refreshes - max_local_block_devices = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Maximum number of devices that will result in a local image being created on the hypervisor node. Setting this to 0 means nova will allow only boot from volume. A negative number means unlimited. - osapi_compute_unique_server_name_scope = + = (StrOpt) When set, compute API will consider duplicate hostnames invalid within the specified scope, regardless of case. Should be empty, "project" or "global". - osapi_max_limit = 1000 + = 1000 (IntOpt) The maximum number of items returned in a single response from a collection resource - osapi_max_request_body_size = 114688 - (IntOpt) The maximum body size per each osapi request(bytes) - - - password_length = 12 + = 12 (IntOpt) Length of generated instance admin passwords - policy_default_rule = default + = default (StrOpt) Default rule. Enforced when a requested rule is not found. - policy_file = policy.json + = ['policy.d'] + (MultiStrOpt) Directories where policy configuration files are stored. + + + = policy.json (StrOpt) The JSON file that defines policies. - reservation_expire = 86400 + = 86400 (IntOpt) Number of seconds until a reservation expires - resize_fs_using_block_device = False + = False (BoolOpt) Attempt to resize the filesystem by accessing the image over a block device. This is done by the host and may not be necessary if the image contains a recent version of cloud-init. Possible mechanisms require the nbd driver (for qcow and raw), or loop (for raw). - until_refresh = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Count of reservations until usage is refreshed diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-qpid.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-qpid.xml index a1bc94012d..e1eaef2afc 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-qpid.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-qpid.xml @@ -18,47 +18,47 @@ [DEFAULT] - qpid_heartbeat = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds between connection keepalive heartbeats. - qpid_hostname = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Qpid broker hostname. - qpid_hosts = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port + = $qpid_hostname:$qpid_port (ListOpt) Qpid HA cluster host:port pairs. - qpid_password = + = (StrOpt) Password for Qpid connection. - qpid_port = 5672 + = 5672 (IntOpt) Qpid broker port. - qpid_protocol = tcp + = tcp (StrOpt) Transport to use, either 'tcp' or 'ssl'. - qpid_receiver_capacity = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) The number of prefetched messages held by receiver. - qpid_sasl_mechanisms = + = (StrOpt) Space separated list of SASL mechanisms to use for auth. - qpid_tcp_nodelay = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to disable the Nagle algorithm. - qpid_topology_version = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) The qpid topology version to use. Version 1 is what was originally used by impl_qpid. Version 2 includes some backwards-incompatible changes that allow broker federation to work. Users should update to version 2 when they are able to take everything down, as it requires a clean break. - qpid_username = + = (StrOpt) Username for Qpid connection. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-quota.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-quota.xml index ceff471429..d70f81f720 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-quota.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-quota.xml @@ -18,78 +18,82 @@ [DEFAULT] - bandwidth_poll_interval = 600 - (IntOpt) Interval to pull network bandwidth usage info. Not supported on all hypervisors. Set to -1 to disable. Setting this to 0 will disable, but this will change in the K release to mean "run at the default rate". + = 600 + (IntOpt) Interval to pull network bandwidth usage info. Not supported on all hypervisors. Set to -1 to disable. Setting this to 0 will run at the default rate. - enable_network_quota = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enables or disables quota checking for tenant networks - quota_cores = 20 + = 20 (IntOpt) Number of instance cores allowed per project - quota_driver = nova.quota.DbQuotaDriver + = nova.quota.DbQuotaDriver (StrOpt) Default driver to use for quota checks - quota_fixed_ips = -1 + = -1 (IntOpt) Number of fixed IPs allowed per project (this should be at least the number of instances allowed) - quota_floating_ips = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of floating IPs allowed per project - quota_injected_file_content_bytes = 10240 + = 10240 (IntOpt) Number of bytes allowed per injected file - quota_injected_file_path_length = 255 + = 255 (IntOpt) Length of injected file path - quota_injected_files = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Number of injected files allowed - quota_instances = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of instances allowed per project - quota_key_pairs = 100 + = 100 (IntOpt) Number of key pairs per user - quota_metadata_items = 128 + = 128 (IntOpt) Number of metadata items allowed per instance - quota_ram = 51200 + = 3 + (IntOpt) Number of private networks allowed per project + + + = 51200 (IntOpt) Megabytes of instance RAM allowed per project - quota_security_group_rules = 20 + = 20 (IntOpt) Number of security rules per security group - quota_security_groups = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of security groups per project - quota_server_group_members = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of servers per server group - quota_server_groups = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Number of server groups per project [cells] - bandwidth_update_interval = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Seconds between bandwidth updates for cells. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-rabbitmq.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-rabbitmq.xml index 510206dbf6..02541e9ba9 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-rabbitmq.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-rabbitmq.xml @@ -18,71 +18,71 @@ [DEFAULT] - kombu_reconnect_delay = 1.0 + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) How long to wait before reconnecting in response to an AMQP consumer cancel notification. - kombu_ssl_ca_certs = + = (StrOpt) SSL certification authority file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_certfile = + = (StrOpt) SSL cert file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_keyfile = + = (StrOpt) SSL key file (valid only if SSL enabled). - kombu_ssl_version = - (StrOpt) SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). valid values are TLSv1, SSLv23 and SSLv3. SSLv2 may be available on some distributions. + = + (StrOpt) SSL version to use (valid only if SSL enabled). valid values are TLSv1 and SSLv23. SSLv2 and SSLv3 may be available on some distributions. - rabbit_ha_queues = False + = False (BoolOpt) Use HA queues in RabbitMQ (x-ha-policy: all). If you change this option, you must wipe the RabbitMQ database. - rabbit_host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ broker address where a single node is used. - rabbit_hosts = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port + = $rabbit_host:$rabbit_port (ListOpt) RabbitMQ HA cluster host:port pairs. - rabbit_login_method = AMQPLAIN - (StrOpt) the RabbitMQ login method + = AMQPLAIN + (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ login method. - rabbit_max_retries = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Maximum number of RabbitMQ connection retries. Default is 0 (infinite retry count). - rabbit_password = guest + = guest (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ password. - rabbit_port = 5672 + = 5672 (IntOpt) The RabbitMQ broker port where a single node is used. - rabbit_retry_backoff = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) How long to backoff for between retries when connecting to RabbitMQ. - rabbit_retry_interval = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) How frequently to retry connecting with RabbitMQ. - rabbit_use_ssl = False + = False (BoolOpt) Connect over SSL for RabbitMQ. - rabbit_userid = guest + = guest (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ userid. - rabbit_virtual_host = / + = / (StrOpt) The RabbitMQ virtual host. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-rdp.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-rdp.xml index 52bbc8f9d3..986e866206 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-rdp.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-rdp.xml @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ [rdp] - enabled = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable RDP related features - html5_proxy_base_url = http://127.0.0.1:6083/ + = http://127.0.0.1:6083/ (StrOpt) Location of RDP html5 console proxy, in the form "http://127.0.0.1:6083/" diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-redis.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-redis.xml index adcadf5a61..94da2cddb7 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-redis.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-redis.xml @@ -18,22 +18,22 @@ [matchmaker_redis] - host = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) Host to locate redis. - password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for Redis server (optional). - port = 6379 + = 6379 (IntOpt) Use this port to connect to redis host. [matchmaker_ring] - ringfile = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json + = /etc/oslo/matchmaker_ring.json (StrOpt) Matchmaker ring file (JSON). diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-rootwrap.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-rootwrap.xml index 4b9cf72066..982fc5f5c6 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-rootwrap.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-rootwrap.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [DEFAULT] - filters_path = /etc/nova/rootwrap.d,/usr/share/nova/rootwrap + = /etc/nova/rootwrap.d,/usr/share/nova/rootwrap List of directories to load filter definitions from (separated by ','). These directories MUST all be only writeable by root ! - exec_dirs = /sbin,/usr/sbin,/bin,/usr/bin + = /sbin,/usr/sbin,/bin,/usr/bin List of directories to search executables in, in case filters do not explicitely specify a full path (separated by ',') If not specified, defaults to system PATH environment variable. These directories MUST all be only writeable by root ! - use_syslog = False + = False Enable logging to syslog Default value is False - syslog_log_facility = syslog + = syslog Which syslog facility to use. Valid values include auth, authpriv, syslog, local0, local1... Default value is 'syslog' - syslog_log_level = ERROR + = ERROR Which messages to log. INFO means log all usage ERROR means only log unsuccessful attempts diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-rpc.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-rpc.xml index c501fa0aec..ee422617a7 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-rpc.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-rpc.xml @@ -18,45 +18,92 @@ [DEFAULT] - matchmaker_heartbeat_freq = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) Heartbeat frequency. - matchmaker_heartbeat_ttl = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Heartbeat time-to-live. - rpc_backend = rabbit + = rabbit (StrOpt) The messaging driver to use, defaults to rabbit. Other drivers include qpid and zmq. - rpc_cast_timeout = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Seconds to wait before a cast expires (TTL). Only supported by impl_zmq. - rpc_conn_pool_size = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Size of RPC connection pool. - rpc_response_timeout = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Seconds to wait for a response from a call. - rpc_thread_pool_size = 64 + = 64 (IntOpt) Size of RPC greenthread pool. [cells] - rpc_driver_queue_base = cells.intercell + = cells.intercell (StrOpt) Base queue name to use when communicating between cells. Various topics by message type will be appended to this. + + [oslo_messaging_amqp] + + + = False + (BoolOpt) Accept clients using either SSL or plain TCP + + + = broadcast + (StrOpt) address prefix used when broadcasting to all servers + + + = None + (StrOpt) Name for the AMQP container + + + = unicast + (StrOpt) address prefix when sending to any server in group + + + = 0 + (IntOpt) Timeout for inactive connections (in seconds) + + + = exclusive + (StrOpt) address prefix used when sending to a specific server + + + = + (StrOpt) CA certificate PEM file for verifing server certificate + + + = + (StrOpt) Identifying certificate PEM file to present to clients + + + = + (StrOpt) Private key PEM file used to sign cert_file certificate + + + = None + (StrOpt) Password for decrypting ssl_key_file (if encrypted) + + + = False + (BoolOpt) Debug: dump AMQP frames to stdout + [upgrade_levels] - baseapi = None + = None (StrOpt) Set a version cap for messages sent to the base api in any service diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-s3.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-s3.xml index bfcc66b3bb..98668f2762 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-s3.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-s3.xml @@ -18,43 +18,43 @@ [DEFAULT] - buckets_path = $state_path/buckets + = $state_path/buckets (StrOpt) Path to S3 buckets - image_decryption_dir = /tmp + = /tmp (StrOpt) Parent directory for tempdir used for image decryption - s3_access_key = notchecked + = notchecked (StrOpt) Access key to use for S3 server for images - s3_affix_tenant = False + = False (BoolOpt) Whether to affix the tenant id to the access key when downloading from S3 - s3_host = $my_ip + = $my_ip (StrOpt) Hostname or IP for OpenStack to use when accessing the S3 api - s3_listen = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) IP address for S3 API to listen - s3_listen_port = 3333 + = 3333 (IntOpt) Port for S3 API to listen - s3_port = 3333 + = 3333 (IntOpt) Port used when accessing the S3 api - s3_secret_key = notchecked + = notchecked (StrOpt) Secret key to use for S3 server for images - s3_use_ssl = False + = False (BoolOpt) Whether to use SSL when talking to S3 diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-scheduler.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-scheduler.xml index adeaede659..de9e8670fa 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-scheduler.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-scheduler.xml @@ -18,149 +18,153 @@ [DEFAULT] - aggregate_image_properties_isolation_namespace = None + = None (StrOpt) Force the filter to consider only keys matching the given namespace. - aggregate_image_properties_isolation_separator = . + = . (StrOpt) The separator used between the namespace and keys - baremetal_scheduler_default_filters = RetryFilter, AvailabilityZoneFilter, ComputeFilter, ComputeCapabilitiesFilter, ImagePropertiesFilter, ExactRamFilter, ExactDiskFilter, ExactCoreFilter + = RetryFilter, AvailabilityZoneFilter, ComputeFilter, ComputeCapabilitiesFilter, ImagePropertiesFilter, ExactRamFilter, ExactDiskFilter, ExactCoreFilter (ListOpt) Which filter class names to use for filtering baremetal hosts when not specified in the request. - cpu_allocation_ratio = 16.0 + = 16.0 (FloatOpt) Virtual CPU to physical CPU allocation ratio which affects all CPU filters. This configuration specifies a global ratio for CoreFilter. For AggregateCoreFilter, it will fall back to this configuration value if no per-aggregate setting found. - disk_allocation_ratio = 1.0 + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) Virtual disk to physical disk allocation ratio - isolated_hosts = + = -1.0 + (FloatOpt) Multiplier used for weighing host io ops. Negative numbers mean a preference to choose light workload compute hosts. + + + = (ListOpt) Host reserved for specific images - isolated_images = + = (ListOpt) Images to run on isolated host - max_instances_per_host = 50 + = 50 (IntOpt) Ignore hosts that have too many instances - max_io_ops_per_host = 8 + = 8 (IntOpt) Tells filters to ignore hosts that have this many or more instances currently in build, resize, snapshot, migrate, rescue or unshelve task states - ram_allocation_ratio = 1.5 + = 1.5 (FloatOpt) Virtual ram to physical ram allocation ratio which affects all ram filters. This configuration specifies a global ratio for RamFilter. For AggregateRamFilter, it will fall back to this configuration value if no per-aggregate setting found. - ram_weight_multiplier = 1.0 + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) Multiplier used for weighing ram. Negative numbers mean to stack vs spread. - reserved_host_disk_mb = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Amount of disk in MB to reserve for the host - reserved_host_memory_mb = 512 + = 512 (IntOpt) Amount of memory in MB to reserve for the host - restrict_isolated_hosts_to_isolated_images = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to force isolated hosts to run only isolated images - scheduler_available_filters = ['nova.scheduler.filters.all_filters'] - (MultiStrOpt) Filter classes available to the scheduler which may be specified more than once. An entry of "nova.scheduler.filters.standard_filters" maps to all filters included with nova. + = ['nova.scheduler.filters.all_filters'] + (MultiStrOpt) Filter classes available to the scheduler which may be specified more than once. An entry of "nova.scheduler.filters.all_filters" maps to all filters included with nova. - scheduler_default_filters = RetryFilter, AvailabilityZoneFilter, RamFilter, ComputeFilter, ComputeCapabilitiesFilter, ImagePropertiesFilter, ServerGroupAntiAffinityFilter, ServerGroupAffinityFilter + = RetryFilter, AvailabilityZoneFilter, RamFilter, ComputeFilter, ComputeCapabilitiesFilter, ImagePropertiesFilter, ServerGroupAntiAffinityFilter, ServerGroupAffinityFilter (ListOpt) Which filter class names to use for filtering hosts when not specified in the request. - scheduler_driver = nova.scheduler.filter_scheduler.FilterScheduler + = nova.scheduler.filter_scheduler.FilterScheduler (StrOpt) Default driver to use for the scheduler - scheduler_driver_task_period = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) How often (in seconds) to run periodic tasks in the scheduler driver of your choice. Please note this is likely to interact with the value of service_down_time, but exactly how they interact will depend on your choice of scheduler driver. - scheduler_host_manager = nova.scheduler.host_manager.HostManager + = nova.scheduler.host_manager.HostManager (StrOpt) The scheduler host manager class to use - scheduler_host_subset_size = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) New instances will be scheduled on a host chosen randomly from a subset of the N best hosts. This property defines the subset size that a host is chosen from. A value of 1 chooses the first host returned by the weighing functions. This value must be at least 1. Any value less than 1 will be ignored, and 1 will be used instead - scheduler_json_config_location = + = (StrOpt) Absolute path to scheduler configuration JSON file. - scheduler_manager = nova.scheduler.manager.SchedulerManager + = nova.scheduler.manager.SchedulerManager (StrOpt) Full class name for the Manager for scheduler - scheduler_max_attempts = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Maximum number of attempts to schedule an instance - scheduler_topic = scheduler + = scheduler (StrOpt) The topic scheduler nodes listen on - scheduler_use_baremetal_filters = False + = False (BoolOpt) Flag to decide whether to use baremetal_scheduler_default_filters or not. - scheduler_weight_classes = nova.scheduler.weights.all_weighers + = nova.scheduler.weights.all_weighers (ListOpt) Which weight class names to use for weighing hosts [cells] - ram_weight_multiplier = 10.0 + = 10.0 (FloatOpt) Multiplier used for weighing ram. Negative numbers mean to stack vs spread. - scheduler_filter_classes = nova.cells.filters.all_filters + = nova.cells.filters.all_filters (ListOpt) Filter classes the cells scheduler should use. An entry of "nova.cells.filters.all_filters" maps to all cells filters included with nova. - scheduler_retries = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) How many retries when no cells are available. - scheduler_retry_delay = 2 + = 2 (IntOpt) How often to retry in seconds when no cells are available. - scheduler_weight_classes = nova.cells.weights.all_weighers + = nova.cells.weights.all_weighers (ListOpt) Weigher classes the cells scheduler should use. An entry of "nova.cells.weights.all_weighers" maps to all cell weighers included with nova. [metrics] - required = True + = True (BoolOpt) How to treat the unavailable metrics. When a metric is NOT available for a host, if it is set to be True, it would raise an exception, so it is recommended to use the scheduler filter MetricFilter to filter out those hosts. If it is set to be False, the unavailable metric would be treated as a negative factor in weighing process, the returned value would be set by the option weight_of_unavailable. - weight_multiplier = 1.0 + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) Multiplier used for weighing metrics. - weight_of_unavailable = -10000.0 + = -10000.0 (FloatOpt) The final weight value to be returned if required is set to False and any one of the metrics set by weight_setting is unavailable. - weight_setting = + = (ListOpt) How the metrics are going to be weighed. This should be in the form of "<name1>=<ratio1>, <name2>=<ratio2>, ...", where <nameX> is one of the metrics to be weighed, and <ratioX> is the corresponding ratio. So for "name1=1.0, name2=-1.0" The final weight would be name1.value * 1.0 + name2.value * -1.0. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-serial_console.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-serial_console.xml index 9a7ebfee49..46f09a7914 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-serial_console.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-serial_console.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [serial_console] - base_url = ws://127.0.0.1:6083/ + = ws://127.0.0.1:6083/ (StrOpt) Location of serial console proxy. - enabled = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable serial console related features - listen = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) IP address on which instance serial console should listen - port_range = 10000:20000 + = 10000:20000 (StrOpt) Range of TCP ports to use for serial ports on compute hosts - proxyclient_address = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) The address to which proxy clients (like nova-serialproxy) should connect diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-spice.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-spice.xml index d5fa094189..9ef657ff55 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-spice.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-spice.xml @@ -18,27 +18,27 @@ [spice] - agent_enabled = True + = True (BoolOpt) Enable spice guest agent support - enabled = False + = False (BoolOpt) Enable spice related features - html5proxy_base_url = http://127.0.0.1:6082/spice_auto.html + = http://127.0.0.1:6082/spice_auto.html (StrOpt) Location of spice HTML5 console proxy, in the form "http://127.0.0.1:6082/spice_auto.html" - keymap = en-us + = en-us (StrOpt) Keymap for spice - server_listen = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) IP address on which instance spice server should listen - server_proxyclient_address = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) The address to which proxy clients (like nova-spicehtml5proxy) should connect diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-testing.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-testing.xml index aacb2e9c9c..60b9af8766 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-testing.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-testing.xml @@ -18,23 +18,23 @@ [DEFAULT] - fake_call = False + = False (BoolOpt) If True, skip using the queue and make local calls - fake_network = False + = False (BoolOpt) If passed, use fake network devices and addresses - fake_rabbit = False - (BoolOpt) If passed, use a fake RabbitMQ provider. + = False + (BoolOpt) Deprecated, use rpc_backend=kombu+memory or rpc_backend=fake - monkey_patch = False + = False (BoolOpt) Whether to log monkey patching - monkey_patch_modules = nova.api.ec2.cloud:nova.notifications.notify_decorator, nova.compute.api:nova.notifications.notify_decorator + = nova.api.ec2.cloud:nova.notifications.notify_decorator, nova.compute.api:nova.notifications.notify_decorator (ListOpt) List of modules/decorators to monkey patch diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-trustedcomputing.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-trustedcomputing.xml index 285ce327ed..d4070adae6 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-trustedcomputing.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-trustedcomputing.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [trusted_computing] - attestation_api_url = /OpenAttestationWebServices/V1.0 + = /OpenAttestationWebServices/V1.0 (StrOpt) Attestation web API URL - attestation_auth_blob = None + = None (StrOpt) Attestation authorization blob - must change - attestation_auth_timeout = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Attestation status cache valid period length - attestation_insecure_ssl = False + = False (BoolOpt) Disable SSL cert verification for Attestation service - attestation_port = 8443 + = 8443 (StrOpt) Attestation server port - attestation_server = None + = None (StrOpt) Attestation server HTTP - attestation_server_ca_file = None + = None (StrOpt) Attestation server Cert file for Identity verification diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-upgrade_levels.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-upgrade_levels.xml index 12d219619c..1f13444a2a 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-upgrade_levels.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-upgrade_levels.xml @@ -18,46 +18,46 @@ [cells] - scheduler = nova.cells.scheduler.CellsScheduler + = nova.cells.scheduler.CellsScheduler (StrOpt) Cells scheduler to use [upgrade_levels] - cells = None + = None (StrOpt) Set a version cap for messages sent to local cells services - cert = None + = None (StrOpt) Set a version cap for messages sent to cert services - compute = None + = None (StrOpt) Set a version cap for messages sent to compute services. If you plan to do a live upgrade from havana to icehouse, you should set this option to "icehouse-compat" before beginning the live upgrade procedure. - conductor = None + = None (StrOpt) Set a version cap for messages sent to conductor services - console = None + = None (StrOpt) Set a version cap for messages sent to console services - consoleauth = None + = None (StrOpt) Set a version cap for messages sent to consoleauth services - intercell = None + = None (StrOpt) Set a version cap for messages sent between cells services - network = None + = None (StrOpt) Set a version cap for messages sent to network services - scheduler = None + = None (StrOpt) Set a version cap for messages sent to scheduler services diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-vmware.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-vmware.xml index 76db0aabfa..162e365c59 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-vmware.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-vmware.xml @@ -18,51 +18,63 @@ [vmware] - api_retry_count = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) The number of times we retry on failures, e.g., socket error, etc. - cluster_name = None + = None (MultiStrOpt) Name of a VMware Cluster ComputeResource. - datastore_regex = None + = None (StrOpt) Regex to match the name of a datastore. - host_ip = None + = None (StrOpt) Hostname or IP address for connection to VMware VC host. - host_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for connection to VMware VC host. - host_port = 443 + = 443 (IntOpt) Port for connection to VMware VC host. - host_username = None + = None (StrOpt) Username for connection to VMware VC host. - integration_bridge = br-int + = br-int (StrOpt) Name of Integration Bridge - maximum_objects = 100 + = 100 (IntOpt) The maximum number of ObjectContent data objects that should be returned in a single result. A positive value will cause the operation to suspend the retrieval when the count of objects reaches the specified maximum. The server may still limit the count to something less than the configured value. Any remaining objects may be retrieved with additional requests. - task_poll_interval = 0.5 + = None + (StrOpt) The PBM default policy. If pbm_wsdl_location is set and there is no defined storage policy for the specific request then this policy will be used. + + + = False + (BoolOpt) The PBM status. + + + = None + (StrOpt) PBM service WSDL file location URL. e.g. file:///opt/SDK/spbm/wsdl/pbmService.wsdl Not setting this will disable storage policy based placement of instances. + + + = 0.5 (FloatOpt) The interval used for polling of remote tasks. - use_linked_clone = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to use linked clone - wsdl_location = None + = None (StrOpt) Optional VIM Service WSDL Location e.g http://<server>/vimService.wsdl. Optional over-ride to default location for bug work-arounds diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-vnc.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-vnc.xml index 60028d35da..f3c8c184ec 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-vnc.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-vnc.xml @@ -18,34 +18,34 @@ [DEFAULT] - novncproxy_base_url = http://127.0.0.1:6080/vnc_auto.html + = http://127.0.0.1:6080/vnc_auto.html (StrOpt) Location of VNC console proxy, in the form "http://127.0.0.1:6080/vnc_auto.html" - vnc_enabled = True + = True (BoolOpt) Enable VNC related features - vnc_keymap = en-us + = en-us (StrOpt) Keymap for VNC - vncserver_listen = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) IP address on which instance vncservers should listen - vncserver_proxyclient_address = 127.0.0.1 + = 127.0.0.1 (StrOpt) The address to which proxy clients (like nova-xvpvncproxy) should connect [vmware] - vnc_port = 5900 + = 5900 (IntOpt) VNC starting port - vnc_port_total = 10000 + = 10000 (IntOpt) Total number of VNC ports diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-volumes.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-volumes.xml index 249ac81ef1..7e7b71cf86 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-volumes.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-volumes.xml @@ -18,134 +18,143 @@ [DEFAULT] - block_device_allocate_retries = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Number of times to retry block device allocation on failures - block_device_allocate_retries_interval = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Waiting time interval (seconds) between block device allocation retries on failures - volume_api_class = nova.volume.cinder.API + = $my_ip + (StrOpt) Block storage IP address of this host + + + = nova.volume.cinder.API (StrOpt) The full class name of the volume API class to use - volume_usage_poll_interval = 0 + = 0 (IntOpt) Interval in seconds for gathering volume usages - - [baremetal] - - - iscsi_iqn_prefix = iqn.2010-10.org.openstack.baremetal - (StrOpt) The iSCSI IQN prefix used in baremetal volume connections. - - - volume_driver = nova.virt.baremetal.volume_driver.LibvirtVolumeDriver - (StrOpt) Baremetal volume driver. - [cinder] - api_insecure = False - (BoolOpt) Allow to perform insecure SSL requests to cinder + = None + (StrOpt) PEM encoded Certificate Authority to use when verifying HTTPs connections. - ca_certificates_file = None - (StrOpt) Location of ca certificates file to use for cinder client requests. - - - catalog_info = volume:cinder:publicURL + = volumev2:cinderv2:publicURL (StrOpt) Info to match when looking for cinder in the service catalog. Format is: separated values of the form: <service_type>:<service_name>:<endpoint_type> - cross_az_attach = True + = None + (StrOpt) PEM encoded client certificate cert file + + + = True (BoolOpt) Allow attach between instance and volume in different availability zones. - endpoint_template = None + = None (StrOpt) Override service catalog lookup with template for cinder endpoint e.g. http://localhost:8776/v1/%(project_id)s - http_retries = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Number of cinderclient retries on failed http calls - http_timeout = None - (IntOpt) HTTP inactivity timeout (in seconds) + = False + (BoolOpt) Verify HTTPS connections. - os_region_name = None + = None + (StrOpt) PEM encoded client certificate key file + + + = None (StrOpt) Region name of this node + + = None + (IntOpt) Timeout value for http requests + [hyperv] - force_volumeutils_v1 = False + = False (BoolOpt) Force V1 volume utility class - volume_attach_retry_count = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) The number of times to retry to attach a volume - volume_attach_retry_interval = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Interval between volume attachment attempts, in seconds [libvirt] - glusterfs_mount_point_base = $state_path/mnt + = $state_path/mnt (StrOpt) Directory where the glusterfs volume is mounted on the compute node - nfs_mount_options = None + = None (StrOpt) Mount options passedf to the NFS client. See section of the nfs man page for details - nfs_mount_point_base = $state_path/mnt + = $state_path/mnt (StrOpt) Directory where the NFS volume is mounted on the compute node - num_aoe_discover_tries = 3 + = 3 (IntOpt) Number of times to rediscover AoE target to find volume - num_iscsi_scan_tries = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Number of times to rescan iSCSI target to find volume - num_iser_scan_tries = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Number of times to rescan iSER target to find volume - qemu_allowed_storage_drivers = + = (ListOpt) Protocols listed here will be accessed directly from QEMU. Currently supported protocols: [gluster] - rbd_secret_uuid = None + = None (StrOpt) The libvirt UUID of the secret for the rbd_uservolumes - rbd_user = None + = None (StrOpt) The RADOS client name for accessing rbd volumes - scality_sofs_config = None + = None (StrOpt) Path or URL to Scality SOFS configuration file - scality_sofs_mount_point = $state_path/scality + = $state_path/scality (StrOpt) Base dir where Scality SOFS shall be mounted + + = + (StrOpt) Mount options passed to the SMBFS client. See mount.cifs man page for details. Note that the libvirt-qemu uid and gid must be specified. + + + = $state_path/mnt + (StrOpt) Directory where the SMBFS shares are mounted on the compute node + [xenserver] - block_device_creation_timeout = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Time to wait for a block device to be created diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-vpn.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-vpn.xml index 3b7ef21a02..369ff0a8d7 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-vpn.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-vpn.xml @@ -18,39 +18,39 @@ [DEFAULT] - boot_script_template = $pybasedir/nova/cloudpipe/bootscript.template + = $pybasedir/nova/cloudpipe/bootscript.template (StrOpt) Template for cloudpipe instance boot script - dmz_cidr = + = (ListOpt) A list of dmz range that should be accepted - dmz_mask = 255.255.255.0 + = 255.255.255.0 (StrOpt) Netmask to push into openvpn config - dmz_net = 10.0.0.0 + = 10.0.0.0 (StrOpt) Network to push into openvpn config - vpn_flavor = m1.tiny + = m1.tiny (StrOpt) Flavor for vpn instances - vpn_image_id = 0 + = 0 (StrOpt) Image ID used when starting up a cloudpipe vpn server - vpn_ip = $my_ip + = $my_ip (StrOpt) Public IP for the cloudpipe VPN servers - vpn_key_suffix = -vpn + = -vpn (StrOpt) Suffix to add to project name for vpn key and secgroups - vpn_start = 1000 + = 1000 (IntOpt) First Vpn port for private networks diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-xen.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-xen.xml index ed8130047a..3287225695 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-xen.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-xen.xml @@ -18,229 +18,221 @@ [DEFAULT] - console_driver = nova.console.xvp.XVPConsoleProxy + = nova.console.xvp.XVPConsoleProxy (StrOpt) Driver to use for the console proxy - console_vmrc_error_retries = 10 - (IntOpt) DEPRECATED. Number of retries for retrieving VMRC information - - - console_vmrc_port = 443 - (IntOpt) DEPRECATED. Port for VMware VMRC connections - - - console_xvp_conf = /etc/xvp.conf + = /etc/xvp.conf (StrOpt) Generated XVP conf file - console_xvp_conf_template = $pybasedir/nova/console/xvp.conf.template + = $pybasedir/nova/console/xvp.conf.template (StrOpt) XVP conf template - console_xvp_log = /var/log/xvp.log + = /var/log/xvp.log (StrOpt) XVP log file - console_xvp_multiplex_port = 5900 + = 5900 (IntOpt) Port for XVP to multiplex VNC connections on - console_xvp_pid = /var/run/xvp.pid + = /var/run/xvp.pid (StrOpt) XVP master process pid file - stub_compute = False + = False (BoolOpt) Stub calls to compute worker for tests [libvirt] - xen_hvmloader_path = /usr/lib/xen/boot/hvmloader + = /usr/lib/xen/boot/hvmloader (StrOpt) Location where the Xen hvmloader is kept [xenserver] - agent_path = usr/sbin/xe-update-networking + = usr/sbin/xe-update-networking (StrOpt) Specifies the path in which the XenAPI guest agent should be located. If the agent is present, network configuration is not injected into the image. Used if compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver and flat_injected=True - agent_resetnetwork_timeout = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Number of seconds to wait for agent reply to resetnetwork request - agent_timeout = 30 + = 30 (IntOpt) Number of seconds to wait for agent reply - agent_version_timeout = 300 + = 300 (IntOpt) Number of seconds to wait for agent to be fully operational - cache_images = all + = all (StrOpt) Cache glance images locally. `all` will cache all images, `some` will only cache images that have the image_property `cache_in_nova=True`, and `none` turns off caching entirely - check_host = True + = True (BoolOpt) Ensure compute service is running on host XenAPI connects to. - connection_concurrent = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Maximum number of concurrent XenAPI connections. Used only if compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver - connection_password = None + = None (StrOpt) Password for connection to XenServer/Xen Cloud Platform. Used only if compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver - connection_url = None + = None (StrOpt) URL for connection to XenServer/Xen Cloud Platform. A special value of unix://local can be used to connect to the local unix socket. Required if compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver - connection_username = root + = root (StrOpt) Username for connection to XenServer/Xen Cloud Platform. Used only if compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver - default_os_type = linux + = linux (StrOpt) Default OS type - disable_agent = False + = False (BoolOpt) Disables the use of the XenAPI agent in any image regardless of what image properties are present. - image_compression_level = None + = None (IntOpt) Compression level for images, e.g., 9 for gzip -9. Range is 1-9, 9 being most compressed but most CPU intensive on dom0. - image_upload_handler = nova.virt.xenapi.image.glance.GlanceStore + = nova.virt.xenapi.image.glance.GlanceStore (StrOpt) Dom0 plugin driver used to handle image uploads. - introduce_vdi_retry_wait = 20 + = 20 (IntOpt) Number of seconds to wait for an SR to settle if the VDI does not exist when first introduced - ipxe_boot_menu_url = None + = None (StrOpt) URL to the iPXE boot menu - ipxe_mkisofs_cmd = mkisofs + = mkisofs (StrOpt) Name and optionally path of the tool used for ISO image creation - ipxe_network_name = None + = None (StrOpt) Name of network to use for booting iPXE ISOs - iqn_prefix = iqn.2010-10.org.openstack + = iqn.2010-10.org.openstack (StrOpt) IQN Prefix - login_timeout = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Timeout in seconds for XenAPI login. - max_kernel_ramdisk_size = 16777216 + = 16777216 (IntOpt) Maximum size in bytes of kernel or ramdisk images - num_vbd_unplug_retries = 10 + = 10 (IntOpt) Maximum number of retries to unplug VBD - ovs_integration_bridge = xapi1 + = xapi1 (StrOpt) Name of Integration Bridge used by Open vSwitch - remap_vbd_dev = False + = False (BoolOpt) Used to enable the remapping of VBD dev (Works around an issue in Ubuntu Maverick) - remap_vbd_dev_prefix = sd + = sd (StrOpt) Specify prefix to remap VBD dev to (ex. /dev/xvdb -> /dev/sdb) - running_timeout = 60 + = 60 (IntOpt) Number of seconds to wait for instance to go to running state - sparse_copy = True + = True (BoolOpt) Whether to use sparse_copy for copying data on a resize down (False will use standard dd). This speeds up resizes down considerably since large runs of zeros won't have to be rsynced - sr_base_path = /var/run/sr-mount + = /var/run/sr-mount (StrOpt) Base path to the storage repository - sr_matching_filter = default-sr:true + = default-sr:true (StrOpt) Filter for finding the SR to be used to install guest instances on. To use the Local Storage in default XenServer/XCP installations set this flag to other-config:i18n-key=local-storage. To select an SR with a different matching criteria, you could set it to other-config:my_favorite_sr=true. On the other hand, to fall back on the Default SR, as displayed by XenCenter, set this flag to: default-sr:true - target_host = None + = None (StrOpt) The iSCSI Target Host - target_port = 3260 + = 3260 (StrOpt) The iSCSI Target Port, default is port 3260 - torrent_base_url = None + = None (StrOpt) Base URL for torrent files. - torrent_download_stall_cutoff = 600 + = 600 (IntOpt) Number of seconds a download can remain at the same progress percentage w/o being considered a stall - torrent_images = none + = none (StrOpt) Whether or not to download images via Bit Torrent (all|some|none). - torrent_listen_port_end = 6891 + = 6891 (IntOpt) End of port range to listen on - torrent_listen_port_start = 6881 + = 6881 (IntOpt) Beginning of port range to listen on - torrent_max_last_accessed = 86400 + = 86400 (IntOpt) Cached torrent files not accessed within this number of seconds can be reaped - torrent_max_seeder_processes_per_host = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Maximum number of seeder processes to run concurrently within a given dom0. (-1 = no limit) - torrent_seed_chance = 1.0 + = 1.0 (FloatOpt) Probability that peer will become a seeder. (1.0 = 100%) - torrent_seed_duration = 3600 + = 3600 (IntOpt) Number of seconds after downloading an image via BitTorrent that it should be seeded for other peers. - use_agent_default = False + = False (BoolOpt) Determines if the XenAPI agent should be used when the image used does not contain a hint to declare if the agent is present or not. The hint is a glance property "xenapi_use_agent" that has the value "True" or "False". Note that waiting for the agent when it is not present will significantly increase server boot times. - use_join_force = True + = True (BoolOpt) To use for hosts with different CPUs - vhd_coalesce_max_attempts = 20 + = 20 (IntOpt) Max number of times to poll for VHD to coalesce. Used only if compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver - vhd_coalesce_poll_interval = 5.0 + = 5.0 (FloatOpt) The interval used for polling of coalescing vhds. Used only if compute_driver=xenapi.XenAPIDriver - vif_driver = nova.virt.xenapi.vif.XenAPIBridgeDriver + = nova.virt.xenapi.vif.XenAPIBridgeDriver (StrOpt) The XenAPI VIF driver using XenServer Network APIs. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-xvpnvncproxy.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-xvpnvncproxy.xml index 0ee806e76c..4288ab1aaa 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-xvpnvncproxy.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-xvpnvncproxy.xml @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ [DEFAULT] - xvpvncproxy_base_url = http://127.0.0.1:6081/console + = http://127.0.0.1:6081/console (StrOpt) Location of nova xvp VNC console proxy, in the form "http://127.0.0.1:6081/console" - xvpvncproxy_host = 0.0.0.0 + = 0.0.0.0 (StrOpt) Address that the XCP VNC proxy should bind to - xvpvncproxy_port = 6081 + = 6081 (IntOpt) Port that the XCP VNC proxy should bind to diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-zeromq.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-zeromq.xml index 0d305cce3f..6246fa9eda 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-zeromq.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-zeromq.xml @@ -18,31 +18,31 @@ [DEFAULT] - rpc_zmq_bind_address = * + = * (StrOpt) ZeroMQ bind address. Should be a wildcard (*), an ethernet interface, or IP. The "host" option should point or resolve to this address. - rpc_zmq_contexts = 1 + = 1 (IntOpt) Number of ZeroMQ contexts, defaults to 1. - rpc_zmq_host = localhost + = localhost (StrOpt) Name of this node. Must be a valid hostname, FQDN, or IP address. Must match "host" option, if running Nova. - rpc_zmq_ipc_dir = /var/run/openstack + = /var/run/openstack (StrOpt) Directory for holding IPC sockets. - rpc_zmq_matchmaker = oslo.messaging._drivers.matchmaker.MatchMakerLocalhost + = oslo.messaging._drivers.matchmaker.MatchMakerLocalhost (StrOpt) MatchMaker driver. - rpc_zmq_port = 9501 + = 9501 (IntOpt) ZeroMQ receiver listening port. - rpc_zmq_topic_backlog = None + = None (IntOpt) Maximum number of ingress messages to locally buffer per topic. Default is unlimited. diff --git a/doc/common/tables/nova-zookeeper.xml b/doc/common/tables/nova-zookeeper.xml index 86da281e39..d2a15f607d 100644 --- a/doc/common/tables/nova-zookeeper.xml +++ b/doc/common/tables/nova-zookeeper.xml @@ -18,19 +18,19 @@ [zookeeper] - address = None + = None (StrOpt) The ZooKeeper addresses for servicegroup service in the format of host1:port,host2:port,host3:port - recv_timeout = 4000 + = 4000 (IntOpt) The recv_timeout parameter for the zk session - sg_prefix = /servicegroups + = /servicegroups (StrOpt) The prefix used in ZooKeeper to store ephemeral nodes - sg_retry_interval = 5 + = 5 (IntOpt) Number of seconds to wait until retrying to join the session